This is a modern-English version of Rinkitink in Oz, originally written by Baum, L. Frank (Lyman Frank). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.






Rinkitink in Oz





BY

L. FRANK BAUM

AUTHOR OF

The Road to Oz, Dorothy and the Wizard in Oz, The
Emerald City of Oz, The Land of Oz, Ozma of Oz,
The Patchwork Girl of Oz, Tik-Tok of
Oz, The Scarecrow of Oz

AUTHOR OF

The Road to Oz, Dorothy and the Wizard in Oz, The
Emerald City of Oz, The Land of Oz, Ozma of Oz,
The Patchwork Girl of Oz, Tik-Tok of
Oz, The Scarecrow of Oz

ILLUSTRATED BY
JOHN R. NEILL

ILLUSTRATED BY
JOHN R. NEILL




The Reilly & Britton Co.
Chicago

The Reilly & Britton Co.
Chicago




INTRODUCING THIS STORY

Here is a story with a boy hero, and a boy of whom you have never before heard. There are girls in the story, too, including our old friend Dorothy, and some of the characters wander a good way from the Land of Oz before they all assemble in the Emerald City to take part in Ozma's banquet. Indeed, I think you will find this story quite different from the other histories of Oz, but I hope you will not like it the less on that account.

Here’s a story about a boy hero, a boy you’ve never heard of before. There are girls in the story as well, including our old friend Dorothy, and some characters travel quite far from the Land of Oz before they all gather in the Emerald City for Ozma's banquet. In fact, I think you’ll find this story pretty different from the other tales of Oz, but I hope that won’t make you like it any less.

If I am permitted to write another Oz book it will tell of some thrilling adventures encountered by Dorothy, Betsy Bobbin, Trot and the Patchwork Girl right in the Land of Oz, and how they discovered some amazing creatures that never could have existed outside a fairyland. I have an idea that about the time you are reading this story of Rinkitink I shall be writing that story of Adventures in Oz.

If I get the chance to write another Oz book, it will cover some exciting adventures experienced by Dorothy, Betsy Bobbin, Trot, and the Patchwork Girl right in the Land of Oz, and how they came across some incredible creatures that could only exist in a fairyland. I have a feeling that around the time you’re reading this story of Rinkitink, I'll be writing that story of Adventures in Oz.

Don't fail to write me often and give me your advice and suggestions, which I always appreciate. I get a good many letters from my readers, but every one is a joy to me and I answer them as soon as I can find time to do so.

Don't forget to write to me often and share your advice and suggestions, which I always value. I receive a lot of letters from my readers, but each one brings me joy, and I reply to them as soon as I can find the time.

L. Frank Baum
Royal Historian of Oz

L. Frank Baum
Official Historian of Oz

"OZCOT"
at HOLLYWOOD
in CALIFORNIA
1916.

"OZCOT" at HOLLYWOOD in CALIFORNIA 1916.


LIST OF CHAPTERS



The Prince of Pingaree

CHAPTER 1

If you have a map of the Land of Oz handy, you will find that the great Nonestic Ocean washes the shores of the Kingdom of Rinkitink, between which and the Land of Oz lies a strip of the country of the Nome King and a Sandy Desert. The Kingdom of Rinkitink isn't very big and lies close to the ocean, all the houses and the King's palace being built near the shore. The people live much upon the water, boating and fishing, and the wealth of Rinkitink is gained from trading along the coast and with the islands nearest it.

If you have a map of Oz with you, you'll see that the vast Nonestic Ocean borders the Kingdom of Rinkitink, with a stretch of the Nome King's territory and a Sandy Desert in between. The Kingdom of Rinkitink isn't very large and is located right by the ocean, with all the houses and the King's palace built close to the shore. The residents rely heavily on the water, engaging in boating and fishing, and Rinkitink's wealth comes from trade along the coast and with the nearby islands.

Four days' journey by boat to the north of Rinkitink is the Island of Pingaree, and as our story begins here I must tell you something about this island. At the north end of Pingaree, where it is widest, the land is a mile from shore to shore, but at the south end it is scarcely half a mile broad; thus, although Pingaree is four miles long, from north to south, it cannot be called a very big island. It is exceedingly pretty, however, and to the gulls who approach it from the sea it must resemble a huge green wedge lying upon the waters, for its grass and trees give it the color of an emerald.

Four days' boat ride north of Rinkitink is the Island of Pingaree, and since our story starts here, I need to tell you a bit about this island. At the north end of Pingaree, where it’s widest, the land stretches a mile from shore to shore, but at the south end, it’s barely half a mile across; therefore, even though Pingaree is four miles long from north to south, it's not exactly a large island. It is incredibly beautiful, though, and to the seagulls flying in from the ocean, it must look like a giant green wedge floating on the water, as its grass and trees give it an emerald color.

The grass came to the edge of the sloping shores; the beautiful trees occupied all the central portion of Pingaree, forming a continuous grove where the branches met high overhead and there was just space beneath them for the cosy houses of the inhabitants. These houses were scattered everywhere throughout the island, so that there was no town or city, unless the whole island might be called a city. The canopy of leaves, high overhead, formed a shelter from sun and rain, and the dwellers in the grove could all look past the straight tree-trunks and across the grassy slopes to the purple waters of the Nonestic Ocean.

The grass reached the edge of the sloping shores, and the beautiful trees filled the central part of Pingaree, creating a continuous grove where the branches met high above, leaving just enough space below for the cozy houses of the residents. These houses were scattered all over the island, so there wasn’t a town or city, unless you considered the whole island as a city. The canopy of leaves above provided shelter from the sun and rain, and those living in the grove could look past the straight tree trunks and across the grassy slopes to the purple waters of the Nonestic Ocean.

At the big end of the island, at the north, stood the royal palace of King Kitticut, the lord and ruler of Pingaree. It was a beautiful palace, built entirely of snow-white marble and capped by domes of burnished gold, for the King was exceedingly wealthy. All along the coast of Pingaree were found the largest and finest pearls in the whole world.

At the northern tip of the island was the royal palace of King Kitticut, the lord and ruler of Pingaree. It was a stunning palace made entirely of bright white marble and topped with domes of gleaming gold, as the King was extremely rich. The coast of Pingaree was filled with the largest and most beautiful pearls in the entire world.

These pearls grew within the shells of big oysters, and the people raked the oysters from their watery beds, sought out the milky pearls and carried them dutifully to their King. Therefore, once every year His Majesty was able to send six of his boats, with sixty rowers and many sacks of the valuable pearls, to the Kingdom of Rinkitink, where there was a city called Gilgad, in which King Rinkitink's palace stood on a rocky headland and served, with its high towers, as a lighthouse to guide sailors to the harbor. In Gilgad the pearls from Pingaree were purchased by the King's treasurer, and the boats went back to the island laden with stores of rich merchandise and such supplies of food as the people and the royal family of Pingaree needed.

These pearls formed inside large oysters, and the people collected the oysters from their underwater beds, found the milky pearls, and brought them dutifully to their King. As a result, once a year, His Majesty could send six boats, with sixty rowers and many sacks of valuable pearls, to the Kingdom of Rinkitink, where there was a city called Gilgad, home to King Rinkitink's palace perched on a rocky headland, serving as a lighthouse to help sailors find the harbor. In Gilgad, the pearls from Pingaree were bought by the King’s treasurer, and the boats returned to the island loaded with a variety of valuable goods and food supplies needed by the people and the royal family of Pingaree.

The Pingaree people never visited any other land but that of Rinkitink, and so there were few other lands that knew there was such an island. To the southwest was an island called the Isle of Phreex, where the inhabitants had no use for pearls. And far north of Pingaree—six days' journey by boat, it was said—were twin islands named Regos and Coregos, inhabited by a fierce and warlike people.

The Pingaree people never traveled to any other land besides Rinkitink, so not many other places knew about their island. To the southwest, there was an island called the Isle of Phreex, where the locals didn’t care about pearls. And far to the north of Pingaree—six days' journey by boat, as the story goes—were twin islands named Regos and Coregos, home to a fierce and aggressive people.

Many years before this story really begins, ten big boatloads of those fierce warriors of Regos and Coregos visited Pingaree, landing suddenly upon the north end of the island. There they began to plunder and conquer, as was their custom, but the people of Pingaree, although neither so big nor so strong as their foes, were able to defeat them and drive them all back to the sea, where a great storm overtook the raiders from Regos and Coregos and destroyed them and their boats, not a single warrior returning to his own country.

Many years before this story actually begins, ten large boats filled with the fierce warriors from Regos and Coregos suddenly arrived at the northern tip of Pingaree. They started to plunder and conquer, as was their usual practice, but the people of Pingaree, although not as large or strong as their enemies, managed to defeat them and drive them all back to the sea. There, a great storm hit the raiders from Regos and Coregos, destroying them and their boats, with not a single warrior making it back to his homeland.

This defeat of the enemy seemed the more wonderful because the pearl-fishers of Pingaree were mild and peaceful in disposition and seldom quarreled even among themselves. Their only weapons were their oyster rakes; yet the fact remains that they drove their fierce enemies from Regos and Coregos from their shores.

This defeat of the enemy felt even more amazing because the pearl-fishers of Pingaree were gentle and peaceful by nature and rarely fought even with each other. Their only tools were their oyster rakes; yet the truth is that they managed to drive their fierce enemies from Regos and Coregos away from their shores.

King Kitticut was only a boy when this remarkable battle was fought, and now his hair was gray; but he remembered the day well and, during the years that followed, his one constant fear was of another invasion of his enemies. He feared they might send a more numerous army to his island, both for conquest and revenge, in which case there could be little hope of successfully opposing them.

King Kitticut was just a boy when this incredible battle took place, and now his hair had turned gray; but he recalled that day vividly, and throughout the years that followed, his one constant fear was of another attack from his enemies. He worried they might send a larger army to his island, both to conquer and take revenge, in which case there would be little hope of successfully fighting them off.

This anxiety on the part of King Kitticut led him to keep a sharp lookout for strange boats, one of his men patrolling the beach constantly, but he was too wise to allow any fear to make him or his subjects unhappy. He was a good King and lived very contentedly in his fine palace, with his fair Queen Garee and their one child, Prince Inga.

This anxiety from King Kitticut made him keep a close watch for unfamiliar boats, with one of his men always patrolling the beach. However, he was too sensible to let fear bring unhappiness to himself or his subjects. He was a good king and lived happily in his beautiful palace with his lovely Queen Garee and their only child, Prince Inga.

The wealth of Pingaree increased year by year; and the happiness of the people increased, too. Perhaps there was no place, outside the Land of Oz, where contentment and peace were more manifest than on this pretty island, hidden in the bosom of the Nonestic Ocean. Had these conditions remained undisturbed, there would have been no need to speak of Pingaree in this story.

The wealth of Pingaree grew every year, and the happiness of the people grew too. Maybe there was no place, outside the Land of Oz, where contentment and peace were more evident than on this beautiful island, nestled in the heart of the Nonestic Ocean. If things had stayed the same, there wouldn’t be any reason to mention Pingaree in this story.

Prince Inga, the heir to all the riches and the kingship of Pingaree, grew up surrounded by every luxury; but he was a manly little fellow, although somewhat too grave and thoughtful, and he could never bear to be idle a single minute. He knew where the finest oysters lay hidden along the coast and was as successful in finding pearls as any of the men of the island, although he was so slight and small. He had a little boat of his own and a rake for dragging up the oysters and he was very proud indeed when he could carry a big white pearl to his father.

Prince Inga, the heir to all the wealth and the throne of Pingaree, grew up surrounded by every luxury. However, he was a thoughtful little guy, often too serious, and he couldn’t stand to be idle for even a minute. He knew where the best oysters were hidden along the coast and was just as good at finding pearls as any of the island's fishermen, even though he was small and slight. He had his own little boat and a rake for dragging up the oysters, and he felt really proud whenever he could bring a big white pearl to his father.

There was no school upon the island, as the people of Pingaree were far removed from the state of civilization that gives our modern children such advantages as schools and learned professors, but the King owned several manuscript books, the pages being made of sheepskin. Being a man of intelligence, he was able to teach his son something of reading, writing and arithmetic.

There was no school on the island, as the people of Pingaree were far removed from the civilization that provides our modern children with benefits like schools and educated teachers. However, the King owned several manuscript books, with pages made of sheepskin. Being an intelligent man, he was able to teach his son some reading, writing, and math.

When studying his lessons Prince Inga used to go into the grove near his father's palace and climb into the branches of a tall tree, where he had built a platform with a comfortable seat to rest upon, all hidden by the canopy of leaves. There, with no one to disturb him, he would pore over the sheepskin on which were written the queer characters of the Pingarese language.

When studying his lessons, Prince Inga would go into the grove near his father's palace and climb into the branches of a tall tree, where he had built a platform with a comfy seat to sit on, all concealed by the canopy of leaves. There, with no one to bother him, he would focus on the sheepskin covered in the strange characters of the Pingarese language.

King Kitticut was very proud of his little son, as well he might be, and he soon felt a high respect for Inga's judgment and thought that he was worthy to be taken into the confidence of his father in many matters of state. He taught the boy the needs of the people and how to rule them justly, for some day he knew that Inga would be King in his place. One day he called his son to his side and said to him:

King Kitticut was really proud of his little son, as he had every reason to be, and he quickly developed great respect for Inga's judgment, believing he was deserving of his father's trust in many state matters. He taught the boy about the people's needs and how to govern them fairly, knowing that someday Inga would succeed him as King. One day, he called his son to his side and said to him:

"Our island now seems peaceful enough, Inga, and we are happy and prosperous, but I cannot forget those terrible people of Regos and Coregos. My constant fear is that they will send a fleet of boats to search for those of their race whom we defeated many years ago, and whom the sea afterwards destroyed. If the warriors come in great numbers we may be unable to oppose them, for my people are little trained to fighting at best; they surely would cause us much injury and suffering."

"Our island feels peaceful enough now, Inga, and we’re happy and thriving, but I can’t shake off the memory of those terrible people from Regos and Coregos. I constantly worry that they might send a fleet of boats to look for their people whom we defeated many years ago, and who the sea later destroyed. If the warriors come in large numbers, we might not be able to fight them off, as my people aren’t very well-trained for combat anyway; they would definitely bring us a lot of harm and suffering."

"Are we, then, less powerful than in my grandfather's day?" asked Prince Inga.

"Are we, then, less powerful than we were in my grandfather's day?" asked Prince Inga.

The King shook his head thoughtfully.

The king shook his head, deep in thought.

"It is not that," said he. "That you may fully understand that marvelous battle, I must confide to you a great secret. I have in my possession three Magic Talismans, which I have ever guarded with utmost care, keeping the knowledge of their existence from anyone else. But, lest I should die and the secret be lost, I have decided to tell you what these talismans are and where they are hidden. Come with me, my son."

"It’s not that,” he said. “For you to truly understand that amazing battle, I need to share a big secret with you. I have three Magic Talismans that I’ve always protected very carefully, keeping their existence a secret from everyone else. But just in case I die and the secret gets lost, I’ve decided to tell you what these talismans are and where they’re hidden. Come with me, my son."

He led the way through the rooms of the palace until they came to the great banquet hall. There, stopping in the center of the room, he stooped down and touched a hidden spring in the tiled floor. At once one of the tiles sank downward and the King reached within the cavity and drew out a silken bag.

He guided them through the palace's rooms until they reached the grand banquet hall. There, pausing in the middle of the room, he bent down and pressed a hidden spring in the tiled floor. Instantly, one of the tiles sank down, and the King reached into the opening and pulled out a silk bag.

This bag he proceeded to open, showing Inga that it contained three great pearls, each one as big around as a marble. One had a blue tint and one was of a delicate rose color, but the third was pure white.

This bag he opened, showing Inga that it held three large pearls, each about the size of a marble. One had a blue tint, one was a delicate pink, but the third was pure white.

"These three pearls," said the King, speaking in a solemn, impressive voice, "are the most wonderful the world has ever known. They were gifts to one of my ancestors from the Mermaid Queen, a powerful fairy whom he once had the good fortune to rescue from her enemies. In gratitude for this favor she presented him with these pearls. Each of the three possesses an astonishing power, and whoever is their owner may count himself a fortunate man. This one having the blue tint will give to the person who carries it a strength so great that no power can resist him. The one with the pink glow will protect its owner from all dangers that may threaten him, no matter from what source they may come. The third pearl—this one of pure white—can speak, and its words are always wise and helpful."

"These three pearls," said the King, in a serious and commanding voice, "are the most amazing in the world. They were gifts to one of my ancestors from the Mermaid Queen, a powerful fairy whom he once had the luck to save from her enemies. In gratitude for this favor, she gave him these pearls. Each of the three has incredible power, and whoever owns them can consider himself lucky. The one with the blue hue will grant its holder an unyielding strength that no force can oppose. The one with the pink glow will shield its owner from all dangers, regardless of their source. The third pearl—this pure white one—can speak, and its words are always wise and beneficial."

"What is this, my father!" exclaimed the Prince, amazed; "do you tell me that a pearl can speak? It sounds impossible."

"What is this, Dad!" exclaimed the Prince, amazed. "Are you telling me that a pearl can talk? That sounds impossible."

"Your doubt is due to your ignorance of fairy powers," returned the King, gravely. "Listen, my son, and you will know that I speak the truth."

"Your doubt comes from not understanding fairy powers," the King replied seriously. "Listen, my son, and you'll see that I'm telling the truth."

He held the white pearl to Inga's ear and the Prince heard a small voice say distinctly: "Your father is right. Never question the truth of what you fail to understand, for the world is filled with wonders."

He held the white pearl to Inga's ear, and the Prince heard a small voice clearly say, "Your father is right. Never question the truth of what you don’t understand, because the world is full of wonders."

"I crave your pardon, dear father," said the Prince, "for clearly I heard the pearl speak, and its words were full of wisdom."

"I ask for your forgiveness, dear father," said the Prince, "for I clearly heard the pearl speak, and its words were full of wisdom."

"The powers of the other pearls are even greater," resumed the King. "Were I poor in all else, these gems would make me richer than any other monarch the world holds."

"The powers of the other pearls are even greater," the King continued. "Even if I had nothing else, these gems would make me richer than any other monarch in the world."

"I believe that," replied Inga, looking at the beautiful pearls with much awe. "But tell me, my father, why do you fear the warriors of Regos and Coregos when these marvelous powers are yours?"

"I believe that," Inga replied, admiring the beautiful pearls with great awe. "But tell me, Dad, why do you fear the warriors of Regos and Coregos when you have these amazing powers?"

"The powers are mine only while I have the pearls upon my person," answered King Kitticut, "and I dare not carry them constantly for fear they might be lost. Therefore, I keep them safely hidden in this recess. My only danger lies in the chance that my watchmen might fail to discover the approach of our enemies and allow the warrior invaders to seize me before I could secure the pearls. I should, in that case, be quite powerless to resist. My father owned the magic pearls at the time of the Great Fight, of which you have so often heard, and the pink pearl protected him from harm, while the blue pearl enabled him and his people to drive away the enemy. Often have I suspected that the destroying storm was caused by the fairy mermaids, but that is a matter of which I have no proof."

"The powers belong to me only when I have the pearls with me," King Kitticut replied, "and I can't keep them on me all the time because I might lose them. That's why I keep them securely hidden in this spot. My main risk is that my guards might not notice our enemies approaching and let the invading warriors take me before I can grab the pearls. In that situation, I would be completely powerless to fight back. My father had the magic pearls during the Great Fight, which you’ve heard about many times, and the pink pearl protected him from harm, while the blue pearl helped him and his people drive away the enemy. I've often wondered if the devastating storm was caused by the fairy mermaids, but I have no evidence to support that."

"I have often wondered how we managed to win that battle," remarked Inga thoughtfully. "But the pearls will assist us in case the warriors come again, will they not?"

"I often wonder how we pulled off that victory," Inga said thoughtfully. "But the pearls will help us if the warriors return, right?"

"They are as powerful as ever," declared the King. "Really, my son, I have little to fear from any foe. But lest I die and the secret be lost to the next King, I have now given it into your keeping. Remember that these pearls are the rightful heritage of all Kings of Pingaree. If at any time I should be taken from you, Inga, guard this treasure well and do not forget where it is hidden."

"They're just as powerful as ever," the King said. "Honestly, my son, I don't have much to fear from any enemy. But in case I die and the secret is lost to the next King, I've put it in your hands now. Remember that these pearls belong to all the Kings of Pingaree. If I should ever be taken from you, Inga, protect this treasure carefully and don’t forget where it’s hidden."

"I shall not forget," said Inga.

"I won't forget," Inga said.

Then the King returned the pearls to their hiding place and the boy went to his own room to ponder upon the wonderful secret his father had that day confided to his care.

Then the King put the pearls back in their hiding spot, and the boy went to his room to think about the amazing secret his father had trusted him with that day.


The Coming of King Rinkitink

CHAPTER 2

A few days after this, on a bright and sunny morning when the breeze blew soft and sweet from the ocean and the trees waved their leaf-laden branches, the Royal Watchman, whose duty it was to patrol the shore, came running to the King with news that a strange boat was approaching the island.

A few days later, on a bright and sunny morning when a gentle breeze blew sweetly from the ocean and the trees swayed with their leafy branches, the Royal Watchman, who was responsible for patrolling the shore, rushed to the King with news that a strange boat was coming toward the island.

At first the King was sore afraid and made a step toward the hidden pearls, but the next moment he reflected that one boat, even if filled with enemies, would be powerless to injure him, so he curbed his fear and went down to the beach to discover who the strangers might be. Many of the men of Pingaree assembled there also, and Prince Inga followed his father. Arriving at the water's edge, they all stood gazing eagerly at the oncoming boat.

At first, the King was very scared and took a step toward the hidden pearls, but then he realized that one boat, even if it was full of enemies, couldn’t harm him. So he controlled his fear and went down to the beach to see who the strangers were. Many of the men from Pingaree gathered there too, and Prince Inga followed his father. When they reached the water's edge, they all stood watching eagerly as the boat approached.

It was quite a big boat, they observed, and covered with a canopy of purple silk, embroidered with gold. It was rowed by twenty men, ten on each side. As it came nearer, Inga could see that in the stern, seated upon a high, cushioned chair of state, was a little man who was so very fat that he was nearly as broad as he was high. This man was dressed in a loose silken robe of purple that fell in folds to his feet, while upon his head was a cap of white velvet curiously worked with golden threads and having a circle of diamonds sewn around the band. At the opposite end of the boat stood an oddly shaped cage, and several large boxes of sandalwood were piled near the center of the craft.

It was a pretty big boat, they noticed, covered with a canopy of purple silk, embroidered with gold. It was rowed by twenty men, ten on each side. As it got closer, Inga could see that at the back, sitting in a high cushioned chair, was a little man who was so fat he was almost as wide as he was tall. This man wore a loose purple silk robe that draped down to his feet, and on his head was a white velvet cap intricately embroidered with golden threads, featuring a circle of diamonds sewn around the band. At the other end of the boat was a strangely shaped cage, and several large sandalwood boxes were stacked near the center of the boat.

As the boat approached the shore the fat little man got upon his feet and bowed several times in the direction of those who had assembled to greet him, and as he bowed he flourished his white cap in an energetic manner. His face was round as an apple and nearly as rosy. When he stopped bowing he smiled in such a sweet and happy way that Inga thought he must be a very jolly fellow.

As the boat reached the shore, the chubby little man stood up and bowed multiple times to the people gathered to welcome him, energetically waving his white cap as he did so. His face was round like an apple and almost as rosy. When he finished bowing, he smiled in such a sweet and cheerful way that Inga thought he must be a really joyful guy.

The prow of the boat grounded on the beach, stopping its speed so suddenly that the little man was caught unawares and nearly toppled headlong into the sea. But he managed to catch hold of the chair with one hand and the hair of one of his rowers with the other, and so steadied himself. Then, again waving his jeweled cap around his head, he cried in a merry voice:

The front of the boat hit the beach, bringing it to a halt so abruptly that the little man was caught off guard and almost fell into the sea. However, he managed to grab the chair with one hand and the hair of one of his rowers with the other, steadying himself. Then, waving his jeweled cap around his head again, he shouted cheerfully:

"Well, here I am at last!"

"Well, I’m finally here!"

"So I perceive," responded King Kitticut, bowing with much dignity.

"So I see," replied King Kitticut, bowing with great dignity.

The fat man glanced at all the sober faces before him and burst into a rollicking laugh. Perhaps I should say it was half laughter and half a chuckle of merriment, for the sounds he emitted were quaint and droll and tempted every hearer to laugh with him.

The heavyset man looked at all the serious faces in front of him and erupted into a hearty laugh. Maybe I should say it was part laughter and part jovial chuckle, because the sounds he made were amusing and quirky, making everyone around him want to laugh along.

"Heh, heh—ho, ho, ho!" he roared. "Didn't expect me, I see. Keek-eek-eek-eek! This is funny—it's really funny. Didn't know I was coming, did you? Hoo, hoo, hoo, hoo! This is certainly amusing. But I'm here, just the same."

"Heh, heh—ho, ho, ho!" he laughed. "I can see you didn't expect me. Keek-eek-eek-eek! This is hilarious—really hilarious. You had no idea I was coming, did you? Hoo, hoo, hoo, hoo! This is definitely entertaining. But I’m here, just the same."

"Hush up!" said a deep, growling voice. "You're making yourself ridiculous."

"Hush!" said a deep, growling voice. "You're making yourself look ridiculous."

Everyone looked to see where this voice came from; but none could guess who had uttered the words of rebuke. The rowers of the boat were all solemn and silent and certainly no one on the shore had spoken. But the little man did not seem astonished in the least, or even annoyed.

Everyone turned to see where this voice came from, but no one could figure out who had said the words of criticism. The boat's rowers were all serious and quiet, and definitely no one on the shore had spoken. But the little man didn't seem surprised at all, or even bothered.

King Kitticut now addressed the stranger, saying courteously:

King Kitticut now spoke to the stranger, saying politely:

"You are welcome to the Kingdom of Pingaree. Perhaps you will deign to come ashore and at your convenience inform us whom we have the honor of receiving as a guest."

"You are welcome to the Kingdom of Pingaree. Perhaps you will graciously come ashore and, at your convenience, let us know whom we have the honor of hosting as a guest."

"Thanks; I will," returned the little fat man, waddling from his place in the boat and stepping, with some difficulty, upon the sandy beach. "I am King Rinkitink, of the City of Gilgad in the Kingdom of Rinkitink, and I have come to Pingaree to see for myself the monarch who sends to my city so many beautiful pearls. I have long wished to visit this island; and so, as I said before, here I am!"

"Thanks; I will," answered the little chubby man, waddling from his spot in the boat and stepping, with some effort, onto the sandy beach. "I am King Rinkitink, from the City of Gilgad in the Kingdom of Rinkitink, and I've come to Pingaree to meet the ruler who sends so many beautiful pearls to my city. I've wanted to visit this island for a long time; so, as I said before, here I am!"

"I am pleased to welcome you," said King Kitticut. "But why has Your Majesty so few attendants? Is it not dangerous for the King of a great country to make distant journeys in one frail boat, and with but twenty men?"

"I’m happy to welcome you," said King Kitticut. "But why does Your Majesty have so few attendants? Isn’t it risky for the King of a great country to travel far in one small boat, with only twenty men?"

"Oh, I suppose so," answered King Rinkitink, with a laugh. "But what else could I do? My subjects would not allow me to go anywhere at all, if they knew it. So I just ran away."

"Oh, I guess so," King Rinkitink replied with a laugh. "But what else could I do? My subjects wouldn't let me go anywhere at all if they found out. So I just took off."

"Ran away!" exclaimed King Kitticut in surprise.

"Ran away!" King Kitticut exclaimed in surprise.

"Funny, isn't it? Heh, heh, heh—woo, hoo!" laughed Rinkitink, and this is as near as I can spell with letters the jolly sounds of his laughter. "Fancy a King running away from his own people—hoo, hoo—keek, eek, eek, eek! But I had to, don't you see!"

"Isn't it funny? Heh, heh, heh—woo, hoo!" laughed Rinkitink, and this is as close as I can get to capturing the joyful sounds of his laughter in writing. "Can you believe a King would run away from his own people—hoo, hoo—keek, eek, eek, eek! But I had to, you see!"

"Why?" asked the other King.

"Why?" asked the other king.

"They're afraid I'll get into mischief. They don't trust me. Keek-eek-eek—Oh, dear me! Don't trust their own King. Funny, isn't it?"

"They're worried I'll get into trouble. They don't trust me. Keek-eek-eek—Oh, my! Not trusting their own King. Funny, right?"

"No harm can come to you on this island," said Kitticut, pretending not to notice the odd ways of his guest. "And, whenever it pleases you to return to your own country, I will send with you a fitting escort of my own people. In the meantime, pray accompany me to my palace, where everything shall be done to make you comfortable and happy."

"No harm can come to you on this island," Kitticut said, pretending not to notice his guest's strange behavior. "And whenever you're ready to go back to your own country, I'll send you off with a proper escort of my people. In the meantime, please come with me to my palace, where everything will be taken care of to ensure you're comfortable and happy."

"Much obliged," answered Rinkitink, tipping his white cap over his left ear and heartily shaking the hand of his brother monarch. "I'm sure you can make me comfortable if you've plenty to eat. And as for being happy—ha, ha, ha, ha!—why, that's my trouble. I'm too happy. But stop! I've brought you some presents in those boxes. Please order your men to carry them up to the palace."

"Thank you so much," Rinkitink replied, tilting his white cap over his left ear and warmly shaking his fellow king's hand. "I'm sure you can make me comfortable if you have plenty of food. And as for being happy—ha, ha, ha, ha!—that's my issue. I'm too happy. But wait! I've brought you some gifts in those boxes. Please have your men take them up to the palace."

"Certainly," answered King Kitticut, well pleased, and at once he gave his men the proper orders.

"Sure thing," replied King Kitticut, clearly happy, and immediately he gave his men the right orders.

"And, by the way," continued the fat little King, "let them also take my goat from his cage."

"And, by the way," continued the chubby little King, "let them also take my goat out of his cage."

"A goat!" exclaimed the King of Pingaree.

"A goat!" exclaimed the King of Pingaree.

"Exactly; my goat Bilbil. I always ride him wherever I go, for I'm not at all fond of walking, being a trifle stout—eh, Kitticut?—a trifle stout! Hoo, hoo, hoo—keek, eek!"

"Exactly; my goat Bilbil. I always ride him wherever I go because I really don't like walking, since I'm a bit on the heavier side—right, Kitticut?—a bit on the heavier side! Hoo, hoo, hoo—keek, eek!"

The Pingaree people started to lift the big cage out of the boat, but just then a gruff voice cried: "Be careful, you villains!" and as the words seemed to come from the goat's mouth the men were so astonished that they dropped the cage upon the sand with a sudden jar.

The Pingaree people began to lift the big cage out of the boat, but just then a gruff voice shouted, "Be careful, you troublemakers!" The men were so shocked to hear the words seemingly coming from the goat that they dropped the cage onto the sand with a loud thud.

"There! I told you so!" cried the voice angrily. "You've rubbed the skin off my left knee. Why on earth didn't you handle me gently?"

"There! I told you!" shouted the voice angrily. "You've scraped the skin off my left knee. Why on earth didn't you treat me gently?"

"There, there, Bilbil," said King Rinkitink soothingly; "don't scold, my boy. Remember that these are strangers, and we their guests." Then he turned to Kitticut and remarked: "You have no talking goats on your island, I suppose."

"There, there, Bilbil," King Rinkitink said calmly; "don't be upset, my boy. Remember, these are strangers, and we are their guests." He then turned to Kitticut and added, "I take it you don’t have any talking goats on your island?"

"We have no goats at all," replied the King; "nor have we any animals, of any sort, who are able to talk."

"We don’t have any goats at all," replied the King; "nor do we have any animals of any kind that can talk."

"I wish my animal couldn't talk, either," said Rinkitink, winking comically at Inga and then looking toward the cage. "He is very cross at times, and indulges in language that is not respectful. I thought, at first, it would be fine to have a talking goat, with whom I could converse as I rode about my city on his back; but—keek-eek-eek-eek!—the rascal treats me as if I were a chimney sweep instead of a King. Heh, heh, heh, keek, eek! A chimney sweep—hoo, hoo, hoo!—and me a King! Funny, isn't it?" This last was addressed to Prince Inga, whom he chucked familiarly under the chin, to the boy's great embarrassment.

"I wish my animal couldn't talk, either," said Rinkitink, winking playfully at Inga before looking over at the cage. "He gets really grumpy sometimes and uses some disrespectful language. At first, I thought it would be great to have a talking goat to chat with while I rode around my city on his back; but—keek-eek-eek-eek!—that rascal treats me like I'm a chimney sweep instead of a King. Heh, heh, heh, keek, eek! A chimney sweep—hoo, hoo, hoo!—and me a King! It's pretty funny, right?" He said this last part to Prince Inga, giving him a friendly pat under the chin, which made the boy extremely embarrassed.

"Why do you not ride a horse?" asked King Kitticut.

"Why don't you ride a horse?" asked King Kitticut.

"I can't climb upon his back, being rather stout; that's why. Kee, kee, keek, eek!—rather stout—hoo, hoo, hoo!" He paused to wipe the tears of merriment from his eyes and then added: "But I can get on and off Bilbil's back with ease."

"I can't get on his back since I'm a bit heavy; that's why. Kee, kee, keek, eek!—a bit heavy—hoo, hoo, hoo!" He stopped to wipe the tears of laughter from his eyes and then added: "But I can easily get on and off Bilbil's back."

He now opened the cage and the goat deliberately walked out and looked about him in a sulky manner. One of the rowers brought from the boat a saddle made of red velvet and beautifully embroidered with silver thistles, which he fastened upon the goat's back. The fat King put his leg over the saddle and seated himself comfortably, saying:

He now opened the cage, and the goat stepped out on its own, looking around with an irritated expression. One of the rowers brought a red velvet saddle, beautifully embroidered with silver thistles, from the boat and secured it onto the goat's back. The plump King swung his leg over the saddle and settled in comfortably, saying:

"Lead on, my noble host, and we will follow."

"Go ahead, my noble host, and we will follow."

"What! Up that steep hill?" cried the goat. "Get off my back at once, Rinkitink, or I won't budge a step."

"What! Up that steep hill?" shouted the goat. "Get off my back right now, Rinkitink, or I won't move at all."

"But—consider, Bilbil," remonstrated the King. "How am I to get up that hill unless I ride?"

"But—think about it, Bilbil," the King protested. "How am I supposed to get up that hill unless I ride?"

"Walk!" growled Bilbil.

"Walk!" growled Bilbil.

"But I'm too fat. Really, Bilbil, I'm surprised at you. Haven't I brought you all this distance so you may see something of the world and enjoy life? And now you are so ungrateful as to refuse to carry me! Turn about is fair play, my boy. The boat carried you to this shore, because you can't swim, and now you must carry me up the hill, because I can't climb. Eh, Bilbil, isn't that reasonable?"

"But I'm too heavy. Honestly, Bilbil, I'm surprised at you. Haven't I taken you all this way so you can see a bit of the world and enjoy life? And now you're being so ungrateful as to refuse to carry me! Fair's fair, my boy. The boat brought you to this shore because you can't swim, and now you need to carry me up the hill because I can't climb. Right, Bilbil? Doesn't that make sense?"

"Well, well, well," said the goat, surlily, "keep quiet and I'll carry you. But you make me very tired, Rinkitink, with your ceaseless chatter."

"Well, well, well," said the goat grumpily, "just be quiet and I'll carry you. But you really tire me out, Rinkitink, with your nonstop talking."

After making this protest Bilbil began walking up the hill, carrying the fat King upon his back with no difficulty whatever.

After making this complaint, Bilbil started walking up the hill, easily carrying the heavy King on his back.

Prince Inga and his father and all the men of Pingaree were much astonished to overhear this dispute between King Rinkitink and his goat; but they were too polite to make critical remarks in the presence of their guests. King Kitticut walked beside the goat and the Prince followed after, the men coming last with the boxes of sandalwood.

Prince Inga, his father, and all the people of Pingaree were quite surprised to overhear the argument between King Rinkitink and his goat. However, they were too polite to comment critically while their guests were present. King Kitticut walked alongside the goat, with the Prince following behind, and the men brought up the rear, carrying the boxes of sandalwood.

When they neared the palace, the Queen and her maidens came out to meet them and the royal guest was escorted in state to the splendid throne room of the palace. Here the boxes were opened and King Rinkitink displayed all the beautiful silks and laces and jewelry with which they were filled. Every one of the courtiers and ladies received a handsome present, and the King and Queen had many rich gifts and Inga not a few. Thus the time passed pleasantly until the Chamberlain announced that dinner was served.

When they got close to the palace, the Queen and her ladies came out to greet them, and the royal guest was led in style to the magnificent throne room of the palace. Here, the boxes were opened, and King Rinkitink showcased all the beautiful silks, laces, and jewelry inside. Every courtier and lady received a lovely gift, and the King and Queen got many extravagant presents, with Inga receiving her share as well. The time went by pleasantly until the Chamberlain announced that dinner was ready.

Bilbil the goat declared that he preferred eating of the sweet, rich grass that grew abundantly in the palace grounds, and Rinkitink said that the beast could never bear being shut up in a stable; so they removed the saddle from his back and allowed him to wander wherever he pleased.

Bilbil the goat announced that he liked to eat the sweet, rich grass that grew plentifully in the palace grounds, and Rinkitink said that the goat could never stand being locked up in a stable; so they took the saddle off his back and let him roam wherever he wanted.

During the dinner Inga divided his attention between admiring the pretty gifts he had received and listening to the jolly sayings of the fat King, who laughed when he was not eating and ate when he was not laughing and seemed to enjoy himself immensely.

During dinner, Inga split his attention between admiring the nice gifts he had gotten and listening to the cheerful remarks of the jolly King, who laughed when he wasn't eating and ate when he wasn't laughing, clearly having a great time.

"For four days I have lived in that narrow boat," said he, "with no other amusement than to watch the rowers and quarrel with Bilbil; so I am very glad to be on land again with such friendly and agreeable people."

"For four days I've been living in that cramped boat," he said, "with nothing to do but watch the rowers and bicker with Bilbil; so I'm really happy to be back on land with such friendly and pleasant people."

"You do us great honor," said King Kitticut, with a polite bow.

"You honor us greatly," said King Kitticut, with a respectful bow.

"Not at all—not at all, my brother. This Pingaree must be a wonderful island, for its pearls are the admiration of all the world; nor will I deny the fact that my kingdom would be a poor one without the riches and glory it derives from the trade in your pearls. So I have wished for many years to come here to see you, but my people said: No! Stay at home and behave yourself, or we'll know the reason why.'"

"Not at all—not at all, my brother. This Pingaree must be an amazing island, because its pearls are admired by everyone; I won't deny that my kingdom would be lacking without the wealth and glory it gets from trading your pearls. So I’ve wanted to come here for many years to see you, but my people said: No! Stay home and behave, or we'll have a reason to be upset."

"Will they not miss Your Majesty from your palace at Gilgad?" inquired Kitticut.

"Won't they miss you, Your Majesty, from your palace at Gilgad?" Kitticut asked.

"I think not," answered Rinkitink. "You see, one of my clever subjects has written a parchment entitled 'How to be Good,' and I believed it would benefit me to study it, as I consider the accomplishment of being good one of the fine arts. I had just scolded severely my Lord High Chancellor for coming to breakfast without combing his eyebrows, and was so sad and regretful at having hurt the poor man's feelings that I decided to shut myself up in my own room and study the scroll until I knew how to be good—hee, heek, keek, eek, eek!—to be good! Clever idea, that, wasn't it? Mighty clever! And I issued a decree that no one should enter my room, under pain of my royal displeasure, until I was ready to come out. They're awfully afraid of my royal displeasure, although not a bit afraid of me. Then I put the parchment in my pocket and escaped through the back door to my boat—and here I am. Oo, hoo-hoo, keek-eek! Imagine the fuss there would be in Gilgad if my subjects knew where I am this very minute!"

"I don't think so," Rinkitink replied. "You see, one of my smart subjects wrote a scroll titled 'How to be Good,' and I thought it would be beneficial for me to study it, as I believe being good is an important skill. I had just scolded my Lord High Chancellor pretty harshly for coming to breakfast without grooming his eyebrows, and I felt so sad about hurting his feelings that I decided to lock myself in my room and study the scroll until I figured out how to be good—hee, heek, keek, eek, eek!—to be good! Pretty clever idea, right? Really clever! And I declared that no one should enter my room, under threat of my royal displeasure, until I was ready to come out. They’re really scared of my royal displeasure, even though they don’t fear me at all. Then I put the scroll in my pocket and snuck out through the back door to my boat—and here I am. Oo, hoo-hoo, keek-eek! Can you imagine the commotion there would be in Gilgad if my subjects knew where I was right now?"

"I would like to see that parchment," said the solemn-eyed Prince Inga, "for if it indeed teaches one to be good it must be worth its weight in pearls."

"I'd like to see that parchment," said the serious-looking Prince Inga, "because if it truly teaches someone to be good, it must be worth a fortune."

"Oh, it's a fine essay," said Rinkitink, "and beautifully written with a goosequill. Listen to this: You'll enjoy it—tee, hee, hee!—enjoy it."

"Oh, it's a great essay," said Rinkitink, "and beautifully written with a quill pen. Listen to this: You're going to love it—tee, hee, hee!—love it."

He took from his pocket a scroll of parchment tied with a black ribbon, and having carefully unrolled it, he proceeded to read as follows:

He pulled a scroll of parchment from his pocket, tied with a black ribbon, and after carefully unrolling it, he began to read as follows:

"'A Good Man is One who is Never Bad.' How's that, eh? Fine thought, what? 'Therefore, in order to be Good, you must avoid those Things which are Evil.' Oh, hoo-hoo-hoo!—how clever! When I get back I shall make the man who wrote that a royal hippolorum, for, beyond question, he is the wisest man in my kingdom—as he has often told me himself." With this, Rinkitink lay back in his chair and chuckled his queer chuckle until he coughed, and coughed until he choked and choked until he sneezed. And he wrinkled his face in such a jolly, droll way that few could keep from laughing with him, and even the good Queen was forced to titter behind her fan.

"'A Good Man is One who is Never Bad.' What do you think of that? Pretty deep, right? 'So, to be Good, you need to stay away from Evil things.' Oh, how clever! When I get back, I’m going to make the guy who came up with that a royal hero because, without a doubt, he’s the smartest person in my kingdom—just like he always tells me." With that, Rinkitink leaned back in his chair and laughed his quirky laugh until he coughed, then coughed until he choked, and choked until he sneezed. He scrunched up his face in such a funny, cheerful way that hardly anyone could resist laughing along, and even the good Queen had to stifle a giggle behind her fan.

When Rinkitink had recovered from his fit of laughter and had wiped his eyes upon a fine lace handkerchief, Prince Inga said to him:

When Rinkitink stopped laughing and wiped his eyes with a nice lace handkerchief, Prince Inga said to him:

"The parchment speaks truly."

"The document speaks the truth."

"Yes, it is true beyond doubt," answered Rinkitink, "and if I could persuade Bilbil to read it he would be a much better goat than he is now. Here is another selection: 'To avoid saying Unpleasant Things, always Speak Agreeably.' That would hit Bilbil, to a dot. And here is one that applies to you, my Prince: 'Good Children are seldom punished, for the reason that they deserve no punishment.' Now, I think that is neatly put, and shows the author to be a deep thinker. But the advice that has impressed me the most is in the following paragraph: 'You may not find it as Pleasant to be Good as it is to be Bad, but Other People will find it more Pleasant.' Haw-hoo-ho! keek-eek! 'Other people will find it more pleasant!'—hee, hee, heek, keek!—'more pleasant.' Dear me—dear me! Therein lies a noble incentive to be good, and whenever I get time I'm surely going to try it."

"Yes, it's definitely true," replied Rinkitink, "and if I could get Bilbil to read it, he would be a much better goat than he is now. Here’s another quote: 'To avoid saying unpleasant things, always speak nicely.' That would hit Bilbil right on the mark. And here’s one that relates to you, my Prince: 'Good children are rarely punished because they deserve no punishment.' I think that's well said and shows the author is a deep thinker. But the advice that has stuck with me the most is in the next paragraph: 'You might not find it as enjoyable to be good as it is to be bad, but other people will find it more enjoyable.' Haw-hoo-ho! keek-eek! 'Other people will find it more enjoyable!'—hee, hee, heek, keek!—'more enjoyable.' Goodness—goodness! There’s a great reason to be good, and whenever I get the chance, I'm definitely going to give it a try."

Then he wiped his eyes again with the lace handkerchief and, suddenly remembering his dinner, seized his knife and fork and began eating.

Then he wiped his eyes again with the lace handkerchief and, suddenly remembering his dinner, grabbed his knife and fork and started eating.


The Warriors from the North

CHAPTER 3

King Rinkitink was so much pleased with the Island of Pingaree that he continued his stay day after day and week after week, eating good dinners, talking with King Kitticut and sleeping. Once in a while he would read from his scroll. "For," said he, "whenever I return home, my subjects will be anxious to know if I have learned 'How to be Good,' and I must not disappoint them."

King Rinkitink was so happy with the Island of Pingaree that he stayed there day after day and week after week, enjoying delicious dinners, chatting with King Kitticut, and sleeping. Occasionally, he would read from his scroll. "Because," he said, "when I go back home, my subjects will be eager to know if I've learned 'How to be Good,' and I can't let them down."

The twenty rowers lived on the small end of the island, with the pearl fishers, and seemed not to care whether they ever returned to the Kingdom of Rinkitink or not. Bilbil the goat wandered over the grassy slopes, or among the trees, and passed his days exactly as he pleased. His master seldom cared to ride him. Bilbil was a rare curiosity to the islanders, but since there was little pleasure in talking with the goat they kept away from him. This pleased the creature, who seemed well satisfied to be left to his own devices.

The twenty rowers lived on the small end of the island, alongside the pearl fishers, and didn’t seem to mind whether they ever made it back to the Kingdom of Rinkitink or not. Bilbil the goat roamed the grassy slopes or wandered among the trees, spending his days exactly how he wanted. His owner rarely bothered to ride him. Bilbil was a unique sight for the islanders, but since there wasn't much fun in chatting with a goat, they mostly kept their distance. This suited Bilbil just fine, as he appeared quite happy to be left to his own devices.

Once Prince Inga, wishing to be courteous, walked up to the goat and said: "Good morning, Bilbil."

Once Prince Inga, wanting to be polite, walked up to the goat and said, "Good morning, Bilbil."

"It isn't a good morning," answered Bilbil grumpily. "It is cloudy and damp, and looks like rain."

"It’s not a good morning," Bilbil replied grumpily. "It’s cloudy and damp, and it looks like it’s going to rain."

"I hope you are contented in our kingdom," continued the boy, politely ignoring the other's harsh words.

"I hope you're happy in our kingdom," the boy continued, politely ignoring the other's harsh words.

"I'm not," said Bilbil. "I'm never contented; so it doesn't matter to me whether I'm in your kingdom or in some other kingdom. Go away—will you?"

"I'm not," Bilbil said. "I'm never satisfied, so it doesn't matter to me if I'm in your kingdom or some other one. Just go away—okay?"

"Certainly," answered the Prince, and after this rebuff he did not again try to make friends with Bilbil.

"Sure," replied the Prince, and after this rejection, he didn't try to befriend Bilbil again.

Now that the King, his father, was so much occupied with his royal guest, Inga was often left to amuse himself, for a boy could not be allowed to take part in the conversation of two great monarchs. He devoted himself to his studies, therefore, and day after day he climbed into the branches of his favorite tree and sat for hours in his "tree-top rest," reading his father's precious manuscripts and thinking upon what he read.

Now that the King, his father, was so busy with his royal guest, Inga often had to entertain himself, since a boy couldn’t join the conversation of two great monarchs. So, he focused on his studies, and day after day he climbed into the branches of his favorite tree and sat for hours in his "tree-top rest," reading his father's valuable manuscripts and reflecting on what he read.

You must not think that Inga was a mollycoddle or a prig, because he was so solemn and studious. Being a King's son and heir to a throne, he could not play with the other boys of Pingaree, and he lived so much in the society of the King and Queen, and was so surrounded by the pomp and dignity of a court, that he missed all the jolly times that boys usually have. I have no doubt that had he been able to live as other boys do, he would have been much like other boys; as it was, he was subdued by his surroundings, and more grave and thoughtful than one of his years should be.

Don't assume that Inga was a softie or a goody-goody just because he was so serious and studious. As the son of a king and the heir to the throne, he couldn't hang out with the other boys from Pingaree. Spending so much time with the King and Queen, and being surrounded by the grandeur and formality of court life, made him miss out on all the fun times that boys usually experience. I'm sure that if he had the chance to live like other boys, he would have been just like them; instead, he was subdued by his surroundings, making him more serious and thoughtful than a kid his age should be.

Inga was in his tree one morning when, without warning, a great fog enveloped the Island of Pingaree. The boy could scarcely see the tree next to that in which he sat, but the leaves above him prevented the dampness from wetting him, so he curled himself up in his seat and fell fast asleep.

Inga was in his tree one morning when, out of nowhere, a thick fog covered the Island of Pingaree. The boy could hardly see the tree next to his, but the leaves above kept him dry from the moisture, so he curled up in his spot and fell fast asleep.

All that forenoon the fog continued. King Kitticut, who sat in his palace talking with his merry visitor, ordered the candles lighted, that they might be able to see one another. The good Queen, Inga's mother, found it was too dark to work at her embroidery, so she called her maidens together and told them wonderful stories of bygone days, in order to pass away the dreary hours.

All that morning, the fog stayed thick. King Kitticut, who was in his palace chatting with his cheerful guest, had candles lit so they could see each other. The kind Queen, Inga's mother, realized it was too dark to work on her embroidery, so she gathered her maidens and told them amazing stories from the past to help pass the time during the gloomy hours.

But soon after noon the weather changed. The dense fog rolled away like a heavy cloud and suddenly the sun shot his bright rays over the island.

But soon after noon, the weather changed. The thick fog lifted like a heavy cloud, and suddenly the sun beamed its bright rays over the island.

"Very good!" exclaimed King Kitticut. "We shall have a pleasant afternoon, I am sure," and he blew out the candles.

"Great!" King Kitticut said. "I'm sure we're going to have a nice afternoon," and he blew out the candles.

Then he stood a moment motionless, as if turned to stone, for a terrible cry from without the palace reached his ears—a cry so full of fear and horror that the King's heart almost stopped beating. Immediately there was a scurrying of feet as every one in the palace, filled with dismay, rushed outside to see what had happened. Even fat little Rinkitink sprang from his chair and followed his host and the others through the arched vestibule.

Then he stood there for a moment, frozen, as if turned to stone, because a terrifying scream from outside the palace reached his ears—a scream so filled with fear and horror that the King's heart nearly stopped. Instantly, there was a flurry of footsteps as everyone in the palace, filled with dread, ran outside to see what had happened. Even plump little Rinkitink jumped from his chair and followed his host and the others through the arched entrance.

After many years the worst fears of King Kitticut were realized.

After many years, King Kitticut's worst fears came true.

Landing upon the beach, which was but a few steps from the palace itself, were hundreds of boats, every one filled with a throng of fierce warriors. They sprang upon the land with wild shouts of defiance and rushed to the King's palace, waving aloft their swords and spears and battle-axes.

Landing on the beach, just a few steps from the palace itself, were hundreds of boats, each packed with a crowd of fierce warriors. They jumped onto the land with wild shouts of defiance and charged toward the King's palace, brandishing their swords, spears, and battle-axes.

King Kitticut, so completely surprised that he was bewildered, gazed at the approaching host with terror and grief.

King Kitticut, totally shocked and confused, stared at the coming army with fear and sadness.

"They are the men of Regos and Coregos!" he groaned. "We are, indeed, lost!"

"They're the guys from Regos and Coregos!" he groaned. "We're totally lost!"

Then he bethought himself, for the first time, of his wonderful pearls. Turning quickly, he ran back into the palace and hastened to the hall where the treasures were hidden. But the leader of the warriors had seen the King enter the palace and bounded after him, thinking he meant to escape. Just as the King had stooped to press the secret spring in the tiles, the warrior seized him from the rear and threw him backward upon the floor, at the same time shouting to his men to fetch ropes and bind the prisoner. This they did very quickly and King Kitticut soon found himself helplessly bound and in the power of his enemies. In this sad condition he was lifted by the warriors and carried outside, when the good King looked upon a sorry sight.

Then he thought about his amazing pearls for the first time. Turning quickly, he ran back into the palace and hurried to the hall where the treasures were hidden. But the leader of the warriors had seen the King enter the palace and dashed after him, thinking he was trying to escape. Just as the King bent down to press the hidden switch in the tiles, the warrior grabbed him from behind and threw him backward onto the floor, while shouting to his men to bring ropes and tie up the prisoner. They did this very quickly, and King Kitticut soon found himself helplessly bound and at the mercy of his enemies. In this unfortunate state, he was lifted by the warriors and carried outside, where the good King saw a dismal sight.

The Queen and her maidens, the officers and servants of the royal household and all who had inhabited this end of the Island of Pingaree had been seized by the invaders and bound with ropes. At once they began carrying their victims to the boats, tossing them in as unceremoniously as if they had been bales of merchandise.

The Queen and her maidens, along with the officers and servants of the royal household, and everyone living in this part of the Island of Pingaree, had been captured by the invaders and tied up with ropes. They immediately started taking their captives to the boats, throwing them in as casually as if they were just bales of goods.

The King looked around for his son Inga, but failed to find the boy among the prisoners. Nor was the fat King, Rinkitink, to be seen anywhere about.

The King looked around for his son Inga but couldn't find the boy among the prisoners. Nor was the overweight King, Rinkitink, anywhere to be seen.

The warriors were swarming over the palace like bees in a hive, seeking anyone who might be in hiding, and after the search had been prolonged for some time the leader asked impatiently: "Do you find anyone else?"

The warriors were flooding the palace like bees in a hive, looking for anyone who might be hiding, and after the search dragged on for a while, the leader asked impatiently, "Do you find anyone else?"

"No," his men told him. "We have captured them all."

"No," his men said. "We've captured them all."

"Then," commanded the leader, "remove everything of value from the palace and tear down its walls and towers, so that not one stone remains upon another!"

"Then," the leader ordered, "take everything valuable from the palace and tear down its walls and towers, so that not a single stone is left standing!"

While the warriors were busy with this task we will return to the boy Prince, who, when the fog lifted and the sun came out, wakened from his sleep and began to climb down from his perch in the tree. But the terrifying cries of the people, mingled with the shouts of the rude warriors, caused him to pause and listen eagerly.

While the warriors were occupied with this task, let's go back to the young prince. When the fog cleared and the sun came out, he woke up from his sleep and started to climb down from his spot in the tree. But the frightening cries of the people, mixed with the shouts of the rough warriors, made him stop and listen intently.

Then he climbed rapidly up the tree, far above his platform, to the topmost swaying branches. This tree, which Inga called his own, was somewhat taller than the other trees that surrounded it, and when he had reached the top he pressed aside the leaves and saw a great fleet of boats upon the shore—strange boats, with banners that he had never seen before. Turning to look upon his father's palace, he found it surrounded by a horde of enemies. Then Inga knew the truth: that the island had been invaded by the barbaric warriors from the north. He grew so faint from the terror of it all that he might have fallen had he not wound his arms around a limb and clung fast until the dizzy feeling passed away. Then with his sash he bound himself to the limb and again ventured to look out through the leaves.

Then he quickly climbed up the tree, higher than his platform, to the top swaying branches. This tree, which Inga considered his own, was slightly taller than the other trees around it, and when he reached the top, he pushed aside the leaves and saw a large fleet of boats on the shore—strange boats with banners he had never seen before. Turning to look at his father's palace, he saw it surrounded by a crowd of enemies. Then Inga realized the truth: the island had been invaded by barbaric warriors from the north. He felt so faint from the fear of it all that he might have fallen if he hadn’t wrapped his arms around a branch and held on tight until the dizziness went away. Then he used his sash to tie himself to the branch and cautiously looked out through the leaves again.

The warriors were now engaged in carrying King Kitticut and Queen Garee and all their other captives down to the boats, where they were thrown in and chained one to another. It was a dreadful sight for the Prince to witness, but he sat very still, concealed from the sight of anyone below by the bower of leafy branches around him. Inga knew very well that he could do nothing to help his beloved parents, and that if he came down he would only be forced to share their cruel fate.

The warriors were now busy hauling King Kitticut, Queen Garee, and all their other captives down to the boats, where they were dumped and chained together. It was a terrible sight for the Prince to see, but he sat quietly, hidden from anyone below by the leafy branches surrounding him. Inga knew very well that he couldn't do anything to save his beloved parents, and that if he came down, he would only be forced to suffer the same cruel fate.

Now a procession of the Northmen passed between the boats and the palace, bearing the rich furniture, splendid draperies and rare ornaments of which the royal palace had been robbed, together with such food and other plunder as they could lay their hands upon. After this, the men of Regos and Coregos threw ropes around the marble domes and towers and hundreds of warriors tugged at these ropes until the domes and towers toppled and fell in ruins upon the ground. Then the walls themselves were torn down, till little remained of the beautiful palace but a vast heap of white marble blocks tumbled and scattered upon the ground.

Now a group of Northmen moved between the boats and the palace, carrying away the expensive furniture, stunning fabrics, and rare decorations that had been taken from the royal palace, along with whatever food and other loot they could grab. After that, the men from Regos and Coregos threw ropes around the marble domes and towers, and hundreds of warriors pulled on these ropes until the domes and towers crashed down in ruins. Then the walls were also pulled down, leaving almost nothing of the beautiful palace except a huge pile of white marble blocks that were toppled and scattered on the ground.

Prince Inga wept bitter tears of grief as he watched the ruin of his home; yet he was powerless to avert the destruction. When the palace had been demolished, some of the warriors entered their boats and rowed along the coast of the island, while the others marched in a great body down the length of the island itself. They were so numerous that they formed a line stretching from shore to shore and they destroyed every house they came to and took every inhabitant prisoner.

Prince Inga cried bitter tears of sorrow as he saw his home being destroyed; yet he couldn’t stop the devastation. Once the palace had collapsed, some of the warriors got into their boats and paddled along the island's coast, while the others marched in a large group down the length of the island. There were so many of them that they created a line from one shore to the other, destroying every house they passed and capturing every inhabitant.

The pearl fishers who lived at the lower end of the island tried to escape in their boats, but they were soon overtaken and made prisoners, like the others. Nor was there any attempt to resist the foe, for the sharp spears and pikes and swords of the invaders terrified the hearts of the defenseless people of Pingaree, whose sole weapons were their oyster rakes.

The pearl fishers living at the southern end of the island tried to escape in their boats, but they were quickly caught and captured, just like everyone else. There was no effort to fight back against the enemy, as the sharp spears, pikes, and swords of the invaders scared the defenseless people of Pingaree, who only had their oyster rakes as weapons.

When night fell the whole of the Island of Pingaree had been conquered by the men of the North, and all its people were slaves of the conquerors. Next morning the men of Regos and Coregos, being capable of no further mischief, departed from the scene of their triumph, carrying their prisoners with them and taking also every boat to be found upon the island. Many of the boats they had filled with rich plunder, with pearls and silks and velvets, with silver and gold ornaments and all the treasure that had made Pingaree famed as one of the richest kingdoms in the world. And the hundreds of slaves they had captured would be set to work in the mines of Regos and the grain fields of Coregos.

When night came, the entire Island of Pingaree had been taken over by the men from the North, and all its inhabitants were enslaved by their conquerors. The next morning, the men from Regos and Coregos, having done all the damage they could, left the scene of their victory, taking their prisoners with them and seizing every boat they found on the island. Many of the boats were filled with valuable loot, including pearls, silks, and velvets, along with silver and gold jewelry, and all the treasures that had made Pingaree known as one of the richest kingdoms in the world. The hundreds of slaves they had captured would be forced to work in the mines of Regos and the fields of Coregos.

So complete was the victory of the Northmen that it is no wonder the warriors sang songs of triumph as they hastened back to their homes. Great rewards were awaiting them when they showed the haughty King of Regos and the terrible Queen of Coregos the results of their ocean raid and conquest.

So complete was the victory of the Northmen that it’s no surprise the warriors sang songs of triumph as they rushed back home. Great rewards were waiting for them when they showed the proud King of Regos and the fearsome Queen of Coregos the results of their ocean raid and conquest.


The Deserted Island

CHAPTER 4

All through that terrible night Prince Inga remained hidden in his tree. In the morning he watched the great fleet of boats depart for their own country, carrying his parents and his countrymen with them, as well as everything of value the Island of Pingaree had contained.

All through that awful night, Prince Inga stayed hidden in his tree. In the morning, he saw the large fleet of boats leave for their homeland, taking his parents, his fellow countrymen, and everything valuable from the Island of Pingaree with them.

Sad, indeed, were the boy's thoughts when the last of the boats had become a mere speck in the distance, but Inga did not dare leave his perch of safety until all of the craft of the invaders had disappeared beyond the horizon. Then he came down, very slowly and carefully, for he was weak from hunger and the long and weary watch, as he had been in the tree for twenty-four hours without food.

Sad, indeed, were the boy's thoughts when the last of the boats had become a mere speck in the distance, but Inga did not dare leave his perch of safety until all of the craft of the invaders had disappeared beyond the horizon. Then he came down, very slowly and carefully, for he was weak from hunger and the long and weary watch, as he had been in the tree for twenty-four hours without food.

The sun shone upon the beautiful green isle as brilliantly as if no ruthless invader had passed and laid it in ruins. The birds still chirped among the trees and the butterflies darted from flower to flower as happily as when the land was filled with a prosperous and contented people.

The sun shone on the beautiful green island as brightly as if no brutal invader had come and left it in ruins. The birds still chirped among the trees, and the butterflies flitted from flower to flower just as happily as when the land was filled with a thriving and content people.

Inga feared that only he was left of all his nation. Perhaps he might be obliged to pass his life there alone. He would not starve, for the sea would give him oysters and fish, and the trees fruit; yet the life that confronted him was far from enticing.

Inga was scared that he might be the last person left of his entire nation. He might have to live there by himself. He wouldn't starve, since the sea would provide him with oysters and fish, and the trees would offer fruit; still, the life ahead of him didn't look appealing at all.

The boy's first act was to walk over to where the palace had stood and search the ruins until he found some scraps of food that had been overlooked by the enemy. He sat upon a block of marble and ate of this, and tears filled his eyes as he gazed upon the desolation around him. But Inga tried to bear up bravely, and having satisfied his hunger he walked over to the well, intending to draw a bucket of drinking water.

The boy's first move was to head over to the spot where the palace had been and search through the rubble until he found some leftover food that the enemy had missed. He sat on a block of marble and ate, tears welling up in his eyes as he looked at the destruction surrounding him. But Inga tried to stay strong, and after his hunger was satisfied, he walked over to the well, planning to draw a bucket of drinking water.

Fortunately, this well had been overlooked by the invaders and the bucket was still fastened to the chain that wound around a stout wooden windlass. Inga took hold of the crank and began letting the bucket down into the well, when suddenly he was startled by a muffled voice crying out:

Fortunately, this well had been overlooked by the invaders, and the bucket was still attached to the chain that wound around a sturdy wooden windlass. Inga grabbed the crank and started lowering the bucket into the well when he was suddenly startled by a muffled voice shouting:

"Be careful, up there!"

"Watch out up there!"

The sound and the words seemed to indicate that the voice came from the bottom of the well, so Inga looked down. Nothing could be seen, on account of the darkness.

The sound and the words suggested that the voice was coming from the bottom of the well, so Inga looked down. She couldn't see anything because of the darkness.

"Who are you?" he shouted.

"Who are you?" he yelled.

"It's I—Rinkitink," came the answer, and the depths of the well echoed: "Tink-i-tink-i-tink!" in a ghostly manner.

"It's me—Rinkitink," came the reply, and the depths of the well echoed: "Tink-i-tink-i-tink!" in a spooky way.

"Are you in the well?" asked the boy, greatly surprised.

"Are you in the well?" the boy asked, looking very surprised.

"Yes, and nearly drowned. I fell in while running from those terrible warriors, and I've been standing in this damp hole ever since, with my head just above the water. It's lucky the well was no deeper, for had my head been under water, instead of above it—hoo, hoo, hoo, keek, eek!—under instead of over, you know—why, then I wouldn't be talking to you now! Ha, hoo, hee!" And the well dismally echoed: "Ha, hoo, hee!" which you must imagine was a laugh half merry and half sad.

"Yeah, and I almost drowned. I fell in while trying to escape those awful warriors, and I’ve been stuck in this damp hole ever since, with my head just above the water. It’s lucky the well wasn’t any deeper, because if my head had been underwater—hoo, hoo, hoo, keek, eek!—under instead of over, you know—then I wouldn’t be talking to you right now! Ha, hoo, hee!" And the well echoed gloomily: "Ha, hoo, hee!" which you can picture as a laugh that was half cheerful and half sorrowful.

"I'm awfully sorry," cried the boy, in answer. "I wonder you have the heart to laugh at all. But how am I to get you out?"

"I'm really sorry," the boy exclaimed in reply. "I don't understand how you can even find it funny. But how am I supposed to help you get out?"

"I've been considering that all night," said Rinkitink, "and I believe the best plan will be for you to let down the bucket to me, and I'll hold fast to it while you wind up the chain and so draw me to the top."

"I've been thinking about that all night," said Rinkitink, "and I believe the best idea is for you to lower the bucket to me, and I'll hold on to it while you wind up the chain and pull me up."

"I will try to do that," replied Inga, and he let the bucket down very carefully until he heard the King call out:

"I'll try to do that," Inga replied, and he lowered the bucket very carefully until he heard the King call out:

"I've got it! Now pull me up—slowly, my boy, slowly—so I won't rub against the rough sides."

"I've got it! Now lift me up—slowly, my boy, slowly—so I don't scrape against the rough sides."

Inga began winding up the chain, but King Rinkitink was so fat that he was very heavy and by the time the boy had managed to pull him halfway up the well his strength was gone. He clung to the crank as long as possible, but suddenly it slipped from his grasp and the next minute he heard Rinkitink fall "plump!" into the water again.

Inga started to wind up the chain, but King Rinkitink was so heavy that by the time the boy had pulled him halfway up the well, he was out of strength. He held onto the crank for as long as he could, but suddenly it slipped from his hands, and the next moment he heard Rinkitink fall "splash!" back into the water.

"That's too bad!" called Inga, in real distress; "but you were so heavy I couldn't help it."

"That’s too bad!" Inga shouted, genuinely upset. "But you were so heavy, I couldn’t do anything about it."

"Dear me!" gasped the King, from the darkness below, as he spluttered and coughed to get the water out of his mouth. "Why didn't you tell me you were going to let go?"

"Goodness!" the King exclaimed from the darkness below, as he spluttered and coughed to get the water out of his mouth. "Why didn't you tell me you were going to let go?"

"I hadn't time," said Inga, sorrowfully.

"I didn't have time," said Inga, sadly.

"Well, I'm not suffering from thirst," declared the King, "for there's enough water inside me to float all the boats of Regos and Coregos—or at least it feels that way. But never mind! So long as I'm not actually drowned, what does it matter?"

"Well, I'm not thirsty," the King said, "because I have so much water inside me it feels like I could float all the boats of Regos and Coregos—or at least it seems that way. But whatever! As long as I'm not really drowning, what does it matter?"

"What shall we do next?" asked the boy anxiously.

"What should we do next?" the boy asked nervously.

"Call someone to help you," was the reply.

"Call someone to help you," was the response.

"There is no one on the island but myself," said the boy; "—excepting you," he added, as an afterthought.

"There’s no one on the island but me," said the boy; "—except for you," he added, as an afterthought.

"I'm not on it—more's the pity!—but in it," responded Rinkitink. "Are the warriors all gone?"

"I'm not part of it—what a shame!—but I’m involved in it," replied Rinkitink. "Are all the warriors gone?"

"Yes," said Inga, "and they have taken my father and mother, and all our people, to be their slaves," he added, trying in vain to repress a sob.

"Yes," Inga said, "and they have taken my dad and mom, and all our people, to be their slaves," he added, struggling to hold back a sob.

"So—so!" said Rinkitink softly; and then he paused a moment, as if in thought. Finally he said: "There are worse things than slavery, but I never imagined a well could be one of them. Tell me, Inga, could you let down some food to me? I'm nearly starved, and if you could manage to send me down some food I'd be well fed—hoo, hoo, heek, keek, eek!—well fed. Do you see the joke, Inga?"

"So—so!" Rinkitink said softly, pausing for a moment as if thinking. Finally, he continued, "There are worse things than slavery, but I never thought a well could be one of them. Tell me, Inga, could you send some food down to me? I'm almost starving, and if you could get me some food, I'd be well fed—hoo, hoo, heek, keek, eek!—well fed. Do you get the joke, Inga?"

"Do not ask me to enjoy a joke just now, Your Majesty," begged Inga in a sad voice; "but if you will be patient I will try to find something for you to eat."

"Please don't ask me to enjoy a joke right now, Your Majesty," Inga said sadly. "But if you can be patient, I'll do my best to find something for you to eat."

He ran back to the ruins of the palace and began searching for bits of food with which to satisfy the hunger of the King, when to his surprise he observed the goat, Bilbil, wandering among the marble blocks.

He raced back to the palace ruins and started looking for scraps of food to satisfy the King's hunger when, to his surprise, he saw the goat, Bilbil, wandering among the marble blocks.

"What!" cried Inga. "Didn't the warriors get you, either?"

"What!" Inga exclaimed. "Didn't the warriors get you, too?"

"If they had," calmly replied Bilbil, "I shouldn't be here."

"If they had," Bilbil replied calmly, "I wouldn't be here."

"But how did you escape?" asked the boy.

"But how did you get away?" the boy asked.

"Easily enough. I kept my mouth shut and stayed away from the rascals," said the goat. "I knew that the soldiers would not care for a skinny old beast like me, for to the eye of a stranger I seem good for nothing. Had they known I could talk, and that my head contained more wisdom than a hundred of their own noddles, I might not have escaped so easily."

"Easily enough. I kept quiet and stayed away from those troublemakers," said the goat. "I knew that the soldiers wouldn't care about a skinny old creature like me, because to a stranger, I look useless. If they had known I could talk and that I had more wisdom in my head than a hundred of theirs, I might not have gotten away so easily."

"Perhaps you are right," said the boy.

"Maybe you're right," said the boy.

"I suppose they got the old man?" carelessly remarked Bilbil.

"I guess they got the old man?" Bilbil said casually.

"What old man?"

"Which old man?"

"Rinkitink."

"Rinkitink."

"Oh, no! His Majesty is at the bottom of the well," said Inga, "and I don't know how to get him out again."

"Oh no! The king is at the bottom of the well," said Inga, "and I have no idea how to get him out."

"Then let him stay there," suggested the goat.

"Then let him stay there," suggested the goat.

"That would be cruel. I am sure, Bilbil, that you are fond of the good King, your master, and do not mean what you say. Together, let us find some way to save poor King Rinkitink. He is a very jolly companion, and has a heart exceedingly kind and gentle."

"That would be cruel. I'm sure, Bilbil, that you like the good King, your master, and don't really mean what you're saying. Let's figure out a way to save poor King Rinkitink together. He's a really cheerful buddy and has a heart that's very kind and gentle."

"Oh, well; the old boy isn't so bad, taken altogether," admitted Bilbil, speaking in a more friendly tone. "But his bad jokes and fat laughter tire me dreadfully, at times."

"Oh, well; the old guy isn't so bad, all things considered," admitted Bilbil, speaking in a more friendly tone. "But his awful jokes and loud laughter really wear me out sometimes."

Prince Inga now ran back to the well, the goat following more leisurely.

Prince Inga ran back to the well, with the goat following at a more leisurely pace.

"Here's Bilbil!" shouted the boy to the King. "The enemy didn't get him, it seems."

"Here’s Bilbil!" shouted the boy to the King. "It looks like the enemy didn't catch him."

"That's lucky for the enemy," said Rinkitink. "But it's lucky for me, too, for perhaps the beast can assist me out of this hole. If you can let a rope down the well, I am sure that you and Bilbil, pulling together, will be able to drag me to the earth's surface."

"That's good for the enemy," said Rinkitink. "But it's good for me too, because maybe the beast can help me get out of this hole. If you can lower a rope down the well, I'm sure you and Bilbil can pull me up to the surface together."

"Be patient and we will make the attempt," replied Inga encouragingly, and he ran to search the ruins for a rope. Presently he found one that had been used by the warriors in toppling over the towers, which in their haste they had neglected to remove, and with some difficulty he untied the knots and carried the rope to the mouth of the well.

"Just hang in there, and we'll give it a shot," Inga said encouragingly, and he ran off to look for a rope among the ruins. Soon, he found one that the warriors had used to bring down the towers, which they had forgotten to take with them in their rush. With some effort, he untied the knots and brought the rope to the edge of the well.

Bilbil had lain down to sleep and the refrain of a merry song came in muffled tones from the well, proving that Rinkitink was making a patient endeavor to amuse himself.

Bilbil had laid down to sleep, and the sounds of a cheerful song drifted in muffled tones from the well, showing that Rinkitink was making a genuine effort to entertain himself.

"I've found a rope!" Inga called down to him; and then the boy proceeded to make a loop in one end of the rope, for the King to put his arms through, and the other end he placed over the drum of the windlass. He now aroused Bilbil and fastened the rope firmly around the goat's shoulders.

"I've found a rope!" Inga called down to him. The boy then made a loop at one end of the rope for the King to put his arms through, and he placed the other end over the drum of the windlass. He then woke Bilbil and secured the rope tightly around the goat's shoulders.

"Are you ready?" asked the boy, leaning over the well.

"Are you ready?" the boy asked, leaning over the well.

"I am," replied the King.

"I'm," replied the King.

"And I am not," growled the goat, "for I have not yet had my nap out. Old Rinki will be safe enough in the well until I've slept an hour or two longer."

"And I'm not," growled the goat, "because I haven't finished my nap yet. Old Rinki will be just fine in the well until I sleep for another hour or two."

"But it is damp in the well," protested the boy, "and King Rinkitink may catch the rheumatism, so that he will have to ride upon your back wherever he goes."

"But it's damp in the well," the boy protested, "and King Rinkitink might catch a cold or rheumatism, which means he'll have to ride on your back wherever he goes."

Hearing this, Bilbil jumped up at once.

Hearing this, Bilbil immediately jumped up.

"Let's get him out," he said earnestly.

"Let's get him out," he said seriously.

"Hold fast!" shouted Inga to the King. Then he seized the rope and helped Bilbil to pull. They soon found the task more difficult than they had supposed. Once or twice the King's weight threatened to drag both the boy and the goat into the well, to keep Rinkitink company. But they pulled sturdily, being aware of this danger, and at last the King popped out of the hole and fell sprawling full length upon the ground.

"Hold on tight!" shouted Inga to the King. Then he grabbed the rope and helped Bilbil to pull. They quickly realized the task was harder than they had expected. A couple of times, the King's weight nearly pulled both the boy and the goat into the well to join Rinkitink. But they pulled with determination, knowing the risk, and finally, the King popped out of the hole and landed flat on the ground.

For a time he lay panting and breathing hard to get his breath back, while Inga and Bilbil were likewise worn out from their long strain at the rope; so the three rested quietly upon the grass and looked at one another in silence.

For a while, he lay there, gasping to catch his breath, while Inga and Bilbil were also exhausted from their long effort with the rope. The three of them rested quietly on the grass, looking at each other in silence.

Finally Bilbil said to the King:

Finally, Bilbil said to the King:

"I'm surprised at you. Why were you so foolish as to fall down that well? Don't you know it's a dangerous thing to do? You might have broken your neck in the fall, or been drowned in the water."

"I'm shocked by you. Why were you so careless as to fall into that well? Don't you realize how risky that is? You could have seriously hurt yourself in the fall, or even drowned in the water."

"Bilbil," replied the King solemnly, "you're a goat. Do you imagine I fell down the well on purpose?"

"Bilbil," the King replied seriously, "you're a goat. Do you really think I fell down the well on purpose?"

"I imagine nothing," retorted Bilbil. "I only know you were there."

"I don't imagine anything," Bilbil replied. "I just know you were there."

"There? Heh-heh-heek-keek-eek! To be sure I was there," laughed Rinkitink. "There in a dark hole, where there was no light; there in a watery well, where the wetness soaked me through and through—keek-eek-eek-eek!—through and through!"

"There? Heh-heh-heek-keek-eek! I was definitely there," laughed Rinkitink. "There in a dark hole, where there was no light; there in a watery well, where the wetness soaked me completely—keek-eek-eek-eek!—completely!"

"How did it happen?" inquired Inga.

"How did it happen?" Inga asked.

"I was running away from the enemy," explained the King, "and I was carelessly looking over my shoulder at the same time, to see if they were chasing me. So I did not see the well, but stepped into it and found myself tumbling down to the bottom. I struck the water very neatly and began struggling to keep myself from drowning, but presently I found that when I stood upon my feet on the bottom of the well, that my chin was just above the water. So I stood still and yelled for help; but no one heard me."

"I was running away from the enemy," the King explained, "and I was carelessly looking over my shoulder to see if they were chasing me. So I didn't see the well and stepped right into it, tumbling down to the bottom. I hit the water quite nicely and started struggling to avoid drowning, but then I realized that when I stood on my feet at the bottom of the well, my chin was just above the water. So I stood still and yelled for help, but no one heard me."

"If the warriors had heard you," said Bilbil, "they would have pulled you out and carried you away to be a slave. Then you would have been obliged to work for a living, and that would be a new experience."

"If the warriors had heard you," said Bilbil, "they would have dragged you out and taken you away to be a slave. Then you would have had to work for a living, and that would have been a whole new experience."

"Work!" exclaimed Rinkitink. "Me work? Hoo, hoo, heek-keek-eek! How absurd! I'm so stout—not to say chubby—not to say fat—that I can hardly walk, and I couldn't earn my salt at hard work. So I'm glad the enemy did not find me, Bilbil. How many others escaped?"

"Work!" Rinkitink exclaimed. "Me work? Ha, ha, that's ridiculous! I'm so stout—not to mention chubby—not to mention fat—that I can hardly walk, and I couldn't earn my keep with hard work. So I'm really glad the enemy didn't find me, Bilbil. How many others got away?"

"That I do not know," replied the boy, "for I have not yet had time to visit the other parts of the island. When you have rested and satisfied your royal hunger, it might be well for us to look around and see what the thieving warriors of Regos and Coregos have left us."

"Honestly, I don't know," the boy replied, "because I haven't had the chance to explore the other parts of the island yet. Once you've rested and your royal appetite is taken care of, it would be a good idea for us to check around and see what the thieving warriors of Regos and Coregos have left behind."

"An excellent idea," declared Rinkitink. "I am somewhat feeble from my long confinement in the well, but I can ride upon Bilbil's back and we may as well start at once."

"Great idea," said Rinkitink. "I'm a bit weak from being stuck in the well for so long, but I can ride on Bilbil's back, so we might as well get started right away."

Hearing this, Bilbil cast a surly glance at his master but said nothing, since it was really the goat's business to carry King Rinkitink wherever he desired to go.

Hearing this, Bilbil shot a annoyed look at his master but said nothing, since it was really the goat's job to take King Rinkitink wherever he wanted to go.

They first searched the ruins of the palace, and where the kitchen had once been they found a small quantity of food that had been half hidden by a block of marble. This they carefully placed in a sack to preserve it for future use, the little fat King having first eaten as much as he cared for. This consumed some time, for Rinkitink had been exceedingly hungry and liked to eat in a leisurely manner. When he had finished the meal he straddled Bilbil's back and set out to explore the island, Prince Inga walking by his side.

They first searched the palace ruins, and where the kitchen used to be, they found a small stash of food that had been partly hidden under a block of marble. They carefully put it in a sack to save it for later, with the little fat King having eaten as much as he wanted first. This took a while because Rinkitink was really hungry and preferred to eat slowly. Once he finished his meal, he got on Bilbil's back and set off to explore the island, with Prince Inga walking beside him.

They found on every hand ruin and desolation. The houses of the people had been pilfered of all valuables and then torn down or burned. Not a boat had been left upon the shore, nor was there a single person, man or woman or child, remaining upon the island, save themselves. The only inhabitants of Pingaree now consisted of a fat little King, a boy and a goat.

They found devastation everywhere. The people's houses had been stripped of all valuables and then either torn down or set on fire. There wasn't a single boat left on the shore, nor was there anyone—man, woman, or child—who remained on the island except for them. The only inhabitants of Pingaree now were a chubby little King, a boy, and a goat.

Even Rinkitink, merry hearted as he was, found it hard to laugh in the face of this mighty disaster. Even the goat, contrary to its usual habit, refrained from saying anything disagreeable. As for the poor boy whose home was now a wilderness, the tears came often to his eyes as he marked the ruin of his dearly loved island.

Even Rinkitink, cheerful as he was, struggled to laugh in the face of this huge disaster. Even the goat, unlike its usual self, held back from saying anything unpleasant. As for the poor boy whose home had become a wasteland, tears frequently filled his eyes as he watched the destruction of his beloved island.

When, at nightfall, they reached the lower end of Pingaree and found it swept as bare as the rest, Inga's grief was almost more than he could bear. Everything had been swept from him—parents, home and country—in so brief a time that his bewilderment was equal to his sorrow.

When they arrived at the lower end of Pingaree at sunset and saw it stripped bare like everywhere else, Inga's sadness was almost too much to handle. He had lost everything—his parents, his home, his country—in such a short time that his confusion matched his heartache.

Since no house remained standing, in which they might sleep, the three wanderers crept beneath the overhanging branches of a cassa tree and curled themselves up as comfortably as possible. So tired and exhausted were they by the day's anxieties and griefs that their troubles soon faded into the mists of dreamland. Beast and King and boy slumbered peacefully together until wakened by the singing of the birds which greeted the dawn of a new day.

Since there were no houses left standing for them to sleep in, the three travelers crawled under the overhanging branches of a cassa tree and curled up as comfortably as they could. They were so tired and drained from the day's worries and sorrows that their troubles quickly vanished into the fog of sleep. The beast, the king, and the boy slept peacefully together until they were awakened by the singing of the birds that welcomed the dawn of a new day.


The Three Pearls

CHAPTER 5

When King Rinkitink and Prince Inga had bathed themselves in the sea and eaten a simple breakfast, they began wondering what they could do to improve their condition.

When King Rinkitink and Prince Inga had washed up in the sea and had a light breakfast, they started to think about how they could make their situation better.

"The poor people of Gilgad," said Rinkitink cheerfully, "are little likely ever again to behold their King in the flesh, for my boat and my rowers are gone with everything else. Let us face the fact that we are imprisoned for life upon this island, and that our lives will be short unless we can secure more to eat than is in this small sack."

"The poor folks of Gilgad," Rinkitink said with a smile, "are probably never going to see their King in person again, since my boat and my rowers are gone along with everything else. Let’s face the reality that we’re stuck here for life on this island, and our lives will be brief unless we can find more to eat than what’s in this small sack."

"I'll not starve, for I can eat grass," remarked the goat in a pleasant tone—or a tone as pleasant as Bilbil could assume.

"I won’t starve because I can eat grass," said the goat in a cheerful tone—or as cheerful a tone as Bilbil could manage.

"True, quite true," said the King. Then he seemed thoughtful for a moment and turning to Inga he asked: "Do you think, Prince, that if the worst comes, we could eat Bilbil?"

"That's right, absolutely," said the King. Then he looked thoughtful for a moment and turned to Inga, asking, "Do you think, Prince, that if it comes to that, we could eat Bilbil?"

The goat gave a groan and cast a reproachful look at his master as he said:

The goat let out a groan and looked at his owner with a disapproving expression as he said:

"Monster! Would you, indeed, eat your old friend and servant?"

"Monster! Would you really eat your old friend and servant?"

"Not if I can help it, Bilbil," answered the King pleasantly. "You would make a remarkably tough morsel, and my teeth are not as good as they once were."

"Not if I can help it, Bilbil," the King said with a smile. "You'd be a pretty tough bite, and my teeth aren’t what they used to be."

While this talk was in progress Inga suddenly remembered the three pearls which his father had hidden under the tiled floor of the banquet hall. Without doubt King Kitticut had been so suddenly surprised by the invaders that he had found no opportunity to get the pearls, for otherwise the fierce warriors would have been defeated and driven out of Pingaree. So they must still be in their hiding place, and Inga believed they would prove of great assistance to him and his comrades in this hour of need. But the palace was a mass of ruins; perhaps he would be unable now to find the place where the pearls were hidden.

While this conversation was happening, Inga suddenly remembered the three pearls his father had hidden beneath the tiled floor of the banquet hall. There was no doubt that King Kitticut had been caught off guard by the invaders and hadn't had a chance to retrieve the pearls; otherwise, the fierce warriors would have been defeated and driven out of Pingaree. So, they must still be hidden there, and Inga believed they would be a great help to him and his friends in this critical moment. But the palace was a complete wreck; he might now struggle to locate the spot where the pearls were concealed.

He said nothing of this to Rinkitink, remembering that his father had charged him to preserve the secret of the pearls and of their magic powers. Nevertheless, the thought of securing the wonderful treasures of his ancestors gave the boy new hope.

He didn't mention any of this to Rinkitink, keeping in mind that his father had instructed him to keep the secret of the pearls and their magical powers. Still, the idea of obtaining the incredible treasures of his ancestors filled the boy with renewed hope.

He stood up and said to the King:

He got up and said to the King:

"Let us return to the other end of Pingaree. It is more pleasant than here in spite of the desolation of my father's palace. And there, if anywhere, we shall discover a way out of our difficulties."

"Let’s go back to the other end of Pingaree. It’s nicer there despite the emptiness of my dad’s palace. And that’s where, if anywhere, we’ll find a way to solve our problems."

This suggestion met with Rinkitink's approval and the little party at once started upon the return journey. As there was no occasion to delay upon the way, they reached the big end of the island about the middle of the day and at once began searching the ruins of the palace.

This idea was welcomed by Rinkitink, and the small group immediately began their journey back. Since there was no reason to stop along the way, they arrived at the larger part of the island around midday and quickly started exploring the remains of the palace.

They found, to their satisfaction, that one room at the bottom of a tower was still habitable, although the roof was broken in and the place was somewhat littered with stones. The King was, as he said, too fat to do any hard work, so he sat down on a block of marble and watched Inga clear the room of its rubbish. This done, the boy hunted through the ruins until he discovered a stool and an armchair that had not been broken beyond use. Some bedding and a mattress were also found, so that by nightfall the little room had been made quite comfortable.

They were pleased to find that one room at the bottom of a tower was still livable, even though the roof was damaged and the place was a bit cluttered with stones. The King claimed he was too heavy to do any hard work, so he sat on a block of marble and watched Inga clean up the room. Once that was done, the boy searched through the ruins and found a stool and an armchair that weren't too damaged to use. They also found some bedding and a mattress, so by nightfall, the little room had become quite cozy.

The following morning, while Rinkitink was still sound asleep and Bilbil was busily cropping the dewy grass that edged the shore, Prince Inga began to search the tumbled heaps of marble for the place where the royal banquet hall had been. After climbing over the ruins for a time he reached a flat place which he recognized, by means of the tiled flooring and the broken furniture scattered about, to be the great hall he was seeking. But in the center of the floor, directly over the spot where the pearls were hidden, lay several large and heavy blocks of marble, which had been torn from the dismantled walls.

The next morning, while Rinkitink was still fast asleep and Bilbil was happily munching on the dewy grass by the shore, Prince Inga started to search through the piles of marble for the location of the royal banquet hall. After climbing over the ruins for a while, he reached a flat area that he recognized, thanks to the tiled flooring and the broken furniture scattered around, as the grand hall he was looking for. However, in the center of the floor, right over the spot where the pearls were hidden, lay several large, heavy blocks of marble that had been ripped from the walls that were taken down.

This unfortunate discovery for a time discouraged the boy, who realized how helpless he was to remove such vast obstacles; but it was so important to secure the pearls that he dared not give way to despair until every human effort had been made, so he sat him down to think over the matter with great care.

This disappointing discovery momentarily disheartened the boy, who recognized how powerless he was to overcome such huge obstacles; but securing the pearls was so crucial that he didn’t allow himself to sink into despair until he had exhausted every possible effort. So, he sat down to carefully consider the situation.

Meantime Rinkitink had risen from his bed and walked out upon the lawn, where he found Bilbil reclining at ease upon the greensward.

Meantime, Rinkitink had gotten out of bed and walked onto the lawn, where he found Bilbil relaxing comfortably on the grass.

"Where is Inga?" asked Rinkitink, rubbing his eyes with his knuckles because their vision was blurred with too much sleep.

"Where's Inga?" Rinkitink asked, rubbing his eyes with his knuckles because they were blurry from too much sleep.

"Don't, ask me," said the goat, chewing with much satisfaction a cud of sweet grasses.

"Don't ask me," said the goat, chewing happily on a mouthful of sweet grass.

"Bilbil," said the King, squatting down beside the goat and resting his fat chin upon his hands and his elbows on his knees, "allow me to confide to you the fact that I am bored, and need amusement. My good friend Kitticut has been kidnapped by the barbarians and taken from me, so there is no one to converse with me intelligently. I am the King and you are the goat. Suppose you tell me a story."

"Bilbil," said the King, crouching down next to the goat with his plump chin resting on his hands and his elbows on his knees, "let me share something with you: I’m feeling bored and I need some entertainment. My good friend Kitticut has been abducted by the barbarians, and now I have no one to talk to. I’m the King, and you’re the goat. Why don’t you tell me a story?"

"Suppose I don't," said Bilbil, with a scowl, for a goat's face is very expressive.

"Suppose I don't," Bilbil said with a scowl, since a goat's face is very expressive.

"If you refuse, I shall be more unhappy than ever, and I know your disposition is too sweet to permit that. Tell me a story, Bilbil."

"If you say no, I’ll be more unhappy than ever, and I know your nature is too kind to let that happen. Tell me a story, Bilbil."

The boat looked at him with an expression of scorn. Said he:

The boat looked at him with a scornful expression. He said:

"One would think you are but four years old, Rinkitink! But there—I will do as you command. Listen carefully, and the story may do you some good—although I doubt if you understand the moral."

"One would think you’re just four years old, Rinkitink! But fine—I will do as you say. Listen closely, and the story might be helpful to you—even though I doubt you’ll grasp the moral."

"I am sure the story will do me good," declared the King, whose eyes were twinkling.

"I’m sure the story will be good for me," said the King, his eyes sparkling.

"Once on a time," began the goat.

"Once upon a time," began the goat.

"When was that, Bilbil?" asked the King gently.

"When was that, Bilbil?" the King asked softly.

"Don't interrupt; it is impolite. Once on a time there was a King with a hollow inside his head, where most people have their brains, and—"

"Don't interrupt; it's rude. Once upon a time, there was a King with a hollow space in his head, where most people have their brains, and—"

"Is this a true story, Bilbil?"

"Is this a real story, Bilbil?"

"And the King with a hollow head could chatter words, which had no sense, and laugh in a brainless manner at senseless things. That part of the story is true enough, Rinkitink."

"And the King with an empty head could babble words that made no sense and laugh mindlessly at ridiculous things. That part of the story is definitely true, Rinkitink."

"Then proceed with the tale, sweet Bilbil. Yet it is hard to believe that any King could be brainless—unless, indeed, he proved it by owning a talking goat."

"Then go on with the story, dear Bilbil. But it’s hard to believe that any King could be clueless—unless, of course, he showed it by having a talking goat."

Bilbil glared at him a full minute in silence. Then he resumed his story:

Bilbil stared at him for a full minute without saying a word. Then he went back to his story:

"This empty-headed man was a King by accident, having been born to that high station. Also the King was empty-headed by the same chance, being born without brains."

"This foolish man was a King by coincidence, having been born into that high position. The King was also foolish by the same luck, being born without any sense."

"Poor fellow!" quoth the King. "Did he own a talking goat?"

"Poor guy!" said the King. "Did he have a talking goat?"

"He did," answered Bilbil.

"He did," Bilbil replied.

"Then he was wrong to have been born at all. Cheek-eek-eek-eek, oo, hoo!" chuckled Rinkitink, his fat body shaking with merriment. "But it's hard to prevent oneself from being born; there's no chance for protest, eh, Bilbil?"

"Then he shouldn't have been born at all. Cheek-eek-eek-eek, oo, hoo!" laughed Rinkitink, his chubby body shaking with joy. "But it's tough to stop yourself from being born; there's no way to object, right, Bilbil?"

"Who is telling this story, I'd like to know," demanded the goat, with anger.

"Who’s telling this story, I want to know," demanded the goat, angrily.

"Ask someone with brains, my boy; I'm sure I can't tell," replied the King, bursting into one of his merry fits of laughter.

"Ask someone smart, kid; I definitely can't help," replied the King, breaking into one of his cheerful fits of laughter.

Bilbil rose to his hoofs and walked away in a dignified manner, leaving Rinkitink chuckling anew at the sour expression of the animal's face.

Bilbil got up on his hooves and walked away with dignity, leaving Rinkitink laughing again at the unhappy look on the animal's face.

"Oh, Bilbil, you'll be the death of me, some day—I'm sure you will!" gasped the King, taking out his lace handkerchief to wipe his eyes; for, as he often did, he had laughed till the tears came.

"Oh, Bilbil, you're going to be the death of me someday—I'm sure of it!" gasped the King, pulling out his lace handkerchief to wipe his eyes; for, as he often did, he had laughed until the tears came.

Bilbil was deeply vexed and would not even turn his head to look at his master. To escape from Rinkitink he wandered among the ruins of the palace, where he came upon Prince Inga.

Bilbil was really annoyed and wouldn’t even turn his head to look at his master. To get away from Rinkitink, he wandered through the ruins of the palace, where he found Prince Inga.

"Good morning, Bilbil," said the boy. "I was just going to find you, that I might consult you upon an important matter. If you will kindly turn back with me I am sure your good judgment will be of great assistance."

"Good morning, Bilbil," the boy said. "I was just about to look for you so I could talk to you about something important. If you could please come back with me, I’m sure your good judgment will be really helpful."

The angry goat was quite mollified by the respectful tone in which he was addressed, but he immediately asked:

The angry goat was somewhat calmed by the respectful way he was spoken to, but he immediately asked:

"Are you also going to consult that empty-headed King over yonder?"

"Are you also going to ask that clueless King over there?"

"I am sorry to hear you speak of your kind master in such a way," said the boy gravely. "All men are deserving of respect, being the highest of living creatures, and Kings deserve respect more than others, for they are set to rule over many people."

"I’m sorry to hear you talk about your kind master like that," the boy said seriously. "Everyone deserves respect since they are the highest of living beings, and kings deserve even more respect than others because they are meant to rule over many people."

"Nevertheless," said Bilbil with conviction, "Rinkitink's head is certainly empty of brains."

"Still," said Bilbil confidently, "Rinkitink's head is definitely empty of brains."

"That I am unwilling to believe," insisted Inga. "But anyway his heart is kind and gentle and that is better than being wise. He is merry in spite of misfortunes that would cause others to weep and he never speaks harsh words that wound the feelings of his friends."

"That I can't accept," Inga insisted. "But still, his heart is kind and gentle, and that's better than being smart. He stays cheerful despite the misfortunes that would make others cry, and he never uses harsh words that hurt the feelings of his friends."

"Still," growled Bilbil, "he is—"

"Still," growled Bilbil, "he's—"

"Let us forget everything but his good nature, which puts new heart into us when we are sad," advised the boy.

"Let’s forget everything except for his good nature, which lifts our spirits when we’re feeling down," suggested the boy.

"But he is—"

"But he's—"

"Come with, me, please," interrupted Inga, "for the matter of which I wish to speak is very important."

"Please come with me," Inga interrupted, "because what I want to discuss is really important."

Bilbil followed him, although the boy still heard the goat muttering that the King had no brains. Rinkitink, seeing them turn into the ruins, also followed, and upon joining them asked for his breakfast.

Bilbil followed him, even though the boy could still hear the goat complaining that the King was an idiot. Rinkitink, noticing them head into the ruins, followed as well, and when he caught up, he asked for his breakfast.

Inga opened the sack of food and while he and the King ate of it the boy said:

Inga opened the bag of food, and while he and the King ate, the boy said:

"If I could find a way to remove some of the blocks of marble which have fallen in the banquet hall, I think I could find means for us to escape from this barren island."

"If I could figure out how to clear away some of the marble blocks that have fallen in the banquet hall, I believe I could discover a way for us to escape this deserted island."

"Then," mumbled Rinkitink, with his mouth full, "let us move the blocks of marble."

"Then," mumbled Rinkitink, with his mouth full, "let's move the blocks of marble."

"But how?" inquired Prince Inga. "They are very heavy."

"But how?" Prince Inga asked. "They are really heavy."

"Ah, how, indeed?" returned the King, smacking his lips contentedly. "That is a serious question. But—I have it! Let us see what my famous parchment says about it." He wiped his fingers upon a napkin and then, taking the scroll from a pocket inside his embroidered blouse, he unrolled it and read the following words: "'Never step on another man's toes.'"

"Ah, how, indeed?" replied the King, licking his lips with satisfaction. "That's a serious question. But—I know! Let's see what my famous parchment says about it." He wiped his fingers on a napkin and then, taking the scroll from a pocket inside his embroidered shirt, he unrolled it and read the following words: "'Never step on another man's toes.'"

The goat gave a snort of contempt; Inga was silent; the King looked from one to the other inquiringly.

The goat snorted in disdain; Inga remained silent; the King looked back and forth between them, curious.

"That's the idea, exactly!" declared Rinkitink.

"That's it!" declared Rinkitink.

"To be sure," said Bilbil scornfully, "it tells us exactly how to move the blocks of marble."

"Sure," Bilbil said mockingly, "it tells us exactly how to move the blocks of marble."

"Oh, does it?" responded the King, and then for a moment he rubbed the top of his bald head in a perplexed manner. The next moment he burst into a peal of joyous laughter. The goat looked at Inga and sighed.

"Oh, really?" the King replied, rubbing the top of his bald head, looking puzzled. A moment later, he erupted into a burst of joyful laughter. The goat glanced at Inga and sighed.

"What did I tell you?" asked the creature. "Was I right, or was I wrong?"

"What did I tell you?" asked the creature. "Was I right, or was I wrong?"

"This scroll," said Rinkitink, "is indeed a masterpiece. Its advice is of tremendous value. 'Never step on another man's toes.' Let us think this over. The inference is that we should step upon our own toes, which were given us for that purpose. Therefore, if I stepped upon another man's toes, I would be the other man. Hoo, hoo, hoo!—the other man—hee, hee, heek-keek-eek! Funny, isn't it?"

"This scroll," Rinkitink said, "is truly a masterpiece. Its advice is incredibly valuable. 'Never step on another man's toes.' Let's think about that. The implication is that we should step on our own toes, which were given to us for that reason. So, if I stepped on another man's toes, I'd become that other man. Hoo, hoo, hoo!—the other man—hee, hee, heek-keek-eek! It's hilarious, right?"

"Didn't I say—" began Bilbil.

"Didn't I say—" Bilbil started.

"No matter what you said, my boy," roared the King. "No fool could have figured that out as nicely as I did."

"No matter what you said, my boy," the King shouted. "No one could have figured that out as well as I did."

"We have still to decide how to remove the blocks of marble," suggested Inga anxiously.

"We still need to figure out how to remove the blocks of marble," suggested Inga anxiously.

"Fasten a rope to them, and pull," said Bilbil.

"Attach a rope to them and pull," said Bilbil.

"Don't pay any more attention to Rinkitink, for he is no wiser than the man who wrote that brainless scroll. Just get the rope, and we'll fasten Rinkitink to one end of it for a weight and I'll help you pull."

"Don't worry about Rinkitink anymore; he’s not any smarter than the person who wrote that silly scroll. Just grab the rope, and we'll tie Rinkitink to one end to use as a weight, and I'll help you pull."

"Thank you, Bilbil," replied the boy. "I'll get the rope at once."

"Thanks, Bilbil," the boy said. "I'll grab the rope right away."

Bilbil found it difficult to climb over the ruins to the floor of the banquet hall, but there are few places a goat cannot get to when it makes the attempt, so Bilbil succeeded at last, and even fat little Rinkitink finally joined them, though much out of breath.

Bilbil had a hard time climbing over the ruins to reach the banquet hall floor, but there are very few places a goat can't reach if it really tries, so Bilbil eventually made it, and even the chubby little Rinkitink managed to join them, though he was quite out of breath.

Inga fastened one end of the rope around a block of marble and then made a loop at the other end to go over Bilbil's head. When all was ready the boy seized the rope and helped the goat to pull; yet, strain as they might, the huge block would not stir from its place. Seeing this, King Rinkitink came forward and lent his assistance, the weight of his body forcing the heavy marble to slide several feet from where it had lain.

Inga tied one end of the rope around a block of marble and then made a loop at the other end to go over Bilbil's head. When everything was ready, the boy grabbed the rope and helped the goat pull, but no matter how hard they tried, the huge block wouldn't budge. Seeing this, King Rinkitink stepped in and helped out, using his weight to push the heavy marble several feet from where it had been.

But it was hard work and all were obliged to take a long rest before undertaking the removal of the next block.

But it was hard work, and everyone had to take a long break before tackling the removal of the next block.

"Admit, Bilbil," said the King, "that I am of some use in the world."

"Come on, Bilbil," said the King, "admit that I'm useful in the world."

"Your weight was of considerable help," acknowledged the goat, "but if your head were as well filled as your stomach the task would be still easier."

"Your weight was really helpful," the goat said, "but if your head were as full as your stomach, this would be even easier."

When Inga went to fasten the rope a second time he was rejoiced to discover that by moving one more block of marble he could uncover the tile with the secret spring. So the three pulled with renewed energy and to their joy the block moved and rolled upon its side, leaving Inga free to remove the treasure when he pleased.

When Inga went to fasten the rope again, he was thrilled to find that by moving one more block of marble, he could reveal the tile with the hidden spring. So the three of them pulled with new energy, and to their delight, the block moved and rolled onto its side, allowing Inga to take the treasure whenever he wanted.

But the boy had no intention of allowing Bilbil and the King to share the secret of the royal treasures of Pingaree; so, although both the goat and its master demanded to know why the marble blocks had been moved, and how it would benefit them, Inga begged them to wait until the next morning, when he hoped to be able to satisfy them that their hard work had not been in vain.

But the boy had no plans to let Bilbil and the King in on the secret of the royal treasures of Pingaree. So, even though both the goat and its owner wanted to know why the marble blocks had been moved and how it would help them, Inga asked them to wait until the next morning, when he hoped to prove to them that their hard work had not been wasted.

Having little confidence in this promise of a mere boy, the goat grumbled and the King laughed; but Inga paid no heed to their ridicule and set himself to work rigging up a fishing rod, with line and hook. During the afternoon he waded out to some rocks near the shore and fished patiently until he had captured enough yellow perch for their supper and breakfast.

Having little faith in the promise of just a boy, the goat complained and the King laughed; but Inga ignored their mockery and started to work on making a fishing rod, complete with line and hook. During the afternoon, he waded out to some rocks close to the shore and fished patiently until he caught enough yellow perch for their dinner and breakfast.

"Ah," said Rinkitink, looking at the fine catch when Inga returned to the shore; "these will taste delicious when they are cooked; but do you know how to cook them?"

"Ah," said Rinkitink, looking at the great catch when Inga returned to the shore, "these will taste amazing once they're cooked. But do you know how to cook them?"

"No," was the reply. "I have often caught fish, but never cooked them. Perhaps Your Majesty understands cooking."

"No," was the reply. "I’ve caught fish many times, but I’ve never cooked them. Maybe Your Majesty knows how to cook."

"Cooking and majesty are two different things," laughed the little King. "I could not cook a fish to save me from starvation."

"Cooking and being royal are two totally different things," laughed the little King. "I couldn't cook a fish to save my life."

"For my part," said Bilbil, "I never eat fish, but I can tell you how to cook them, for I have often watched the palace cooks at their work." And so, with the goat's assistance, the boy and the King managed to prepare the fish and cook them, after which they were eaten with good appetite.

"For my part," said Bilbil, "I never eat fish, but I can show you how to cook them, since I've often watched the palace cooks at work." And so, with the goat's help, the boy and the King were able to prepare the fish and cook them, after which they were eaten with great appetite.

That night, after Rinkitink and Bilbil were both fast asleep, Inga stole quietly through the moonlight to the desolate banquet hall. There, kneeling down, he touched the secret spring as his father had instructed him to do and to his joy the tile sank downward and disclosed the opening. You may imagine how the boy's heart throbbed with excitement as he slowly thrust his hand into the cavity and felt around to see if the precious pearls were still there. In a moment his fingers touched the silken bag and, without pausing to close the recess, he pressed the treasure against his breast and ran out into the moonlight to examine it. When he reached a bright place he started to open the bag, but he observed Bilbil lying asleep upon the grass near by. So, trembling with the fear of discovery, he ran to another place, and when he paused he heard Rinkitink snoring lustily. Again he fled and made his way to the seashore, where he squatted under a bank and began to untie the cords that fastened the mouth of the bag. But now another fear assailed him.

That night, after Rinkitink and Bilbil had both fallen asleep, Inga quietly crept through the moonlight to the empty banquet hall. There, he knelt down and pressed the secret spring as his father had told him to, and to his delight, the tile sank down and revealed the opening. You can imagine how his heart raced with excitement as he slowly reached his hand into the space and felt around to see if the precious pearls were still there. In no time, his fingers found the silken bag and, without stopping to close the opening, he pressed the treasure against his chest and ran out into the moonlight to take a look. When he got to a well-lit spot, he began to open the bag, but he noticed Bilbil sleeping on the grass nearby. So, shaking with the fear of being caught, he ran to another spot, and when he stopped, he heard Rinkitink snoring loudly. He fled again and made his way to the seashore, where he crouched under a bank and started to untie the cords fastening the bag shut. But now another fear hit him.

"If the pearls should slip from my hand," he thought, "and roll into the water, they might be lost to me forever. I must find some safer place."

"If the pearls slip from my hand," he thought, "and fall into the water, I could lose them forever. I need to find a safer place."

Here and there he wandered, still clasping the silken bag in both hands, and finally he went to the grove and climbed into the tall tree where he had made his platform and seat. But here it was pitch dark, so he found he must wait patiently until morning before he dared touch the pearls. During those hours of waiting he had time for reflection and reproached himself for being so frightened by the possession of his father's treasures.

Here and there he wandered, still holding the silk bag with both hands, and finally he went to the grove and climbed up into the tall tree where he had made his platform and seat. But it was completely dark, so he realized he had to wait patiently until morning before he could touch the pearls. During those hours of waiting, he had time to think and felt ashamed of being so scared by having his father's treasures.

"These pearls have belonged to our family for generations," he mused, "yet no one has ever lost them. If I use ordinary care I am sure I need have no fears for their safety."

"These pearls have been in our family for generations," he reflected, "but no one has ever lost them. If I take regular care of them, I know I shouldn't worry about their safety."

When the dawn came and he could see plainly, Inga opened the bag and took out the Blue Pearl. There was no possibility of his being observed by others, so he took time to examine it wonderingly, saying to himself: "This will give me strength."

When dawn broke and he could see clearly, Inga opened the bag and took out the Blue Pearl. There was no chance of being seen by anyone, so he took his time to examine it in awe, thinking to himself: "This will give me strength."

Taking off his right shoe he placed the Blue Pearl within it, far up in the pointed toe. Then he tore a piece from his handkerchief and stuffed it into the shoe to hold the pearl in place. Inga's shoes were long and pointed, as were all the shoes worn in Pingaree, and the points curled upward, so that there was quite a vacant space beyond the place where the boy's toes reached when the shoe was upon his foot.

Taking off his right shoe, he put the Blue Pearl inside it, deep into the pointed toe. Then he tore a piece from his handkerchief and stuffed it into the shoe to keep the pearl secure. Inga's shoes were long and pointed, like all the shoes worn in Pingaree, and the points curled upward, leaving plenty of empty space beyond where the boy's toes reached when the shoe was on his foot.

After he had put on the shoe and laced it up he opened the bag and took out the Pink Pearl. "This will protect me from danger," said Inga, and removing the shoe from his left foot he carefully placed the pearl in the hollow toe. This, also, he secured in place by means of a strip torn from his handkerchief.

After he put on the shoe and laced it up, he opened the bag and took out the Pink Pearl. "This will protect me from danger," said Inga, and after removing the shoe from his left foot, he carefully placed the pearl in the hollow toe. He also secured it in place with a strip torn from his handkerchief.

Having put on the second shoe and laced it up, the boy drew from the silken bag the third pearl—that which was pure white—and holding it to his ear he asked:

Having put on the second shoe and laced it up, the boy took out the third pearl from the silken bag—that one which was pure white—and held it to his ear, asking:

"Will you advise me what to do, in this my hour of misfortune?"

"Can you give me some advice on what to do during this tough time?"

Clearly the small voice of the pearl made answer:

Clearly, the soft voice of the pearl responded:

"I advise you to go to the Islands of Regos and Coregos, where you may liberate your parents from slavery."

"I suggest you head to the Islands of Regos and Coregos, where you can free your parents from slavery."

"How could I do that?" exclaimed Prince Inga, amazed at receiving such advice.

"How could I do that?" Prince Inga exclaimed, astonished to get such advice.

"To-night," spoke the voice of the pearl, "there will be a storm, and in the morning a boat will strand upon the shore. Take this boat and row to Regos and Coregos."

"Tonight," said the voice of the pearl, "there will be a storm, and in the morning a boat will wash up on the shore. Take this boat and row to Regos and Coregos."

"How can I, a weak boy, pull the boat so far?" he inquired, doubting the possibility.

"How can I, a weak kid, pull the boat this far?" he asked, questioning the possibility.

"The Blue Pearl will give you strength," was the reply.

"The Blue Pearl will give you strength," was the response.

"But I may be shipwrecked and drowned, before ever I reach Regos and Coregos," protested the boy.

"But I might get shipwrecked and drown before I ever reach Regos and Coregos," the boy protested.

"The Pink Pearl will protect you from harm," murmured the voice, soft and low but very distinct.

"The Pink Pearl will keep you safe," whispered the voice, soft and low but very clear.

"Then I shall act as you advise me," declared Inga, speaking firmly because this promise gave him courage, and as he removed the pearl from his ear it whispered:

"Then I’ll do what you suggest," Inga said confidently because this promise encouraged him, and as he took the pearl out of his ear, it whispered:

"The wise and fearless are sure to win success."

"The smart and brave are bound to succeed."

Restoring the White Pearl to the depths of the silken bag, Inga fastened it securely around his neck and buttoned his waist above it to hide the treasure from all prying eyes. Then he slowly climbed down from the tree and returned to the room where King Rinkitink still slept.

Restoring the White Pearl to the depths of the silken bag, Inga fastened it securely around his neck and buttoned his waist over it to hide the treasure from all prying eyes. Then he slowly climbed down from the tree and returned to the room where King Rinkitink still slept.

The goat was browsing upon the grass but looked cross and surly. When the boy said good morning as he passed, Bilbil made no response whatever. As Inga entered the room the King awoke and asked:

The goat was munching on the grass but looked grumpy and unfriendly. When the boy said good morning as he walked by, Bilbil didn’t respond at all. As Inga entered the room, the King woke up and asked:

"What is that mysterious secret of yours? I've been dreaming about it, and I haven't got my breath yet from tugging at those heavy blocks. Tell me the secret."

"What’s that mysterious secret of yours? I’ve been dreaming about it, and I still haven’t caught my breath from pulling on those heavy blocks. Tell me the secret."

"A secret told is no longer a secret," replied Inga, with a laugh. "Besides, this is a family secret, which it is proper I should keep to myself. But I may tell you one thing, at least: We are going to leave this island to-morrow morning."

"A secret shared isn’t a secret anymore," Inga laughed. "Besides, this is a family secret that I should keep to myself. But I can share one thing with you: We're leaving this island tomorrow morning."

The King seemed puzzled by this statement.

The King looked confused by what was said.

"I'm not much of a swimmer," said he, "and, though I'm fat enough to float upon the surface of the water, I'd only bob around and get nowhere at all."

"I'm not really a swimmer," he said, "and even though I'm heavy enough to float on the surface, I'd just bob around and not get anywhere at all."

"We shall not swim, but ride comfortably in a boat," promised Inga.

"We're not going to swim; we'll just relax in a boat," promised Inga.

"There isn't a boat on this island!" declared Rinkitink, looking upon the boy with wonder.

"There isn't a boat on this island!" Rinkitink exclaimed, gazing at the boy in amazement.

"True," said Inga. "But one will come to us in the morning." He spoke positively, for he had perfect faith in the promise of the White Pearl; but Rinkitink, knowing nothing of the three marvelous jewels, began to fear that the little Prince had lost his mind through grief and misfortune.

"That's true," Inga said. "But someone will come to us in the morning." He spoke confidently because he fully trusted the promise of the White Pearl; however, Rinkitink, unaware of the three magical jewels, started to worry that the little Prince had lost his mind due to sorrow and bad luck.

For this reason the King did not question the boy further but tried to cheer him by telling him witty stories. He laughed at all the stories himself, in his merry, rollicking way, and Inga joined freely in the laughter because his heart had been lightened by the prospect of rescuing his dear parents. Not since the fierce warriors had descended upon Pingaree had the boy been so hopeful and happy.

For this reason, the King didn’t ask the boy any more questions but tried to lift his spirits by telling him funny stories. He laughed at all the stories himself, in his cheerful, playful way, and Inga joined in the laughter because he felt lighter knowing he might rescue his dear parents. Not since the fierce warriors had attacked Pingaree had the boy felt so hopeful and happy.

With Rinkitink riding upon Bilbil's back, the three made a tour of the island and found in the central part some bushes and trees bearing ripe fruit. They gathered this freely, for—aside from the fish which Inga caught—it was the only food they now had, and the less they had, the bigger Rinkitink's appetite seemed to grow.

With Rinkitink riding on Bilbil's back, the three explored the island and discovered some bushes and trees in the center that were full of ripe fruit. They gathered it without hesitation, since aside from the fish that Inga caught, it was their only food, and the less they had, the bigger Rinkitink's appetite seemed to become.

"I am never more happy," said he with a sigh, "than when I am eating."

"I’m never happier," he said with a sigh, "than when I’m eating."

Toward evening the sky became overcast and soon a great storm began to rage. Prince Inga and King Rinkitink took refuge within the shelter of the room they had fitted up and there Bilbil joined them. The goat and the King were somewhat disturbed by the violence of the storm, but Inga did not mind it, being pleased at this evidence that the White Pearl might be relied upon.

Toward evening the sky turned cloudy and soon a huge storm started to rage. Prince Inga and King Rinkitink took cover in the room they had set up, and there Bilbil joined them. The goat and the King were a bit unsettled by the intensity of the storm, but Inga didn’t mind, feeling reassured that the White Pearl could be trusted.

All night the wind shrieked around the island; thunder rolled, lightning flashed and rain came down in torrents. But with morning the storm abated and when the sun arose no sign of the tempest remained save a few fallen trees.

All night, the wind howled around the island; thunder rumbled, lightning lit up the sky, and rain poured down in sheets. But by morning, the storm had calmed, and when the sun came up, there was no trace of the tempest left except for a few fallen trees.


The Magic Boat

CHAPTER 6

Prince Inga was up with the sun and, accompanied by Bilbil, began walking along the shore in search of the boat which the White Pearl had promised him. Never for an instant did he doubt that he would find it and before he had walked any great distance a dark object at the water's edge caught his eye.

Prince Inga was up with the sun and, with Bilbil by his side, started walking along the shore to look for the boat that the White Pearl had promised him. He didn’t doubt for a second that he would find it, and before long, a dark object at the water's edge caught his eye.

"It is the boat, Bilbil!" he cried joyfully, and running down to it he found it was, indeed, a large and roomy boat. Although stranded upon the beach, it was in perfect order and had suffered in no way from the storm.

"It’s the boat, Bilbil!" he shouted with excitement, and as he ran down to it, he discovered that it was, in fact, a large and spacious boat. Even though it was stranded on the beach, it was in perfect condition and had not been harmed by the storm at all.

Inga stood for some moments gazing upon the handsome craft and wondering where it could have come from. Certainly it was unlike any boat he had ever seen. On the outside it was painted a lustrous black, without any other color to relieve it; but all the inside of the boat was lined with pure silver, polished so highly that the surface resembled a mirror and glinted brilliantly in the rays of the sun. The seats had white velvet cushions upon them and the cushions were splendidly embroidered with threads of gold. At one end, beneath the broad seat, was a small barrel with silver hoops, which the boy found was filled with fresh, sweet water. A great chest of sandalwood, bound and ornamented with silver, stood in the other end of the boat. Inga raised the lid and discovered the chest filled with sea-biscuits, cakes, tinned meats and ripe, juicy melons; enough good and wholesome food to last the party a long time.

Inga stood for a moment, staring at the beautiful boat and wondering where it had come from. It was definitely unlike any boat he had ever seen. The outside was a shiny black, with no other color to break it up; but the inside was lined with pure silver, polished to such a high shine that it looked like a mirror and sparkled brightly in the sunlight. The seats had white velvet cushions, beautifully embroidered with golden threads. At one end, under the wide seat, was a small barrel with silver bands, which the boy found was filled with fresh, sweet water. A large chest made of sandalwood, decorated and secured with silver, sat at the other end of the boat. Inga lifted the lid and found the chest packed with sea biscuits, cakes, canned meats, and ripe, juicy melons—plenty of good, wholesome food to last the group a long time.

Lying upon the bottom of the boat were two shining oars, and overhead, but rolled back now, was a canopy of silver cloth to ward off the heat of the sun.

Lying at the bottom of the boat were two shiny oars, and overhead, now rolled back, was a silver cloth canopy to shield against the sun's heat.

It is no wonder the boy was delighted with the appearance of this beautiful boat; but on reflection he feared it was too large for him to row any great distance. Unless, indeed, the Blue Pearl gave him unusual strength.

It’s no surprise the boy was thrilled by the sight of this beautiful boat; but upon thinking it over, he worried it might be too big for him to row far. Unless, of course, the Blue Pearl gave him some amazing strength.

While he was considering this matter, King Rinkitink came waddling up to him and said:

While he was thinking about this, King Rinkitink waddled over to him and said:

"Well, well, well, my Prince, your words have come true! Here is the boat, for a certainty, yet how it came here—and how you knew it would come to us—are puzzles that mystify me. I do not question our good fortune, however, and my heart is bubbling with joy, for in this boat I will return at once to my City of Gilgad, from which I have remained absent altogether too long a time."

"Wow, my Prince, your words have actually come true! Here’s the boat, no doubt about it, but how it got here—and how you knew it would come to us—are mysteries that puzzle me. I won’t question our luck, though, and my heart is filled with joy because I can finally return to my City of Gilgad, where I've been away for way too long."

"I do not wish to go to Gilgad," said Inga.

"I don't want to go to Gilgad," said Inga.

"That is too bad, my friend, for you would be very welcome. But you may remain upon this island, if you wish," continued Rinkitink, "and when I get home I will send some of my people to rescue you."

"That's a shame, my friend, because you'd be more than welcome. But if you want, you can stay on this island," Rinkitink continued, "and when I get back home, I'll send some of my people to come and rescue you."

"It is my boat, Your Majesty," said Inga quietly.

"It’s my boat, Your Majesty," Inga said softly.

"May be, may be," was the careless answer, "but I am King of a great country, while you are a boy Prince without any kingdom to speak of. Therefore, being of greater importance than you, it is just and right that I take your boat and return to my own country in it."

"Maybe, maybe," was the nonchalant reply, "but I'm the king of a great country, while you're just a boy prince without any kingdom to call your own. So, since I’m of greater importance than you, it’s fair and right that I take your boat and go back to my own country in it."

"I am sorry to differ from Your Majesty's views," said Inga, "but instead of going to Gilgad I consider it of greater importance that we go to the islands of Regos and Coregos."

"I apologize for disagreeing with Your Majesty," said Inga, "but instead of going to Gilgad, I believe it's more important that we travel to the islands of Regos and Coregos."

"Hey? What!" cried the astounded King. "To Regos and Coregos! To become slaves of the barbarians, like the King, your father? No, no, my boy! Your Uncle Rinki may have an empty noddle, as Bilbil claims, but he is far too wise to put his head in the lion's mouth. It's no fun to be a slave."

"Hey? What!" shouted the shocked King. "To Regos and Coregos! To end up as slaves to the barbarians, like your father, the King? No way, my boy! Your Uncle Rinki might have a blank mind, as Bilbil says, but he's way too smart to get himself into that kind of trouble. Being a slave isn't fun at all."

"The people of Regos and Coregos will not enslave us," declared Inga. "On the contrary, it is my intention to set free my dear parents, as well as all my people, and to bring them back again to Pingaree."

"The people of Regos and Coregos won’t enslave us," Inga declared. "On the contrary, I plan to free my dear parents, as well as all my people, and bring them back to Pingaree."

"Cheek-eek-eek-eek-eek! How funny!" chuckled Rinkitink, winking at the goat, which scowled in return. "Your audacity takes my breath away, Inga, but the adventure has its charm, I must confess. Were I not so fat, I'd agree to your plan at once, and could probably conquer that horde of fierce warriors without any assistance at all—any at all—eh, Bilbil? But I grieve to say that I am fat, and not in good fighting trim. As for your determination to do what I admit I can't do, Inga, I fear you forget that you are only a boy, and rather small at that."

"Cheek-eek-eek-eek-eek! How hilarious!" laughed Rinkitink, winking at the goat, which glared back. "Your boldness amazes me, Inga, but I have to admit the adventure is quite appealing. If I weren't so overweight, I'd jump on board with your plan right away and could probably take on that group of fierce warriors all by myself—no help needed—right, Bilbil? But I'm sad to say that I am overweight and not in prime fighting shape. And as for your determination to do what I admit I can't manage, Inga, I think you forget that you're just a boy, and a rather small one at that."

"No, I do not forget that," was Inga's reply.

"No, I haven't forgotten that," was Inga's reply.

"Then please consider that you and I and Bilbil are not strong enough, as an army, to conquer a powerful nation of skilled warriors. We could attempt it, of course, but you are too young to die, while I am too old. Come with me to my City of Gilgad, where you will be greatly honored. I'll have my professors teach you how to be good. Eh? What do you say?"

"Then please consider that you, me, and Bilbil aren't strong enough as a group to take on a powerful nation of skilled warriors. We could try, but you're too young to die, and I'm too old for that. Come with me to my City of Gilgad, where you'll be highly respected. I'll have my teachers show you how to be a good person. What do you think?"

Inga was a little embarrassed how to reply to these arguments, which he knew King Rinkitink considered were wise; so, after a period of thought, he said:

Inga felt a bit embarrassed about how to respond to these points, which he knew King Rinkitink thought were smart; so, after thinking for a while, he said:

"I will make a bargain with Your Majesty, for I do not wish to fail in respect to so worthy a man and so great a King as yourself. This boat is mine, as I have said, and in my father's absence you have become my guest; therefore I claim that I am entitled to some consideration, as well as you."

"I'd like to make a deal with Your Majesty, because I don’t want to let down someone as honorable and important as you. This boat belongs to me, as I’ve mentioned, and since my father is away, you’ve become my guest; so I believe I deserve some consideration, just like you."

"No doubt of it," agreed Rinkitink. "What is the bargain you propose, Inga?"

"Absolutely," Rinkitink agreed. "What deal do you have in mind, Inga?"

"Let us both get into the boat, and you shall first try to row us to Gilgad. If you succeed, I will accompany you right willingly; but should you fail, I will then row the boat to Regos, and you must come with me without further protest."

"Let's both get into the boat, and you can try to row us to Gilgad first. If you make it, I'll gladly join you; but if you don't, I'll take the boat to Regos, and you'll have to come with me without any arguments."

"A fair and just bargain!" cried the King, highly pleased. "Yet, although I am a man of mighty deeds, I do not relish the prospect of rowing so big a boat all the way to Gilgad. But I will do my best and abide by the result."

"A fair and just deal!" exclaimed the King, very pleased. "Still, even though I'm a man of great accomplishments, I don't look forward to rowing such a large boat all the way to Gilgad. But I'll do my best and accept the outcome."

The matter being thus peaceably settled, they prepared to embark. A further supply of fruits was placed in the boat and Inga also raked up a quantity of the delicious oysters that abounded on the coast of Pingaree but which he had before been unable to reach for lack of a boat. This was done at the suggestion of the ever-hungry Rinkitink, and when the oysters had been stowed in their shells behind the water barrel and a plentiful supply of grass brought aboard for Bilbil, they decided they were ready to start on their voyage.

The situation was peacefully resolved, so they got ready to set sail. They added more fruits to the boat and Inga also gathered a bunch of the tasty oysters that were plentiful along the coast of Pingaree, which he hadn’t been able to get before because he didn't have a boat. This was suggested by the always-hungry Rinkitink, and once they had stored the oysters in their shells behind the water barrel and brought a good amount of grass on board for Bilbil, they decided they were all set to begin their journey.

It proved no easy task to get Bilbil into the boat, for he was a remarkably clumsy goat and once, when Rinkitink gave him a push, he tumbled into the water and nearly drowned before they could get him out again. But there was no thought of leaving the quaint animal behind. His power of speech made him seem almost human in the eyes of the boy, and the fat King was so accustomed to his surly companion that nothing could have induced him to part with him. Finally Bilbil fell sprawling into the bottom of the boat, and Inga helped him to get to the front end, where there was enough space for him to lie down.

It wasn't easy to get Bilbil into the boat because he was an extremely clumsy goat. Once, when Rinkitink gave him a push, he fell right into the water and almost drowned before they could pull him out. But nobody considered leaving the quirky animal behind. His ability to talk made him seem almost human to the boy, and the hefty King was so used to his grumpy companion that nothing could convince him to part with him. Eventually, Bilbil fell into the bottom of the boat, and Inga helped him get to the front, where there was enough room for him to lie down.

Rinkitink now took his seat in the silver-lined craft and the boy came last, pushing off the boat as he sprang aboard, so that it floated freely upon the water.

Rinkitink settled into the silver-lined boat, and the boy jumped in last, pushing off the boat as he boarded, allowing it to drift freely on the water.

"Well, here we go for Gilgad!" exclaimed the King, picking up the oars and placing them in the row-locks. Then he began to row as hard as he could, singing at the same time an odd sort of a song that ran like this:

"Alright, here we go to Gilgad!" shouted the King, grabbing the oars and putting them in the row-locks. Then he started to row as hard as he could, singing a strange sort of song that went like this:

"The way to Gilgad isn't bad
For a stout old King and a brave young lad,
For a cross old goat with a dripping coat,
And a silver boat in which to float.
So our hearts are merry, light and glad
As we speed away to fair Gilgad!"

"The road to Gilgad is just fine
For a tough old King and a strong young guy,
For a grumpy old goat with a soggy coat,
And a shiny boat to sail by.
So our spirits are bright, happy and free
As we rush off to lovely Gilgad!"

"Don't, Rinkitink; please don't! It makes me seasick," growled Bilbil.

"Don't, Rinkitink; please don't! It makes me feel nauseous," grumbled Bilbil.

Rinkitink stopped rowing, for by this time he was all out of breath and his round face was covered with big drops of perspiration. And when he looked over his shoulder he found to his dismay that the boat had scarcely moved a foot from its former position.

Rinkitink stopped rowing because he was out of breath and his round face was sweating heavily. When he looked over his shoulder, he was dismayed to see that the boat had barely moved from its original spot.

Inga said nothing and appeared not to notice the King's failure. So now Rinkitink, with a serious look on his fat, red face, took off his purple robe and rolled up the sleeves of his tunic and tried again.

Inga said nothing and seemed not to notice the King's mistake. So now Rinkitink, with a serious expression on his round, red face, removed his purple robe and rolled up the sleeves of his tunic and tried again.

However, he succeeded no better than before and when he heard Bilbil give a gruff laugh and saw a smile upon the boy Prince's face, Rinkitink suddenly dropped the oars and began shouting with laughter at his own defeat. As he wiped his brow with a yellow silk handkerchief he sang in a merry voice:

However, he didn’t do any better than before, and when he heard Bilbil let out a rough laugh and saw a smile on the boy Prince’s face, Rinkitink suddenly dropped the oars and started laughing at his own defeat. As he wiped his brow with a yellow silk handkerchief, he sang cheerfully:

"A sailor bold am I, I hold,
But boldness will not row a boat.
So I confess I'm in distress
And just as useless as the goat."

"I’m a brave sailor, that’s true,
But being brave won’t row a boat.
So I admit I’m in trouble
And just as pointless as a goat."

"Please leave me out of your verses," said Bilbil with a snort of anger.

"Please leave me out of your poems," Bilbil said with a snort of anger.

"When I make a fool of myself, Bilbil, I'm a goat," replied Rinkitink.

"When I embarrass myself, Bilbil, I'm a goat," replied Rinkitink.

"Not so," insisted Bilbil. "Nothing could make you a member of my superior race."

"Not at all," Bilbil argued. "Nothing can make you part of my superior race."

"Superior? Why, Bilbil, a goat is but a beast, while I am a King!"

"Better? Come on, Bilbil, a goat is just an animal, while I'm a King!"

"I claim that superiority lies in intelligence," said the goat.

"I believe that being smarter is what makes you better," said the goat.

Rinkitink paid no attention to this remark, but turning to Inga he said:

Rinkitink ignored this comment and turned to Inga, saying:

"We may as well get back to the shore, for the boat is too heavy to row to Gilgad or anywhere else. Indeed, it will be hard for us to reach land again."

"We should head back to the shore because the boat is too heavy to row to Gilgad or anywhere else. Honestly, it will be tough for us to reach land again."

"Let me take the oars," suggested Inga. "You must not forget our bargain."

"Let me take the oars," Inga suggested. "You can't forget our deal."

"No, indeed," answered Rinkitink. "If you can row us to Regos, or to any other place, I will go with you without protest."

"No way," replied Rinkitink. "If you can row us to Regos, or anywhere else, I'm on board without any complaints."

So the King took Inga's place in the stern of the boat and the boy grasped the oars and commenced to row. And now, to the great wonder of Rinkitink—and even to Inga's surprise—the oars became light as feathers as soon as the Prince took hold of them. In an instant the boat began to glide rapidly through the water and, seeing this, the boy turned its prow toward the north. He did not know exactly where Regos and Coregos were located, but he did know that the islands lay to the north of Pingaree, so he decided to trust to luck and the guidance of the pearls to carry him to them.

So the King took Inga's spot at the back of the boat, and the boy grabbed the oars and started to row. To Rinkitink's amazement—and even to Inga's surprise—the oars felt as light as feathers the moment the Prince held them. In no time, the boat began to glide swiftly through the water, and seeing this, the boy steered it north. He wasn't exactly sure where Regos and Coregos were, but he knew the islands were north of Pingaree, so he decided to rely on luck and the guidance of the pearls to take him there.

Gradually the Island of Pingaree became smaller to their view as the boat sped onward, until at the end of an hour they had lost sight of it altogether and were wholly surrounded by the purple waters of the Nonestic Ocean.

Gradually, the Island of Pingaree grew smaller in their view as the boat moved swiftly onward, until after an hour they could no longer see it at all and were completely surrounded by the purple waters of the Nonestic Ocean.

Prince Inga did not tire from the labor of rowing; indeed, it seemed to him no labor at all. Once he stopped long enough to place the poles of the canopy in the holes that had been made for them, in the edges of the boat, and to spread the canopy of silver over the poles, for Rinkitink had complained of the sun's heat. But the canopy shut out the hot rays and rendered the interior of the boat cool and pleasant.

Prince Inga didn’t get tired from rowing; in fact, it felt like no effort at all. He paused briefly to put the poles of the canopy into the holes made for them at the edges of the boat and to spread the silver canopy over the poles, since Rinkitink had complained about the sun's heat. But the canopy blocked the hot rays and made the inside of the boat cool and comfortable.

"This is a glorious ride!" cried Rinkitink, as he lay back in the shade. "I find it a decided relief to be away from that dismal island of Pingaree."

"This is an amazing ride!" shouted Rinkitink, as he relaxed in the shade. "I really appreciate being away from that miserable island of Pingaree."

"It may be a relief for a short time," said Bilbil, "but you are going to the land of your enemies, who will probably stick your fat body full of spears and arrows."

"It might feel like a relief for a little while," Bilbil said, "but you're heading into enemy territory, where they'll likely fill your heavy body with spears and arrows."

"Oh, I hope not!" exclaimed Inga, distressed at the thought.

"Oh, I really hope not!" Inga exclaimed, worried at the thought.

"Never mind," said the King calmly, "a man can die but once, you know, and when the enemy kills me I shall beg him to kill Bilbil, also, that we may remain together in death as in life."

"Don't worry," said the King calmly, "a man can only die once, you know, and when the enemy kills me, I will ask him to kill Bilbil too, so we can stay together in death just like we did in life."

"They may be cannibals, in which case they will roast and eat us," suggested Bilbil, who wished to terrify his master.

"They might be cannibals, and if they are, they'll roast us and eat us," suggested Bilbil, trying to scare his master.

"Who knows?" answered Rinkitink, with a shudder. "But cheer up, Bilbil; they may not kill us after all, or even capture us; so let us not borrow trouble. Do not look so cross, my sprightly quadruped, and I will sing to amuse you."

"Who knows?" replied Rinkitink, shuddering. "But don’t worry, Bilbil; they might not kill us or even capture us, so let’s not stress about it. Don’t look so grumpy, my lively four-legged friend, and I’ll sing to cheer you up."

"Your song would make me more cross than ever," grumbled the goat.

"Your song would annoy me more than ever," grumbled the goat.

"Quite impossible, dear Bilbil. You couldn't be more surly if you tried. So here is a famous song for you."

"Totally impossible, dear Bilbil. You couldn't be more grumpy if you tried. So here’s a famous song for you."

While the boy rowed steadily on and the boat rushed fast over the water, the jolly King, who never could be sad or serious for many minutes at a time, lay back on his embroidered cushions and sang as follows:

While the boy rowed steadily, and the boat sped quickly across the water, the cheerful King, who could never stay sad or serious for long, reclined on his embroidered cushions and sang this:

"A merry maiden went to sea—
Sing too-ral-oo-ral-i-do!
She sat upon the Captain's knee

And looked around the sea to see
What she could see, but she couldn't see me—
Sing too-ral-oo-ral-i-do!"

"A cheerful young woman set out to sea—
Sing it loud!
She perched on the Captain's knee

And gazed around the ocean to figure out
What she could see, but she couldn't see me—
Sing tura lura lidoo!

"How do you like that, Bilbil?"

"How do you like that, Bilbil?"

"I don't like it," complained the goat. "It reminds me of the alligator that tried to whistle."

"I don't like it," the goat said. "It reminds me of the alligator that tried to whistle."

"Did he succeed, Bilbil?" asked the King.

"Did he make it, Bilbil?" asked the King.

"He whistled as well as you sing."

"He whistled just as well as you sing."

"Ha, ha, ha, ha, heek, keek, eek!" chuckled the King. "He must have whistled most exquisitely, eh, my friend?"

"Ha, ha, ha, ha, heek, keek, eek!" chuckled the King. "He must have whistled beautifully, right, my friend?"

"I am not your friend," returned the goat, wagging his ears in a surly manner.

"I’m not your friend," the goat replied, flicking his ears in an annoyed way.

"I am yours, however," was the King's cheery reply; "and to prove it I'll sing you another verse."

"I belong to you, though," was the King's cheerful response; "and to prove it, I'll sing you another verse."

"Don't, I beg of you!"

"Please don't!"

But the King sang as follows:

But the King sang:

"The wind blew off the maiden's shoe—
Sing too-ral-oo-ral-i-do!
And the shoe flew high to the sky so blue
And the maiden knew 'twas a new shoe, too;
But she couldn't pursue the shoe, 'tis true—
Sing too-ral-oo-ral-i-do!"

"The wind blew off the young woman's shoe—
Sing taralu-rali-do!
And the shoe soared high into the clear blue sky
And the young woman realized it was a new shoe, too;
But she couldn't chase after the shoe, it's true—
"Sing too-ral-oo-ral-i-do!"

"Isn't that sweet, my pretty goat?"

"Isn't that cute, my lovely goat?"

"Sweet, do you ask?" retorted Bilbil. "I consider it as sweet as candy made from mustard and vinegar."

"Sweet, you ask?" Bilbil replied. "I think it's as sweet as candy made from mustard and vinegar."

"But not as sweet as your disposition, I admit. Ah, Bilbil, your temper would put honey itself to shame."

"But not as sweet as your personality, I admit. Ah, Bilbil, your temper would make honey look bad."

"Do not quarrel, I beg of you," pleaded Inga. "Are we not sad enough already?"

"Please don't argue," Inga pleaded. "Aren't we already sad enough?"

"But this is a jolly quarrel," said the King, "and it is the way Bilbil and I often amuse ourselves. Listen, now, to the last verse of all:

"But this is a fun argument," said the King, "and it’s how Bilbil and I often entertain ourselves. Listen now, to the last verse of all:

The maid who shied her shoe now cried—
Sing too-ral-oo-ral-i-do!
Her tears were fried for the Captain's bride
Who ate with pride her sobs, beside,
And gently sighed 'I'm satisfied'—
Sing too-ral-oo-ral-i-do!"

The maid who lost her shoe now cried—
Sing tura-lura-lural-i-do!
Her tears were for the Captain's bride
Who proudly swallowed her sobs, beside,
And softly sighed 'I'm content'—
Sing turalooralidoo!

"Worse and worse!" grumbled Bilbil, with much scorn. "I am glad that is the last verse, for another of the same kind might cause me to faint."

"Worse and worse!" Bilbil complained, clearly annoyed. "I'm glad that's the last verse because another one like it might make me pass out."

"I fear you have no ear for music," said the King.

"I’m afraid you don’t have an ear for music," said the King.

"I have heard no music, as yet," declared the goat. "You must have a strong imagination, King Rinkitink, if you consider your songs music. Do you remember the story of the bear that hired out for a nursemaid?"

"I haven't heard any music yet," the goat said. "You must have a pretty vivid imagination, King Rinkitink, if you think your songs are music. Do you remember the story about the bear that took a job as a nursemaid?"

"I do not recall it just now," said Rinkitink, with a wink at Inga.

"I can't remember it right now," said Rinkitink, giving Inga a wink.

"Well, the bear tried to sing a lullaby to put the baby to sleep."

"Well, the bear tried to sing a lullaby to help the baby fall asleep."

"And then?" said the King.

"And then?" asked the King.

"The bear was highly pleased with its own voice, but the baby was nearly frightened to death."

"The bear was really happy with its own voice, but the baby was almost scared to death."

"Heh, heh, heh, heh, whoo, hoo, hoo! You are a merry rogue, Bilbil," laughed the King; "a merry rogue in spite of your gloomy features. However, if I have not amused you, I have at least pleased myself, for I am exceedingly fond of a good song. So let us say no more about it."

"Heh, heh, heh, heh, whoo, hoo, hoo! You’re quite the cheerful rascal, Bilbil," laughed the King; "a cheerful rascal, even with your gloomy looks. But if I haven't entertained you, at least I've enjoyed myself, because I really love a good song. So let’s drop the topic."

All this time the boy Prince was rowing the boat. He was not in the least tired, for the oars he held seemed to move of their own accord. He paid little heed to the conversation of Rinkitink and the goat, but busied his thoughts with plans of what he should do when he reached the islands of Regos and Coregos and confronted his enemies. When the others finally became silent, Inga inquired:

All this time, the boy Prince was rowing the boat. He wasn't tired at all, as the oars he held seemed to move on their own. He paid little attention to the conversation between Rinkitink and the goat, instead focusing on his plans for what he would do when he reached the islands of Regos and Coregos and faced his enemies. When the others finally fell silent, Inga asked:

"Can you fight, King Rinkitink?"

"Can you fight, King Rinkitink?"

"I have never tried," was the answer. "In time of danger I have found it much easier to run away than to face the foe."

"I've never tried," was the reply. "In times of danger, I’ve found it much easier to escape than to confront the enemy."

"But could you fight?" asked the boy.

"But can you fight?" asked the boy.

"I might try, if there was no chance to escape by running. Have you a proper weapon for me to fight with?"

"I might give it a shot if there’s no way to escape by running. Do you have a proper weapon I can use to fight?"

"I have no weapon at all," confessed Inga.

"I don't have any weapons," Inga admitted.

"Then let us use argument and persuasion instead of fighting. For instance, if we could persuade the warriors of Regos to lie down, and let me step on them, they would be crushed with ease."

"Then let's use reasoning and persuasion instead of fighting. For example, if we could convince the warriors of Regos to lie down and let me step on them, it would be easy to crush them."

Prince Inga had expected little support from the King, so he was not discouraged by this answer. After all, he reflected, a conquest by battle would be out of the question, yet the White Pearl would not have advised him to go to Regos and Coregos had the mission been a hopeless one. It seemed to him, on further reflection, that he must rely upon circumstances to determine his actions when he reached the islands of the barbarians.

Prince Inga had expected little support from the King, so he wasn’t discouraged by this response. After all, he thought, winning a battle wasn’t an option, yet the White Pearl wouldn’t have suggested he go to Regos and Coregos if the mission were completely hopeless. The more he thought about it, the more he realized he would have to depend on circumstances to guide his actions when he got to the islands of the barbarians.

By this time Inga felt perfect confidence in the Magic Pearls. It was the White Pearl that had given him the boat, and the Blue Pearl that had given him strength to row it. He believed that the Pink Pearl would protect him from any danger that might arise; so his anxiety was not for himself, but for his companions. King Rinkitink and the goat had no magic to protect them, so Inga resolved to do all in his power to keep them from harm.

By this time, Inga felt completely confident in the Magic Pearls. It was the White Pearl that had provided him with the boat and the Blue Pearl that had given him the strength to row it. He believed that the Pink Pearl would keep him safe from any danger that might come up; so his worries were not for himself, but for his friends. King Rinkitink and the goat didn't have any magic to protect them, so Inga decided to do everything he could to keep them safe.

For three days and three nights the boat with the silver lining sped swiftly over the ocean. On the morning of the fourth day, so quickly had they traveled, Inga saw before him the shores of the two great islands of Regos and Coregos.

For three days and three nights, the boat with the silver lining zoomed over the ocean. On the morning of the fourth day, so fast had they traveled, Inga saw ahead the shores of the two great islands of Regos and Coregos.

"The pearls have guided me aright!" he whispered to himself. "Now, if I am wise, and cautious, and brave, I believe I shall be able to rescue my father and mother and my people."

"The pearls have guided me correctly!" he whispered to himself. "Now, if I am smart, careful, and courageous, I think I can rescue my dad, mom, and my people."


The Twin Islands

CHAPTER 7

The Island of Regos was ten miles wide and forty miles long and it was ruled by a big and powerful King named Gos. Near to the shores were green and fertile fields, but farther back from the sea were rugged hills and mountains, so rocky that nothing would grow there. But in these mountains were mines of gold and silver, which the slaves of the King were forced to work, being confined in dark underground passages for that purpose. In the course of time huge caverns had been hollowed out by the slaves, in which they lived and slept, never seeing the light of day. Cruel overseers with whips stood over these poor people, who had been captured in many countries by the raiding parties of King Gos, and the overseers were quite willing to lash the slaves with their whips if they faltered a moment in their work.

The Island of Regos was ten miles wide and forty miles long, ruled by a powerful King named Gos. Close to the shore were lush, fertile fields, but further inland were rugged hills and mountains so rocky that nothing could grow there. However, these mountains housed gold and silver mines, where the King’s slaves were forced to work, confined in dark underground tunnels for that purpose. Over time, massive caverns were carved out by the slaves, where they lived and slept, never seeing the sunlight. Harsh overseers with whips supervised these unfortunate people, captured from many lands by King Gos’s raiding parties, and the overseers were quick to lash the slaves if they hesitated even for a moment in their tasks.

Between the green shores and the mountains were forests of thick, tangled trees, between which narrow paths had been cut to lead up to the caves of the mines. It was on the level green meadows, not far from the ocean, that the great City of Regos had been built, wherein was located the palace of the King. This city was inhabited by thousands of the fierce warriors of Gos, who frequently took to their boats and spread over the sea to the neighboring islands to conquer and pillage, as they had done at Pingaree. When they were not absent on one of these expeditions, the City of Regos swarmed with them and so became a dangerous place for any peaceful person to live in, for the warriors were as lawless as their King.

Between the green shores and the mountains were forests of thick, tangled trees, with narrow paths carved out to reach the mines' caves. The great City of Regos was built on the flat green meadows, not far from the ocean, where the King's palace was located. This city was home to thousands of fierce warriors from Gos, who often took to their boats to sail across the sea to nearby islands to conquer and loot, just as they had done at Pingaree. When they weren’t away on these missions, the City of Regos was bustling with them, making it a dangerous place for anyone peaceful to live, as the warriors were as unruly as their King.

The Island of Coregos lay close beside the Island of Regos; so close, indeed, that one might have thrown a stone from one shore to another. But Coregos was only half the size of Regos and instead of being mountainous it was a rich and pleasant country, covered with fields of grain. The fields of Coregos furnished food for the warriors and citizens of both countries, while the mines of Regos made them all rich.

The Island of Coregos was right next to the Island of Regos; so close, in fact, that you could easily throw a stone from one shore to the other. But Coregos was only half the size of Regos, and instead of being mountainous, it was a fertile and pleasant land, filled with fields of grain. The fields of Coregos provided food for the warriors and citizens of both islands, while the mines of Regos made them all wealthy.

Coregos was ruled by Queen Cor, who was wedded to King Gos; but so stern and cruel was the nature of this Queen that the people could not decide which of their sovereigns they dreaded most.

Coregos was ruled by Queen Cor, who was married to King Gos; but the Queen was so strict and harsh that the people couldn’t figure out which of their rulers they feared more.

Queen Cor lived in her own City of Coregos, which lay on that side of her island facing Regos, and her slaves, who were mostly women, were made to plow the land and to plant and harvest the grain.

Queen Cor lived in her own City of Coregos, which was on the side of her island facing Regos, and her slaves, who were mainly women, were forced to plow the land and plant and harvest the grain.

From Regos to Coregos stretched a bridge of boats, set close together, with planks laid across their edges for people to walk upon. In this way it was easy to pass from one island to the other and in times of danger the bridge could be quickly removed.

From Regos to Coregos was a bridge made of boats, closely arranged together, with planks laid across their edges for people to walk on. This made it easy to get from one island to the other, and during times of danger, the bridge could be quickly taken down.

The native inhabitants of Regos and Coregos consisted of the warriors, who did nothing but fight and ravage, and the trembling servants who waited on them. King Gos and Queen Cor were at war with all the rest of the world. Other islanders hated and feared them, for their slaves were badly treated and absolutely no mercy was shown to the weak or ill.

The local people of Regos and Coregos were made up of warriors who only fought and plundered, and the scared servants who served them. King Gos and Queen Cor were at war with everyone else. Other islanders despised and feared them because their slaves were poorly treated, and they showed no mercy to the weak or sick.

When the boats that had gone to Pingaree returned loaded with rich plunder and a host of captives, there was much rejoicing in Regos and Coregos and the King and Queen gave a fine feast to the warriors who had accomplished so great a conquest. This feast was set for the warriors in the grounds of King Gos's palace, while with them in the great throne room all the captains and leaders of the fighting men were assembled with King Gos and Queen Cor, who had come from her island to attend the ceremony. Then all the goods that had been stolen from the King of Pingaree were divided according to rank, the King and Queen taking half, the captains a quarter, and the rest being divided amongst the warriors.

When the boats that had gone to Pingaree came back loaded with valuable loot and a bunch of captives, there was a lot of celebration in Regos and Coregos. The King and Queen threw a grand feast for the warriors who had achieved such a significant victory. This feast was held for the warriors in the grounds of King Gos's palace, while in the grand throne room, all the captains and leaders of the fighting men gathered with King Gos and Queen Cor, who had traveled from her island to join the ceremony. Then, all the goods that had been taken from the King of Pingaree were distributed based on rank, with the King and Queen receiving half, the captains getting a quarter, and the remainder shared among the warriors.

The day following the feast King Gos sent King Kitticut and all the men of Pingaree to work in his mines under the mountains, having first chained them together so they could not escape. The gentle Queen of Pingaree and all her women, together with the captured children, were given to Queen Cor, who set them to work in her grain fields.

The day after the feast, King Gos sent King Kitticut and all the people of Pingaree to work in his mines under the mountains, chaining them together so they couldn’t escape. The kind Queen of Pingaree and all her women, along with the captured children, were handed over to Queen Cor, who put them to work in her grain fields.

Then the rulers and warriors of these dreadful islands thought they had done forever with Pingaree. Despoiled of all its wealth, its houses torn down, its boats captured and all its people enslaved, what likelihood was there that they might ever again hear of the desolated island? So the people of Regos and Coregos were surprised and puzzled when one morning they observed approaching their shores from the direction of the south a black boat containing a boy, a fat man and a goat. The warriors asked one another who these could be, and where they had come from? No one ever came to those islands of their own accord, that was certain.

Then the rulers and warriors of these terrifying islands thought they were done with Pingaree for good. Stripped of all its wealth, its houses destroyed, its boats taken, and all its people enslaved, what chance was there that they would ever hear about the desolate island again? So the people of Regos and Coregos were surprised and confused when one morning they saw a black boat approaching their shores from the south, carrying a boy, a heavyset man, and a goat. The warriors questioned each other about who they might be and where they came from. It was clear that no one ever visited those islands willingly.

Prince Inga guided his boat to the south end of the Island of Regos, which was the landing place nearest to the city, and when the warriors saw this action they went down to the shore to meet him, being led by a big captain named Buzzub.

Prince Inga steered his boat to the south end of the Island of Regos, the closest landing spot to the city, and when the warriors saw this, they headed down to the shore to greet him, led by a large captain named Buzzub.

"Those people surely mean us no good," said Rinkitink uneasily to the boy. "Without doubt they intend to capture us and make us their slaves."

"Those people definitely don't have our best interests at heart," Rinkitink said nervously to the boy. "There's no doubt they plan to capture us and turn us into their slaves."

"Do not fear, sir," answered Inga, in a calm voice. "Stay quietly in the boat with Bilbil until I have spoken with these men."

"Don't worry, sir," Inga replied calmly. "Just stay quietly in the boat with Bilbil until I've talked to these men."

He stopped the boat a dozen feet from the shore, and standing up in his place made a grave bow to the multitude confronting him. Said the big Captain Buzzub in a gruff voice:

He stopped the boat a few feet from the shore, and standing up in his spot, he gave a serious bow to the crowd facing him. The big Captain Buzzub said in a rough voice:

"Well, little one, who may you be? And how dare you come, uninvited and all alone, to the Island of Regos?"

"Well, kid, who are you? And how could you show up, uninvited and all by yourself, on the Island of Regos?"

"I am Inga, Prince of Pingaree," returned the boy, "and I have come here to free my parents and my people, whom you have wrongfully enslaved."

"I’m Inga, Prince of Pingaree," the boy replied, "and I’ve come here to free my parents and my people, whom you have unjustly enslaved."

When they heard this bold speech a mighty laugh arose from the band of warriors, and when it had subsided the captain said:

When they heard this bold speech, a loud laugh erupted from the group of warriors, and once it died down, the captain said:

"You love to jest, my baby Prince, and the joke is fairly good. But why did you willingly thrust your head into the lion's mouth? When you were free, why did you not stay free? We did not know we had left a single person in Pingaree! But since you managed to escape us then, it is really kind of you to come here of your own free will, to be our slave. Who is the funny fat person with you?"

"You love to joke, my little Prince, and it’s a pretty good one. But why did you willingly put yourself in danger? When you had the chance to be free, why didn’t you stay that way? We didn’t realize we had left anyone behind in Pingaree! But since you were able to get away from us then, it’s really nice of you to come here voluntarily, to be our servant. Who is the funny chubby person with you?"

"It is His Majesty, King Rinkitink, of the great City of Gilgad. He has accompanied me to see that you render full restitution for all you have stolen from Pingaree."

"It is His Majesty, King Rinkitink, of the great City of Gilgad. He has accompanied me to ensure that you make complete restitution for everything you have stolen from Pingaree."

"Better yet!" laughed Buzzub. "He will make a fine slave for Queen Cor, who loves to tickle fat men, and see them jump."

"Even better!" laughed Buzzub. "He'll make a great servant for Queen Cor, who loves to tickle chubby guys and watch them squirm."

King Rinkitink was filled with horror when he heard this, but the Prince answered as boldly as before, saying:

King Rinkitink was filled with dread when he heard this, but the Prince responded just as bravely as before, saying:

"We are not to be frightened by bluster, believe me; nor are we so weak as you imagine. We have magic powers so great and terrible that no host of warriors can possibly withstand us, and therefore I call upon you to surrender your city and your island to us, before we crush you with our mighty powers."

"We shouldn't be intimidated by empty threats, trust me; nor are we as weak as you think. We possess magical powers that are so immense and fearsome that no army can stand against us. So, I urge you to give up your city and your island to us before we overpower you with our incredible strength."

The boy spoke very gravely and earnestly, but his words only aroused another shout of laughter. So while the men of Regos were laughing Inga drove the boat well up onto the sandy beach and leaped out. He also helped Rinkitink out, and when the goat had unaided sprung to the sands, the King got upon Bilbil's back, trembling a little internally, but striving to look as brave as possible.

The boy spoke seriously and earnestly, but his words just sparked another round of laughter. So while the men of Regos were laughing, Inga brought the boat all the way up onto the sandy beach and jumped out. He also helped Rinkitink out, and when the goat managed to jump onto the sand by itself, the King got on Bilbil's back, feeling a bit nervous inside but trying to look as brave as he could.

There was a bunch of coarse hair between the goat's ears, and this Inga clutched firmly in his left hand. The boy knew the Pink Pearl would protect not only himself, but all whom he touched, from any harm, and as Rinkitink was astride the goat and Inga had his hand upon the animal, the three could not be injured by anything the warriors could do. But Captain Buzzub did not know this, and the little group of three seemed so weak and ridiculous that he believed their capture would be easy. So he turned to his men and with a wave of his hand said:

There was a clump of rough hair between the goat's ears, and Inga held onto it tightly with his left hand. The boy knew that the Pink Pearl would protect not just him, but everyone he touched, from any danger. Since Rinkitink was on the goat and Inga had his hand on the animal, the three of them couldn’t be harmed by anything the warriors could do. But Captain Buzzub didn’t realize this, and the little group of three looked so weak and silly that he thought capturing them would be easy. So he turned to his men and with a wave of his hand said:

"Seize the intruders!"

"Catch the intruders!"

Instantly two or three of the warriors stepped forward to obey, but to their amazement they could not reach any of the three; their hands were arrested as if by an invisible wall of iron. Without paying any attention to these attempts at capture, Inga advanced slowly and the goat kept pace with him. And when Rinkitink saw that he was safe from harm he gave one of his big, merry laughs, and it startled the warriors and made them nervous. Captain Buzzub's eyes grew big with surprise as the three steadily advanced and forced his men backward; nor was he free from terror himself at the magic that protected these strange visitors. As for the warriors, they presently became terror-stricken and fled in a panic up the slope toward the city, and Buzzub was obliged to chase after them and shout threats of punishment before he could halt them and form them into a line of battle.

Instantly, two or three of the warriors stepped forward to obey, but to their surprise, they couldn’t reach any of the three; their hands were stopped as if by an invisible wall of iron. Ignoring these attempts to capture them, Inga moved forward slowly, and the goat kept pace with him. When Rinkitink saw that he was safe, he let out one of his big, cheerful laughs, which startled the warriors and made them nervous. Captain Buzzub's eyes widened in surprise as the three continued to advance and pushed his men backward; he was also filled with fear at the magic protecting these strange visitors. The warriors soon became so terrified that they panicked and fled up the slope toward the city, forcing Buzzub to chase after them and shout threats of punishment before he could stop them and get them into a line of battle.

All the men of Regos bore spears and bows-and-arrows, and some of the officers had swords and battle-axes; so Buzzub ordered them to stand their ground and shoot and slay the strangers as they approached. This they tried to do. Inga being in advance, the warriors sent a flight of sharp arrows straight at the boy's breast, while others cast their long spears at him.

All the men of Regos carried spears and bows and arrows, and some of the officers had swords and battle axes; so Buzzub commanded them to hold their position and shoot to kill the intruders as they came closer. They attempted to do this. With Inga in the lead, the warriors launched a volley of sharp arrows directly at the boy's chest, while others hurled their long spears at him.

It seemed to Rinkitink that the little Prince must surely perish as he stood facing this hail of murderous missiles; but the power of the Pink Pearl did not desert him, and when the arrows and spears had reached to within an inch of his body they bounded back again and fell harmlessly at his feet. Nor were Rinkitink or Bilbil injured in the least, although they stood close beside Inga.

It seemed to Rinkitink that the little Prince was definitely going to perish as he faced this storm of deadly missiles; but the power of the Pink Pearl did not abandon him, and when the arrows and spears got within an inch of his body, they bounced back and fell harmlessly at his feet. Rinkitink and Bilbil weren’t hurt at all, even though they were standing right next to Inga.

Buzzub stood for a moment looking upon the boy in silent wonder. Then, recovering himself, he shouted in a loud voice:

Buzzub stood there for a moment, gazing at the boy in silent amazement. Then, regaining his composure, he yelled in a loud voice:

"Once again! All together, my men. No one shall ever defy our might and live!"

"Once again! Everyone, gather around, my men. No one will ever challenge our strength and get away with it!"

Again a flight of arrows and spears sped toward the the three, and since many more of the warriors of Regos had by this time joined their fellows, the air was for a moment darkened by the deadly shafts. But again all fell harmless before the power of the Pink Pearl, and Bilbil, who had been growing very angry at the attempts to injure him and his party, suddenly made a bolt forward, casting off Inga's hold, and butted into the line of warriors, who were standing amazed at their failure to conquer.

Once again, a flurry of arrows and spears flew toward the three, and since many more warriors from Regos had joined their comrades by this time, the air was briefly filled with lethal projectiles. But once again, all fell harmlessly due to the power of the Pink Pearl, and Bilbil, who was becoming increasingly furious at the attempts to harm him and his group, suddenly charged forward, breaking free from Inga's grip, and slammed into the line of warriors, who stood stunned by their inability to succeed.

Taken by surprise at the goat's attack, a dozen big warriors tumbled in a heap, yelling with fear, and their comrades, not knowing what had happened but imagining that their foes were attacking them, turned about and ran to the city as hard as they could go. Bilbil, still angry, had just time to catch the big captain as he turned to follow his men, and Buzzub first sprawled headlong upon the ground, then rolled over two or three times, and finally jumped up and ran yelling after his defeated warriors. This butting on the part of the goat was very hard upon King Rinkitink, who nearly fell off Bilbil's back at the shock of encounter; but the little fat King wound his arms around the goat's neck and shut his eyes and clung on with all his might. It was not until he heard Inga say triumphantly, "We have won the fight without striking a blow!" that Rinkitink dared open his eyes again. Then he saw the warriors rushing into the City of Regos and barring the heavy gates, and he was very much relieved at the sight.

Caught off guard by the goat's attack, a dozen large warriors tumbled in a heap, screaming in fear, and their comrades, unsure of what happened but thinking their enemies were coming for them, turned around and ran to the city as fast as they could. Bilbil, still furious, had just enough time to grab the big captain as he tried to follow his men, while Buzzub initially fell flat on the ground, then rolled over a few times, and finally jumped up and ran after his defeated warriors, yelling. The goat's headbutting was really tough on King Rinkitink, who nearly fell off Bilbil's back from the jolt; however, the little plump King wrapped his arms around the goat's neck, shut his eyes, and hung on with all his strength. It wasn't until he heard Inga exclaim triumphantly, "We have won the fight without striking a blow!" that Rinkitink dared to open his eyes again. Then he saw the warriors rushing into the City of Regos and slamming the heavy gates shut, which made him feel greatly relieved.

"Without striking a blow!" said Bilbil indignantly. "That is not quite true, Prince Inga. You did not fight, I admit, but I struck a couple of times to good purpose, and I claim to have conquered the cowardly warriors unaided."

"Without hitting anyone!" Bilbil said angrily. "That’s not entirely true, Prince Inga. I’ll give you that you didn’t fight, but I did land a couple of hits that made a difference, and I say I defeated those cowardly warriors all by myself."

"You and I together, Bilbil," said Rinkitink mildly. "But the next time you make a charge, please warn me in time, so that I may dismount and give you all the credit for the attack."

"You and I together, Bilbil," Rinkitink said gently. "But the next time you rush in, please let me know in advance, so I can get off and let you take all the credit for the attack."

There being no one now to oppose their advance, the three walked to the gates of the city, which had been closed against them. The gates were of iron and heavily barred, and upon the top of the high walls of the city a host of the warriors now appeared armed with arrows and spears and other weapons. For Buzzub had gone straight to the palace of King Gos and reported his defeat, relating the powerful magic of the boy, the fat King and the goat, and had asked what to do next.

There was no one left to stop them, so the three walked up to the city gates, which had been shut against them. The gates were made of iron and heavily barred, and on top of the tall city walls, a group of warriors appeared, armed with arrows, spears, and other weapons. Buzzub had gone straight to King Gos’s palace to report his defeat, explaining the boy’s powerful magic, the fat King, and the goat, and he asked for directions on what to do next.

The big captain still trembled with fear, but King Gos did not believe in magic, and called Buzzub a coward and a weakling. At once the King took command of his men personally, and he ordered the walls manned with warriors and instructed them to shoot to kill if any of the three strangers approached the gates.

The big captain still shook with fear, but King Gos didn’t believe in magic and called Buzzub a coward and a weakling. Immediately, the King took charge of his men himself, ordering them to position warriors on the walls and telling them to shoot to kill if any of the three strangers came near the gates.

Of course, neither Rinkitink nor Bilbil knew how they had been protected from harm and so at first they were inclined to resent the boy's command that the three must always keep together and touch one another at all times. But when Inga explained that his magic would not otherwise save them from injury, they agreed to obey, for they had now seen enough to convince them that the Prince was really protected by some invisible power.

Of course, neither Rinkitink nor Bilbil understood how they had been kept safe, and at first, they were resistant to the boy's order that the three of them had to stay together and touch each other at all times. But when Inga explained that his magic wouldn’t protect them otherwise, they agreed to follow his instructions, as they had now witnessed enough to believe that the Prince was truly safeguarded by some invisible force.

As they came before the gates another shower of arrows and spears descended upon them, and as before not a single missile touched their bodies. King Gos, who was upon the wall, was greatly amazed and somewhat worried, but he depended upon the strength of his gates and commanded his men to continue shooting until all their weapons were gone.

As they approached the gates, another barrage of arrows and spears rained down on them, and, just like before, not a single projectile struck their bodies. King Gos, standing on the wall, was both astonished and a bit anxious, but he relied on the strength of his gates and ordered his men to keep shooting until they ran out of weapons.

Inga let them shoot as much as they wished, while he stood before the great gates and examined them carefully.

Inga let them shoot as much as they wanted while he stood in front of the big gates and looked them over closely.

"Perhaps Bilbil can batter down the gates," suggested Rinkitink.

"Maybe Bilbil can break down the gates," suggested Rinkitink.

"No," replied the goat; "my head is hard, but not harder than iron."

"No," replied the goat, "my head is tough, but it's not tougher than iron."

"Then," returned the King, "let us stay outside; especially as we can't get in."

"Then," replied the King, "let’s stay outside; especially since we can’t get in."

But Inga was not at all sure they could not get in. The gates opened inward, and three heavy bars were held in place by means of stout staples riveted to the sheets of steel. The boy had been told that the power of the Blue Pearl would enable him to accomplish any feat of strength, and he believed that this was true.

But Inga wasn't completely convinced they couldn't get in. The gates opened inward, and three heavy bars were secured by strong staples riveted to the sheets of steel. The boy had been told that the power of the Blue Pearl would allow him to achieve any feat of strength, and he believed that was true.

The warriors, under the direction of King Gos, continued to hurl arrows and darts and spears and axes and huge stones upon the invaders, all without avail. The ground below was thickly covered with weapons, yet not one of the three before the gates had been injured in the slightest manner. When everything had been cast that was available and not a single weapon of any sort remained at hand, the amazed warriors saw the boy put his shoulder against the gates and burst asunder the huge staples that held the bars in place. A thousand of their men could not have accomplished this feat, yet the small, slight boy did it with seeming ease. The gates burst open, and Inga advanced into the city street and called upon King Gos to surrender.

The warriors, led by King Gos, kept launching arrows, darts, spears, axes, and massive stones at the invaders, but it was all in vain. The ground was littered with weapons, yet not one of the three in front of the gates had been harmed in the slightest. When they had thrown everything they had and not a single weapon was left, the stunned warriors watched as the boy pushed against the gates and easily broke apart the heavy staples holding the bars in place. A thousand of their strongest men couldn't have done it, yet the small, slender boy managed it effortlessly. The gates swung open, and Inga stepped into the city street, calling for King Gos to surrender.

But Gos was now as badly frightened as were his warriors. He and his men were accustomed to war and pillage and they had carried terror into many countries, but here was a small boy, a fat man and a goat who could not be injured by all his skill in warfare, his numerous army and thousands of death-dealing weapons. Moreover, they not only defied King Gos's entire army but they had broken in the huge gates of the city—as easily as if they had been made of paper—and such an exhibition of enormous strength made the wicked King fear for his life. Like all bullies and marauders, Gos was a coward at heart, and now a panic seized him and he turned and fled before the calm advance of Prince Inga of Pingaree. The warriors were like their master, and having thrown all their weapons over the wall and being helpless to oppose the strangers, they all swarmed after Gos, who abandoned his city and crossed the bridge of boats to the Island of Coregos. There was a desperate struggle among these cowardly warriors to get over the bridge, and many were pushed into the water and obliged to swim; but finally every fighting man of Regos had gained the shore of Coregos and then they tore away the bridge of boats and drew them up on their own side, hoping the stretch of open water would prevent the magic invaders from following them.

But Gos was just as scared as his warriors. He and his men were used to war and looting, and they had brought fear to many lands, but now they faced a small boy, a fat man, and a goat who couldn’t be harmed by all his military skills, his large army, and thousands of deadly weapons. Not only did they challenge King Gos's entire army, but they had also broken down the massive gates of the city—as if they were made of paper—and such a display of incredible strength made the evil King fear for his life. Like all bullies and raiders, Gos was a coward at heart, and now panic took hold of him, causing him to turn and run before the steady approach of Prince Inga of Pingaree. The warriors were just like their leader; after throwing all their weapons over the wall and finding themselves unable to resist the newcomers, they all rushed after Gos, who abandoned his city and crossed the bridge of boats to the Island of Coregos. There was a frantic scramble among these cowardly warriors to get over the bridge, and many were shoved into the water and had to swim; but eventually, every fighter from Regos made it to the shore of Coregos, and then they pulled the bridge of boats away and brought it over to their side, hoping that the open water would stop the magical invaders from following them.

The humble citizens and serving people of Regos, who had been terrified and abused by the rough warriors all their lives, were not only greatly astonished by this sudden conquest of their masters but greatly delighted. As the King and his army fled to Coregos, the people embraced one another and danced for very joy, and then they turned to see what the conquerors of Regos were like.

The humble citizens and servants of Regos, who had been scared and mistreated by the brutal warriors their whole lives, were not only shocked by this sudden defeat of their masters but also incredibly happy. As the King and his army ran away to Coregos, the people hugged each other and danced with joy, and then they looked to see what the conquerors of Regos were like.


Rinkitink Makes a Great Mistake

CHAPTER 8

The fat King rode his goat through the streets of the conquered city and the boy Prince walked proudly beside him, while all the people bent their heads humbly to their new masters, whom they were prepared to serve in the same manner they had King Gos.

The overweight King rode his goat through the streets of the conquered city, and the young Prince walked proudly beside him, while everyone lowered their heads submissively to their new rulers, whom they were ready to serve just like they had served King Gos.

Not a warrior remained in all Regos to oppose the triumphant three; the bridge of boats had been destroyed; Inga and his companions were free from danger—for a time, at least.

Not a warrior was left in all of Regos to stand against the victorious three; the boat bridge had been destroyed; Inga and his friends were safe—for now, at least.

The jolly little King appreciated this fact and rejoiced that he had escaped all injury during the battle. How it had all happened he could not tell, nor even guess, but he was content in being safe and free to take possession of the enemy's city. So, as they passed through the lines of respectful civilians on their way to the palace, the King tipped his crown back on his bald head and folded his arms and sang in his best voice the following lines:

The cheerful little King was thankful for this and was happy that he had come through the battle unscathed. He couldn't explain how it all happened, nor could he even guess, but he felt good about being safe and free to take over the enemy's city. So, as they walked past the lines of respectful civilians on their way to the palace, the King tilted his crown back on his bald head, crossed his arms, and sang in his best voice the following lines:

"Oh, here comes the army of King Rinkitink!
It isn't a big one, perhaps you may think,
But it scattered the warriors quicker than wink—
Rink-i-tink, tink-i-tink, tink!
Our Bilbil's a hero and so is his King;
Our foemen have vanished like birds on the wing;
I guess that as fighters we're quite the real thing—
Rink-i-tink, tink-i-tink, tink!"

"Oh, here comes King Rinkitink's army!
It may not be large, but you might think,
They scattered the warriors in the blink—
Rink-i-tink, tink-i-tink, tink!
Our Bilbil is a hero, and so is his King;
Our enemies have disappeared like birds taking wing;
I’d say as fighters, we’re the real deal—
Rink-i-tink, tink-i-tink, tink!

"Why don't you give a little credit to Inga?" inquired the goat. "If I remember aright, he did a little of the conquering himself."

"Why don't you give Inga some credit?" the goat asked. "If I remember correctly, he did a bit of conquering himself."

"So he did," responded the King, "and that's the reason I'm sounding our own praise, Bilbil. Those who do the least, often shout the loudest and so get the most glory. Inga did so much that there is danger of his becoming more important than we are, and so we'd best say nothing about him."

"So he did," replied the King, "and that's why I'm tooting our own horn, Bilbil. Those who do the least often make the most noise and end up getting the most credit. Inga accomplished so much that he might overshadow us, so it’s better if we don’t say anything about him."

When they reached the palace, which was an immense building, furnished throughout in regal splendor, Inga took formal possession and ordered the majordomo to show them the finest rooms the building contained. There were many pleasant apartments, but Rinkitink proposed to Inga that they share one of the largest bedrooms together.

When they arrived at the palace, a massive building decorated in royal luxury, Inga officially took charge and told the majordomo to show them the best rooms in the place. There were several nice rooms, but Rinkitink suggested to Inga that they share one of the biggest bedrooms together.

"For," said he, "we are not sure that old Gos will not return and try to recapture his city, and you must remember that I have no magic to protect me. In any danger, were I alone, I might be easily killed or captured, while if you are by my side you can save me from injury."

"For," he said, "we're not sure that old Gos won't come back and try to take his city again, and you need to remember that I don't have any magic to protect me. If I were alone in danger, I could easily be killed or captured, but if you're with me, you can help keep me safe."

The boy realized the wisdom of this plan, and selected a fine big bedroom on the second floor of the palace, in which he ordered two golden beds placed and prepared for King Rinkitink and himself. Bilbil was given a suite of rooms on the other side of the palace, where servants brought the goat fresh-cut grass to eat and made him a soft bed to lie upon.

The boy understood the smartness of this plan and chose a spacious bedroom on the second floor of the palace, where he had two golden beds set up and ready for King Rinkitink and himself. Bilbil was given a set of rooms on the opposite side of the palace, where servants brought the goat freshly cut grass to eat and made him a cozy bed to rest on.

That evening the boy Prince and the fat King dined in great state in the lofty-domed dining-hall of the palace, where forty servants waited upon them. The royal chef, anxious to win the favor of the conquerors of Regos, prepared his finest and most savory dishes for them, which Rinkitink ate with much appetite and found so delicious that he ordered the royal chef brought into the banquet hall and presented him with a gilt button which the King cut from his own jacket.

That evening, the young Prince and the chubby King had a grand dinner in the tall-domed dining hall of the palace, where forty servants attended to them. The royal chef, eager to impress the conquerors of Regos, prepared his best and most flavorful dishes, which Rinkitink enjoyed so much that he had the royal chef brought into the banquet hall and gave him a gold-plated button he cut from his own jacket.

"You are welcome to it," said he to the chef, "because I have eaten so much that I cannot use that lower button at all."

"You can have it," he said to the chef, "because I've eaten so much that I can't even use the lower button at all."

Rinkitink was mightily pleased to live in a comfortable palace again and to dine at a well-spread table. His joy grew every moment, so that he came in time to be as merry and cheery as before Pingaree was despoiled. And, although he had been much frightened during Inga's defiance of the army of King Gos, he now began to turn the matter into a joke.

Rinkitink was really happy to live in a nice palace again and to eat at a well-set table. His joy grew by the minute, so he eventually became as cheerful and upbeat as he had been before Pingaree was attacked. And, even though he had been quite scared during Inga's stand against King Gos's army, he was starting to view the whole situation as a joke.

"Why, my boy," said he, "you whipped the big black-bearded King exactly as if he were a schoolboy, even though you used no warlike weapon at all upon him. He was cowed through fear of your magic, and that reminds me to demand from you an explanation. How did you do it, Inga? And where did the wonderful magic come from?"

"Why, my boy," he said, "you defeated the big black-bearded King just like he was a schoolboy, even though you didn’t use any weapons against him. He was intimidated by your magic, and that makes me want to ask you how you did it, Inga. And where did this amazing magic come from?"

Perhaps it would have been wise for the Prince to have explained about the magic pearls, but at that moment he was not inclined to do so. Instead, he replied:

Perhaps it would have been smart for the Prince to explain the magic pearls, but at that moment he wasn't in the mood to do so. Instead, he replied:

"Be patient, Your Majesty. The secret is not my own, so please do not ask me to divulge it. Is it not enough, for the present, that the magic saved you from death to-day?"

"Please be patient, Your Majesty. The secret isn’t mine to share, so I can’t reveal it. Isn’t it enough for now that the magic saved you from dying today?"

"Do not think me ungrateful," answered the King earnestly. "A million spears fell on me from the wall, and several stones as big as mountains, yet none of them hurt me!"

"Don't think I'm ungrateful," the King replied sincerely. "A million spears rained down on me from the wall, and several stones as big as mountains, yet none of them harmed me!"

"The stones were not as big as mountains, sire," said the Prince with a smile. "They were, indeed, no larger than your head."

"The stones weren't as big as mountains, your highness," the Prince replied with a smile. "They were actually no larger than your head."

"Are you sure about that?" asked Rinkitink.

"Are you really sure about that?" asked Rinkitink.

"Quite sure, Your Majesty."

"Absolutely, Your Majesty."

"How deceptive those things are!" sighed the King. "This argument reminds me of the story of Tom Tick, which my father used to tell."

"How misleading those things are!" sighed the King. "This argument reminds me of the story of Tom Tick, which my dad used to tell."

"I have never heard that story," Inga answered.

"I've never heard that story," Inga replied.

"Well, as he told it, it ran like this:

"Well, as he put it, it went like this:

"When Tom walked out, the sky to spy,
A naughty gnat flew in his eye;
But Tom knew not it was a gnat—
He thought, at first, it was a cat.

"And then, it felt so very big,
He thought it surely was a pig
Till, standing still to hear it grunt,
He cried: 'Why, it's an elephunt!'

"But—when the gnat flew out again
And Tom was free from all his pain,
He said: 'There flew into my eye
A leetle, teenty-tiny fly.'"

"When Tom stepped outside to take a look,
A pesky gnat flew into his eye;
But Tom didn’t realize it was a gnat—
At first, he thought it was a cat.

"And then, it felt so very big,
He thought it must be a pig
Until, standing still to hear it grunt,
He shouted: 'Wow, it's an elephant!'

"But—when the gnat flew out again
And Tom was free from all his pain,
He said: 'A tiny, little fly
Just buzzed into my eye.'"

"Indeed," said Inga, laughing, "the gnat was much like your stones that seemed as big as mountains."

"Definitely," Inga said with a laugh, "the gnat was just like your stones that looked as big as mountains."

After their dinner they inspected the palace, which was filled with valuable goods stolen by King Gos from many nations. But the day's events had tired them and they retired early to their big sleeping apartment.

After dinner, they explored the palace, which was filled with precious items taken by King Gos from various countries. But the events of the day had worn them out, so they went to bed early in their large sleeping quarters.

"In the morning," said the boy to Rinkitink, as he was undressing for bed, "I shall begin the search for my father and mother and the people of Pingaree. And, when they are found and rescued, we will all go home again, and be as happy as we were before."

"In the morning," the boy told Rinkitink as he was getting ready for bed, "I'll start looking for my dad and mom and the people of Pingaree. And once we find and save them, we’ll all head home and be as happy as we were before."

They carefully bolted the door of their room, that no one might enter, and then got into their beds, where Rinkitink fell asleep in an instant. The boy lay awake for a while thinking over the day's adventures, but presently he fell sound asleep also, and so weary was he that nothing disturbed his slumber until he awakened next morning with a ray of sunshine in his eyes, which had crept into the room through the open window by King Rinkitink's bed.

They carefully locked the door to their room so no one could come in, and then got into their beds, where Rinkitink fell asleep right away. The boy stayed awake for a bit, reflecting on the day's adventures, but eventually, he fell into a deep sleep as well, so exhausted that nothing disturbed him until he woke up the next morning with a ray of sunlight in his eyes, which had slipped into the room through the open window by King Rinkitink's bed.

Resolving to begin the search for his parents without any unnecessary delay, Inga at once got out of bed and began to dress himself, while Rinkitink, in the other bed, was still sleeping peacefully. But when the boy had put on both his stockings and began looking for his shoes, he could find but one of them. The left shoe, that containing the Pink Pearl, was missing.

Resolving to start the search for his parents without wasting any time, Inga immediately got out of bed and began to get dressed, while Rinkitink, in the other bed, was still sleeping soundly. But as the boy put on his stockings and started looking for his shoes, he could only find one of them. The left shoe, the one that held the Pink Pearl, was missing.

Filled with anxiety at this discovery, Inga searched through the entire room, looking underneath the beds and divans and chairs and behind the draperies and in the corners and every other possible place a shoe might be. He tried the door, and found it still bolted; so, with growing uneasiness, the boy was forced to admit that the precious shoe was not in the room.

Filled with anxiety at this discovery, Inga searched the entire room, looking under the beds, couches, chairs, behind the curtains, in the corners, and every other possible spot a shoe could be. He tried the door and found it still locked; so, with increasing unease, the boy had to accept that the precious shoe was not in the room.

With a throbbing heart he aroused his companion.

With a pounding heart, he woke up his friend.

"King Rinkitink," said he, "do you know what has become of my left shoe?"

"King Rinkitink," he said, "do you know what happened to my left shoe?"

"Your shoe!" exclaimed the King, giving a wide yawn and rubbing his eyes to get the sleep out of them. "Have you lost a shoe?"

"Your shoe!" said the King, yawning widely and rubbing his eyes to wake up. "Did you lose a shoe?"

"Yes," said Inga. "I have searched everywhere in the room, and cannot find it."

"Yes," Inga said. "I've looked everywhere in the room, and I can't find it."

"But why bother me about such a small thing?" inquired Rinkitink. "A shoe is only a shoe, and you can easily get another one. But, stay! Perhaps it was your shoe which I threw at the cat last night."

"But why bother me about something so trivial?" Rinkitink asked. "A shoe is just a shoe, and you can easily find another one. But wait! Maybe it was your shoe that I threw at the cat last night."

"The cat!" cried Inga. "What do you mean?"

"The cat!" shouted Inga. "What do you mean?"

"Why, in the night," explained Rinkitink, sitting up and beginning to dress himself, "I was wakened by the mewing of a cat that sat upon a wall of the palace, just outside my window. As the noise disturbed me, I reached out in the dark and caught up something and threw it at the cat, to frighten the creature away. I did not know what it was that I threw, and I was too sleepy to care; but probably it was your shoe, since it is now missing."

"Well, last night," Rinkitink explained, sitting up and starting to get dressed, "I was woken up by a cat meowing on the wall of the palace, right outside my window. The noise bothered me, so I reached out in the dark, grabbed something, and threw it at the cat to scare it off. I didn’t know what I threw, and I was too sleepy to care, but it was probably your shoe since it’s missing now."

"Then," said the boy, in a despairing tone of voice, "your carelessness has ruined me, as well as yourself, King Rinkitink, for in that shoe was concealed the magic power which protected us from danger."

"Then," the boy said, sounding hopeless, "your carelessness has destroyed me, just like you, King Rinkitink, because that shoe held the magic power that kept us safe from harm."

The King's face became very serious when he heard this and he uttered a low whistle of surprise and regret.

The King's expression turned serious when he heard this, and he let out a low whistle of surprise and regret.

"Why on earth did you not warn me of this?" he demanded. "And why did you keep such a precious power in an old shoe? And why didn't you put the shoe under a pillow? You were very wrong, my lad, in not confiding to me, your faithful friend, the secret, for in that case the shoe would not now be lost."

"Why didn’t you tell me about this?" he asked. "And why did you keep such an important power in an old shoe? And why didn't you put the shoe under a pillow? You made a big mistake, my friend, by not trusting me with the secret, because then the shoe wouldn't be lost now."

To all this Inga had no answer. He sat on the side of his bed, with hanging head, utterly disconsolate, and seeing this, Rinkitink had pity for his sorrow.

To all of this, Inga had no response. He sat on the edge of his bed, head down, completely heartbroken, and witnessing this, Rinkitink felt sorry for his sadness.

"Come!" cried the King; "let us go out at once and look for the shoe which I threw at the cat. It must even now be lying in the yard of the palace."

"Come on!" shouted the King; "let's go out right now and look for the shoe that I threw at the cat. It must be lying in the palace yard."

This suggestion roused the boy to action. He at once threw open the door and in his stocking feet rushed down the staircase, closely followed by Rinkitink. But although they looked on both sides of the palace wall and in every possible crack and corner where a shoe might lodge, they failed to find it.

This suggestion got the boy moving. He immediately flung open the door and, in his socks, dashed down the stairs, closely followed by Rinkitink. But even though they checked both sides of the palace wall and every possible crack and corner where a shoe might be, they couldn’t find it.

After a half hour's careful search the boy said sorrowfully:

After a careful search that lasted half an hour, the boy said sadly:

"Someone must have passed by, as we slept, and taken the precious shoe, not knowing its value. To us, King Rinkitink, this will be a dreadful misfortune, for we are surrounded by dangers from which we have now no protection. Luckily I have the other shoe left, within which is the magic power that gives me strength; so all is not lost."

"Someone must have walked by while we were asleep and taken the precious shoe, not realizing its worth. For us, King Rinkitink, this is a terrible misfortune, as we are now surrounded by dangers without any protection. Fortunately, I still have the other shoe, which contains the magical power that gives me strength, so all is not lost."

Then he told Rinkitink, in a few words, the secret of the wonderful pearls, and how he had recovered them from the ruins and hidden them in his shoes, and how they had enabled him to drive King Gos and his men from Regos and to capture the city. The King was much astonished, and when the story was concluded he said to Inga:

Then he told Rinkitink, in a few words, the secret of the amazing pearls, how he had found them in the ruins and hidden them in his shoes, and how they had helped him drive King Gos and his men out of Regos and take the city. The King was very surprised, and when the story ended, he said to Inga:

"What did you do with the other shoe?"

"What did you do with the other shoe?"

"Why, I left it in our bedroom," replied the boy.

"Uh, I left it in our bedroom," the boy said.

"Then I advise you to get it at once," continued Rinkitink, "for we can ill afford to lose the second shoe, as well as the one I threw at the cat."

"Then I suggest you get it right away," Rinkitink continued, "because we can't afford to lose the second shoe, just like the one I threw at the cat."

"You are right!" cried Inga, and they hastened back to their bedchamber.

"You’re right!" shouted Inga, and they hurried back to their bedroom.

On entering the room they found an old woman sweeping and raising a great deal of dust.

Upon entering the room, they saw an elderly woman sweeping and creating a lot of dust.

"Where is my shoe?" asked the Prince, anxiously.

"Where's my shoe?" the Prince asked, worried.

The old woman stopped sweeping and looked at him in a stupid way, for she was not very intelligent.

The old woman paused her sweeping and stared at him blankly, as she wasn't very bright.

"Do you mean the one odd shoe that was lying on the floor when I came in?" she finally asked.

"Are you talking about the one strange shoe that was on the floor when I walked in?" she finally asked.

"Yes—yes!" answered the boy. "Where is it? Tell me where it is!"

"Yes—yes!" the boy replied. "Where is it? Tell me where it is!"

"Why, I threw it on the dust-heap, outside the back gate," said she, "for, it being but a single shoe, with no mate, it can be of no use to anyone."

"Well, I tossed it on the trash pile outside the back gate," she said, "because it's just a single shoe with no pair, so it's useless to anyone."

"Show us the way to the dust-heap—at once!" commanded the boy, sternly, for he was greatly frightened by this new misfortune which threatened him.

"Show us the way to the junkyard—now!" the boy ordered firmly, as he was very scared by this new disaster that loomed over him.

The old woman hobbled away and they followed her, constantly urging her to hasten; but when they reached the dust-heap no shoe was to be seen.

The old woman hobbled away, and they followed her, repeatedly telling her to hurry up; but when they got to the pile of dirt, there was no shoe in sight.

"This is terrible!" wailed the young Prince, ready to weep at his loss. "We are now absolutely ruined, and at the mercy of our enemies. Nor shall I be able to liberate my dear father and mother."

"This is awful!" cried the young Prince, about to burst into tears over his loss. "We are completely ruined now, and at the mercy of our enemies. I won’t be able to rescue my beloved father and mother."

"Well," replied Rinkitink, leaning against an old barrel and looking quite solemn, "the thing is certainly unlucky, any way we look at it. I suppose someone has passed along here and, seeing the shoe upon the dust-heap, has carried it away. But no one could know the magic power the shoe contains and so will not use it against us. I believe, Inga, we must now depend upon our wits to get us out of the scrape we are in."

"Well," Rinkitink said, leaning against an old barrel and looking very serious, "this is definitely bad luck, no matter how you look at it. I guess someone came by and, seeing the shoe on the pile of dirt, took it. But no one would know the magical power the shoe has, so they won't use it against us. I think, Inga, we have to rely on our cleverness to get out of this mess we're in."

With saddened hearts they returned to the palace, and entering a small room where no one could observe them or overhear them, the boy took the White Pearl from its silken bag and held it to his ear, asking:

With heavy hearts, they went back to the palace, and once they entered a small room where no one could see or hear them, the boy took the White Pearl out of its silk bag and held it up to his ear, asking:

"What shall I do now?"

"What should I do now?"

"Tell no one of your loss," answered the Voice of the Pearl. "If your enemies do not know that you are powerless, they will fear you as much as ever. Keep your secret, be patient, and fear not!"

"Don’t tell anyone about your loss," replied the Voice of the Pearl. "If your enemies don’t know that you’re powerless, they’ll still fear you just as much. Keep your secret, be patient, and don’t be afraid!"

Inga heeded this advice and also warned Rinkitink to say nothing to anyone of the loss of the shoes and the powers they contained. He sent for the shoemaker of King Gos, who soon brought him a new pair of red leather shoes that fitted him quite well. When these had been put upon his feet, the Prince, accompanied by the King, started to walk through the city.

Inga took this advice to heart and also told Rinkitink not to mention the loss of the shoes and the powers they held to anyone. He called for the shoemaker of King Gos, who quickly brought him a new pair of red leather shoes that fit him perfectly. Once he had put them on, the Prince, along with the King, began to stroll through the city.

Wherever they went the people bowed low to the conqueror, although a few, remembering Inga's terrible strength, ran away in fear and trembling. They had been used to severe masters and did not yet know how they would be treated by King Gos's successor. There being no occasion for the boy to exercise the powers he had displayed the previous day, his present helplessness was not suspected by any of the citizens of Regos, who still considered him a wonderful magician.

Wherever they went, people bowed low to the conqueror, although a few, remembering Inga's incredible strength, ran away in fear and trembling. They were used to strict rulers and didn’t yet know how King Gos's successor would treat them. Since the boy had no reason to show the powers he displayed the day before, none of the citizens of Regos suspected his current helplessness; they still thought of him as a remarkable magician.

Inga did not dare to fight his way to the mines, at present, nor could he try to conquer the Island of Coregos, where his mother was enslaved; so he set about the regulation of the City of Regos, and having established himself with great state in the royal palace he began to govern the people by kindness, having consideration for the most humble.

Inga didn't feel brave enough to fight his way to the mines right now, nor could he attempt to take over the Island of Coregos, where his mother was held captive; so he focused on organizing the City of Regos. Once he established himself with great authority in the royal palace, he began to lead the people with kindness, showing care for those who were the least fortunate.

The King of Regos and his followers sent spies across to the island they had abandoned in their flight, and these spies returned with the news that the terrible boy conqueror was still occupying the city. Therefore none of them ventured to go back to Regos but continued to live upon the neighboring island of Coregos, where they passed the days in fear and trembling and sought to plot and plan ways how they might overcome the Prince of Pingaree and the fat King of Gilgad.

The King of Regos and his followers sent spies to the island they had left behind during their escape, and the spies came back with the news that the dreaded boy conqueror was still in control of the city. So none of them dared to return to Regos; instead, they stayed on the nearby island of Coregos, where they spent their days in fear and anxiety, trying to come up with plans to defeat the Prince of Pingaree and the overweight King of Gilgad.


A Present for Zella

CHAPTER 9

Now it so happened that on the morning of that same day when the Prince of Pingaree suffered the loss of his priceless shoes, there chanced to pass along the road that wound beside the royal palace a poor charcoal-burner named Nikobob, who was about to return to his home in the forest.

Now, on the morning of the same day that the Prince of Pingaree lost his priceless shoes, a poor charcoal-burner named Nikobob happened to walk along the road next to the royal palace, as he was on his way back home to the forest.

Nikobob carried an ax and a bundle of torches over his shoulder and he walked with his eyes to the ground, being deep in thought as to the strange manner in which the powerful King Gos and his city had been conquered by a boy Prince who had come from Pingaree.

Nikobob carried an ax and a bundle of torches over his shoulder, walking with his eyes on the ground, lost in thought about the bizarre way the powerful King Gos and his city had been defeated by a young Prince from Pingaree.

Suddenly the charcoal-burner espied a shoe lying upon the ground, just beyond the high wall of the palace and directly in his path. He picked it up and, seeing it was a pretty shoe, although much too small for his own foot, he put it in his pocket.

Suddenly, the charcoal burner spotted a shoe lying on the ground, just beyond the tall wall of the palace and right in his path. He picked it up and, noticing it was a nice shoe, though way too small for his own foot, he put it in his pocket.

Soon after, on turning a corner of the wall, Nikobob came to a dust-heap where, lying amidst a mass of rubbish, was another shoe—the mate to the one he had before found. This also he placed in his pocket, saying to himself:

Soon after, as he turned a corner of the wall, Nikobob found a pile of dirt where, lying among a bunch of trash, was another shoe—the pair to the one he had found earlier. He put this one in his pocket too, telling himself:

"I have now a fine pair of shoes for my daughter Zella, who will be much pleased to find I have brought her a present from the city."

"I have a nice pair of shoes for my daughter Zella, and she will be so happy to see that I’ve brought her a gift from the city."

And while the charcoal-burner turned into the forest and trudged along the path toward his home, Inga and Rinkitink were still searching for the missing shoes. Of course, they could not know that Nikobob had found them, nor did the honest man think he had taken anything more than a pair of cast-off shoes which nobody wanted.

And while the charcoal-burner headed into the forest and walked along the path toward home, Inga and Rinkitink were still looking for the missing shoes. Of course, they had no idea that Nikobob had already found them, nor did the honest man believe he had taken anything more than a pair of unwanted old shoes.

Nikobob had several miles to travel through the forest before he could reach the little log cabin where his wife, as well as his little daughter Zella, awaited his return, but he was used to long walks and tramped along the path whistling cheerfully to beguile the time.

Nikobob had several miles to walk through the forest before he could get to the small log cabin where his wife and little daughter Zella were waiting for him, but he was used to long walks and strolled along the path whistling happily to pass the time.

Few people, as I said before, ever passed through the dark and tangled forests of Regos, except to go to the mines in the mountain beyond, for many dangerous creatures lurked in the wild jungles, and King Gos never knew, when he sent a messenger to the mines, whether he would reach there safely or not.

Few people, as I mentioned earlier, ever ventured through the dark and twisted forests of Regos, except to reach the mines in the mountains beyond. Many dangerous creatures hid in the wild jungles, and King Gos never knew, when he sent a messenger to the mines, whether they would arrive safely or not.

The charcoal-burner, however, knew the wild forest well, and especially this part of it lying between the city and his home. It was the favorite haunt of the ferocious beast Choggenmugger, dreaded by every dweller in the Island of Regos. Choggenmugger was so old that everyone thought it must have been there since the world was made, and each year of its life the huge scales that covered its body grew thicker and harder and its jaws grew wider and its teeth grew sharper and its appetite grew more keen than ever.

The charcoal-burner, however, knew the wild forest well, especially this part between the city and his home. It was the favorite haunt of the fierce beast Choggenmugger, feared by everyone living on the Island of Regos. Choggenmugger was so ancient that people believed it had existed since the beginning of time, and with each passing year, the massive scales covering its body grew thicker and tougher, its jaws widened, its teeth became sharper, and its appetite grew even more insatiable.

In former ages there had been many dragons in Regos, but Choggenmugger was so fond of dragons that he had eaten all of them long ago. There had also been great serpents and crocodiles in the forest marshes, but all had gone to feed the hunger of Choggenmugger. The people of Regos knew well there was no use opposing the Great Beast, so when one unfortunately met with it he gave himself up for lost.

In past times, there were many dragons in Regos, but Choggenmugger loved dragons so much that he had eaten all of them a long time ago. There were also large serpents and crocodiles in the forest marshes, but all of them had become food for Choggenmugger's appetite. The people of Regos knew it was pointless to fight against the Great Beast, so when someone unfortunately encountered it, they resigned themselves to their fate.

All this Nikobob knew well, but fortune had always favored him in his journeys through the forest, and although he had at times met many savage beasts and fought them with his sharp ax, he had never to this day encountered the terrible Choggenmugger. Indeed, he was not thinking of the Great Beast at all as he walked along, but suddenly he heard a crashing of broken trees and felt a trembling of the earth and saw the immense jaws of Choggenmugger opening before him. Then Nikobob gave himself up for lost and his heart almost ceased to beat.

All this Nikobob knew well, but luck had always been on his side during his journeys through the forest. Even though he had faced many wild beasts and fought them off with his sharp axe, he had never encountered the terrifying Choggenmugger until now. In fact, he wasn’t even thinking about the Great Beast as he walked along, but suddenly he heard a loud crashing of trees, felt the ground shake, and saw Choggenmugger’s enormous jaws opening in front of him. In that moment, Nikobob thought he was done for, and his heart nearly stopped.

He believed there was no way of escape. No one ever dared oppose Choggenmugger. But Nikobob hated to die without showing the monster, in some way, that he was eaten only under protest. So he raised his ax and brought it down upon the red, protruding tongue of the monster—and cut it clean off!

He thought there was no way out. No one ever dared to challenge Choggenmugger. But Nikobob didn't want to die without somehow making it clear to the monster that he was devoured only against his will. So he lifted his axe and swung it down onto the monster's red, sticking-out tongue—and sliced it right off!

For a moment the charcoal-burner scarcely believed what his eyes saw, for he knew nothing of the pearls he carried in his pocket or the magic power they lent his arm. His success, however, encouraged him to strike again, and this time the huge scaly jaw of Choggenmugger was severed in twain and the beast howled in terrified rage.

For a moment, the charcoal burner could hardly believe his eyes, since he had no idea about the pearls he carried in his pocket or the magical power they gave him. However, his success encouraged him to try again, and this time, the massive, scaly jaw of Choggenmugger was cut in half, and the creature howled in terrified rage.

Nikobob took off his coat, to give himself more freedom of action, and then he earnestly renewed the attack. But now the ax seemed blunted by the hard scales and made no impression upon them whatever. The creature advanced with glaring, wicked eyes, and Nikobob seized his coat under his arm and turned to flee.

Nikobob took off his coat to give himself more freedom of movement and then resumed his attack with determination. But now the ax felt dull against the tough scales and didn’t make any impact at all. The creature moved forward with its glaring, evil eyes, and Nikobob tucked his coat under his arm and turned to run.

That was foolish, for Choggenmugger could run like the wind. In a moment it overtook the charcoal-burner and snapped its four rows of sharp teeth together. But they did not touch Nikobob, because he still held the coat in his grasp, close to his body, and in the coat pocket were Inga's shoes, and in the points of the shoes were the magic pearls. Finding himself uninjured, Nikobob put on his coat, again seized his ax, and in a short time had chopped Choggenmugger into many small pieces—a task that proved not only easy but very agreeable.

That was a mistake, because Choggenmugger could run incredibly fast. In no time, it caught up to the charcoal-burner and snapped its four rows of sharp teeth. But they didn’t touch Nikobob, since he still held the coat tightly against his body, and in the coat pocket were Inga’s shoes, which contained the magic pearls. Realizing he was unharmed, Nikobob put on his coat, grabbed his ax again, and soon chopped Choggenmugger into many small pieces—a job that turned out to be not only easy but also quite enjoyable.

"I must be the strongest man in all the world!" thought the charcoal-burner, as he proudly resumed his way, "for Choggenmugger has been the terror of Regos since the world began, and I alone have been able to destroy the beast. Yet it is singular that never before did I discover how powerful a man I am."

"I must be the strongest man in the whole world!" thought the charcoal-burner as he proudly continued on his way, "because Choggenmugger has been the terror of Regos since forever, and I’m the only one who has been able to defeat the beast. Yet it's strange that I never realized how powerful I truly am before now."

He met no further adventure and at midday reached a little clearing in the forest where stood his humble cabin.

He didn't encounter any more adventures and reached a small clearing in the forest at noon, where his modest cabin stood.

"Great news! I have great news for you," he shouted, as his wife and little daughter came to greet him. "King Gos has been conquered by a boy Prince from the far island of Pingaree, and I have this day—unaided—destroyed Choggenmugger by the might of my strong arm."

"Awesome news! I have amazing news for you," he yelled, as his wife and little daughter came to welcome him. "King Gos has been defeated by a young prince from the distant island of Pingaree, and today—I did it all on my own—I took down Choggenmugger with the strength of my own arm."

This was, indeed, great news. They brought Nikobob into the house and set him in an easy chair and made him tell everything he knew about the Prince of Pingaree and the fat King of Gilgad, as well as the details of his wonderful fight with mighty Choggenmugger.

This was, actually, fantastic news. They brought Nikobob into the house, set him in a comfy chair, and urged him to share everything he knew about the Prince of Pingaree and the chubby King of Gilgad, as well as the details of his incredible battle with the powerful Choggenmugger.

"And now, my daughter," said the charcoal-burner, when all his news had been related for at least the third time, "here is a pretty present I have brought you from the city."

"And now, my daughter," said the charcoal burner, after sharing all his news for at least the third time, "here's a nice gift I brought you from the city."

With this he drew the shoes from the pocket of his coat and handed them to Zella, who gave him a dozen kisses in payment and was much pleased with her gift. The little girl had never worn shoes before, for her parents were too poor to buy her such luxuries, so now the possession of these, which were not much worn, filled the child's heart with joy. She admired the red leather and the graceful curl of the pointed toes. When she tried them on her feet, they fitted as well as if made for her.

With that, he pulled the shoes out of his coat pocket and handed them to Zella, who kissed him a dozen times in gratitude and was thrilled with her gift. The little girl had never worn shoes before because her parents were too poor to afford such luxuries, so having these, which were hardly worn, filled her heart with joy. She admired the red leather and the elegant curl of the pointed toes. When she tried them on, they fit her as if they were made just for her.

All the afternoon, as she helped her mother with the housework, Zella thought of her pretty shoes. They seemed more important to her than the coming to Regos of the conquering Prince of Pingaree, or even the death of Choggenmugger.

All afternoon, while she helped her mom with the housework, Zella kept thinking about her pretty shoes. They felt way more important to her than the arrival of the conquering Prince of Pingaree or even the death of Choggenmugger.

When Zella and her mother were not working in the cabin, cooking or sewing, they often searched the neighboring forest for honey which the wild bees cleverly hid in hollow trees. The day after Nikobob's return, as they were starting out after honey, Zella decided to put on her new shoes, as they would keep the twigs that covered the ground from hurting her feet. She was used to the twigs, of course, but what is the use of having nice, comfortable shoes, if you do not wear them?

When Zella and her mom weren’t busy in the cabin cooking or sewing, they often searched the nearby forest for honey that the wild bees cleverly hid in hollow trees. The day after Nikobob came back, as they were heading out to find honey, Zella decided to wear her new shoes since they would protect her feet from the twigs on the ground. She was used to the twigs, of course, but what's the point of having nice, comfy shoes if you don’t wear them?

So she danced along, very happily, followed by her mother, and presently they came to a tree in which was a deep hollow. Zella thrust her hand and arm into the space and found that the tree was full of honey, so she began to dig it out with a wooden paddle. Her mother, who held the pail, suddenly cried in warning:

So she danced along, feeling really happy, with her mother following her. Soon, they found a tree with a deep hollow in it. Zella reached her hand and arm into the space and discovered the tree was filled with honey, so she started to scoop it out with a wooden paddle. Her mother, who was holding the pail, suddenly shouted a warning:

"Look out, Zella; the bees are coming!" and then the good woman ran fast toward the house to escape.

"Watch out, Zella; the bees are coming!" and then the kind woman ran quickly toward the house to get away.

Zella, however, had no more than time to turn her head when a thick swarm of bees surrounded her, angry because they had caught her stealing their honey and intent on stinging the girl as a punishment. She knew her danger and expected to be badly injured by the multitude of stinging bees, but to her surprise the little creatures were unable to fly close enough to her to stick their dart-like stingers into her flesh. They swarmed about her in a dark cloud, and their angry buzzing was terrible to hear, yet the little girl remained unharmed.

Zella barely had time to turn her head when a thick swarm of bees surrounded her, angry because they caught her stealing their honey and determined to sting her as punishment. She knew she was in danger and feared she would be badly hurt by the swarm of stinging bees, but to her surprise, the little creatures couldn’t get close enough to actually sting her. They buzzed around her in a dark cloud, and their furious buzzing was terrifying to hear, yet the little girl stayed unharmed.

When she realized this, Zella was no longer afraid but continued to ladle out the honey until she had secured all that was in the tree. Then she returned to the cabin, where her mother was weeping and bemoaning the fate of her darling child, and the good woman was greatly astonished to find Zella had escaped injury.

When Zella realized this, she was no longer scared but kept scooping out the honey until she had taken all that was in the tree. Then she went back to the cabin, where her mom was crying and mourning the fate of her beloved child, and the kind woman was really surprised to see that Zella had come back unharmed.

Again they went to the woods to search for honey, and although the mother always ran away whenever the bees came near them, Zella paid no attention to the creatures but kept at her work, so that before supper time came the pails were again filled to overflowing with delicious honey.

Again they went to the woods to look for honey, and even though their mom always ran away whenever the bees got close, Zella ignored the insects and kept working. By the time supper came, the pails were once again filled to the brim with delicious honey.

"With such good fortune as we have had this day," said her mother, "we shall soon gather enough honey for you to carry to Queen Cor." For it seems the wicked Queen was very fond of honey and it had been Zella's custom to go, once every year, to the City of Coregos, to carry the Queen a supply of sweet honey for her table. Usually she had but one pail.

"With the amazing luck we've had today," her mother said, "we'll soon have enough honey for you to take to Queen Cor." It turned out that the wicked Queen was really into honey, and Zella had always made it a tradition to go to the City of Coregos once a year to bring the Queen some sweet honey for her table. Normally, she only had one pail.

"But now," said Zella, "I shall be able to carry two pailsful to the Queen, who will, I am sure, give me a good price for it."

"But now," Zella said, "I can carry two full buckets to the Queen, who I’m sure will give me a good price for it."

"True," answered her mother, "and, as the boy Prince may take it into his head to conquer Coregos, as well as Regos, I think it best for you to start on your journey to Queen Cor to-morrow morning. Do you not agree with me, Nikobob?" she added, turning to her husband, the charcoal-burner, who was eating his supper.

"That's true," her mother replied, "and since the boy Prince might decide to conquer Coregos as well as Regos, I think it's best for you to begin your journey to Queen Cor tomorrow morning. Don't you agree, Nikobob?" she added, looking at her husband, the charcoal-burner, who was having his dinner.

"I agree with you," he replied. "If Zella must go to the City of Coregos, she may as well start to-morrow morning."

"I agree with you," he said. "If Zella has to go to the City of Coregos, she might as well start tomorrow morning."


The Cunning of Queen Cor

CHAPTER 10

You may be sure the Queen of Coregos was not well pleased to have King Gos and all his warriors living in her city after they had fled from their own. They were savage natured and quarrelsome men at all times, and their tempers had not improved since their conquest by the Prince of Pingaree. Moreover, they were eating up Queen Cor's provisions and crowding the houses of her own people, who grumbled and complained until their Queen was heartily tired.

You can be sure that the Queen of Coregos was not happy about having King Gos and all his warriors living in her city after they had fled from their own. They were always aggressive and argumentative, and their tempers had only gotten worse since being defeated by the Prince of Pingaree. On top of that, they were consuming Queen Cor’s supplies and overcrowding the homes of her own people, who grumbled and complained until their Queen was thoroughly exhausted.

"Shame on you!" she said to her husband, King Gos, "to be driven out of your city by a boy, a roly-poly King and a billy goat! Why do you not go back and fight them?"

"Shame on you!" she said to her husband, King Gos, "to be chased out of your city by a kid, a chubby King, and a billy goat! Why don't you go back and confront them?"

"No human can fight against the powers of magic," returned the King in a surly voice. "That boy is either a fairy or under the protection of fairies. We escaped with our lives only because we were quick to run away; but, should we return to Regos, the same terrible power that burst open the city gates would crush us all to atoms."

"No human can stand up to the powers of magic," the King replied gruffly. "That boy is either a fairy or protected by fairies. We only got away with our lives because we were quick to run; but if we go back to Regos, the same horrible force that broke open the city gates would turn us to dust."

"Bah! you are a coward," cried the Queen, tauntingly.

"Bah! You're such a coward," the Queen said mockingly.

"I am not a coward," said the big King. "I have killed in battle scores of my enemies; by the might of my sword and my good right arm I have conquered many nations; all my life people have feared me. But no one would dare face the tremendous power of the Prince of Pingaree, boy though he is. It would not be courage, it would be folly, to attempt it."

"I’m not a coward," said the big King. "I’ve killed loads of my enemies in battle; with my sword and strong right arm, I’ve conquered many nations. My whole life, people have been afraid of me. But no one would dare challenge the amazing power of the Prince of Pingaree, even though he’s just a boy. It wouldn’t be courage; it would be foolishness to try."

"Then meet his power with cunning," suggested the Queen. "Take my advice, and steal over to Regos at night, when it is dark, and capture or destroy the boy while he sleeps."

"Then counter his strength with cleverness," the Queen advised. "Follow my suggestion, and sneak over to Regos at night, when it’s dark, and capture or take out the boy while he sleeps."

"No weapon can touch his body," was the answer. "He bears a charmed life and cannot be injured."

"No weapon can harm him," was the reply. "He has a charmed life and can't be hurt."

"Does the fat King possess magic powers, or the goat?" inquired Cor.

"Does the fat King have magical powers, or is it the goat?" Cor asked.

"I think not," said Gos. "We could not injure them, indeed, any more than we could the boy, but they did not seem to have any unusual strength, although the goat's head is harder than a battering-ram."

"I don't think so," said Gos. "We couldn't hurt them any more than we could the boy, but they didn't seem to have any special strength, even though the goat's head is tougher than a battering ram."

"Well," mused the Queen, "there is surely some way to conquer that slight boy. If you are afraid to undertake the job, I shall go myself. By some strategem I shall manage to make him my prisoner. He will not dare to defy a Queen and no magic can stand against a woman's cunning."

"Well," thought the Queen, "there's definitely a way to overpower that little boy. If you're too scared to take it on, I'll do it myself. With some clever plan, I'll figure out how to capture him. He won't dare to challenge a Queen, and no magic can outsmart a woman's wit."

"Go ahead, if you like," replied the King, with an evil grin, "and if you are hung up by the thumbs or cast into a dungeon, it will serve you right for thinking you can succeed where a skilled warrior dares not make the attempt."

"Go for it, if that's what you want," replied the King, smirking wickedly. "And if you end up being suspended by your thumbs or thrown into a dungeon, it'll be your own fault for thinking you can succeed where even a skilled warrior wouldn't dare try."

"I'm not afraid," answered the Queen. "It is only soldiers and bullies who are cowards."

"I'm not scared," replied the Queen. "Only soldiers and bullies are cowards."

In spite of this assertion, Queen Cor was not so brave as she was cunning. For several days she thought over this plan and that, and tried to decide which was most likely to succeed. She had never seen the boy Prince but had heard so many tales of him from the defeated warriors, and especially from Captain Buzzub, that she had learned to respect his power.

Despite this claim, Queen Cor was more cunning than courageous. For several days, she considered various plans and tried to figure out which one was most likely to succeed. She had never seen the boy Prince, but she had heard so many stories about him from the defeated warriors, especially from Captain Buzzub, that she had come to respect his strength.

Spurred on by the knowledge that she would never get rid of her unwelcome guests until Prince Inga was overcome and Regos regained for King Gos, the Queen of Coregos finally decided to trust to luck and her native wit to defeat a simple-minded boy, however powerful he might be. Inga could not suspect what she was going to do, because she did not know herself. She intended to act boldly and trust to chance to win.

Driven by the realization that she wouldn’t be free of her unwanted guests until Prince Inga was defeated and Regos was reclaimed for King Gos, the Queen of Coregos ultimately decided to rely on luck and her own cleverness to outsmart a simple-minded boy, no matter how powerful he might be. Inga couldn’t suspect her plans because she was still uncertain about them herself. She planned to act decisively and let chance guide her to victory.

It is evident that had the cunning Queen known that Inga had lost all his magic, she would not have devoted so much time to the simple matter of capturing him, but like all others she was impressed by the marvelous exhibition of power he had shown in capturing Regos, and had no reason to believe the boy was less powerful now.

It’s clear that if the clever Queen had known that Inga had lost all his magic, she wouldn't have spent so much time on the straightforward task of capturing him. Like everyone else, she was impressed by the amazing display of power he had demonstrated in capturing Regos, and she had no reason to think the boy was any less powerful now.

One morning Queen Cor boldly entered a boat, and, taking four men with her as an escort and bodyguard, was rowed across the narrow channel to Regos. Prince Inga was sitting in the palace playing checkers with King Rinkitink when a servant came to him, saying that Queen Cor had arrived and desired an audience with him.

One morning, Queen Cor confidently got into a boat, and with four men as her escort and bodyguard, was rowed across the narrow channel to Regos. Prince Inga was at the palace playing checkers with King Rinkitink when a servant approached him, saying that Queen Cor had arrived and wanted to see him.

With many misgivings lest the wicked Queen discover that he had now lost his magic powers, the boy ordered her to be admitted, and she soon entered the room and bowed low before him, in mock respect.

With a lot of hesitation about the wicked Queen finding out that he had lost his magic powers, the boy told them to let her in, and she quickly entered the room and bowed deeply before him, pretending to show respect.

Cor was a big woman, almost as tall as King Gos. She had flashing black eyes and the dark complexion you see on gypsies. Her temper, when irritated, was something dreadful, and her face wore an evil expression which she tried to cover by smiling sweetly—often when she meant the most mischief.

Cor was a tall woman, almost as tall as King Gos. She had bright black eyes and the dark skin typical of gypsies. When she was irritated, her temper was terrible, and her face often had a wicked look that she tried to hide with a sweet smile—usually when she was up to no good.

"I have come," said she in a low voice, "to render homage to the noble Prince of Pingaree. I am told that Your Highness is the strongest person in the world, and invincible in battle, and therefore I wish you to become my friend, rather than my enemy."

"I've come," she said softly, "to pay my respects to the noble Prince of Pingaree. I've heard that you're the strongest person in the world and unbeatable in battle, so I hope you'll be my friend instead of my enemy."

Now Inga did not know how to reply to this speech. He disliked the appearance of the woman and was afraid of her and he was unused to deception and did not know how to mask his real feelings. So he took time to think over his answer, Which he finally made in these words:

Now Inga didn't know how to respond to this speech. He found the woman off-putting and was scared of her. He wasn't used to lying and didn’t know how to hide his true feelings. So he took a moment to think over his answer, which he finally expressed in these words:

"I have no quarrel with Your Majesty, and my only reason for coming here is to liberate my father and mother, and my people, whom you and your husband have made your slaves, and to recover the goods King Gos has plundered from the Island of Pingaree. This I hope soon to accomplish, and if you really wish to be my friend, you can assist me greatly."

"I have no issues with you, Your Majesty. The only reason I've come here is to free my parents and my people, who you and your husband have turned into your slaves, and to get back the treasures King Gos has taken from the Island of Pingaree. I hope to achieve this soon, and if you truly want to be my ally, you can help me a lot."

While he was speaking Queen Cor had been studying the boy's face stealthily, from the corners of her eyes, and she said to herself: "He is so small and innocent that I believe I can capture him alone, and with ease. He does not seem very terrible and I suspect that King Gos and his warriors were frightened at nothing." Then, aloud, she said to Inga:

While he was talking, Queen Cor had been quietly observing the boy's face out of the corner of her eye, and she thought to herself: "He looks so small and innocent that I feel like I could easily capture him all by myself. He doesn’t seem very intimidating, and I think King Gos and his warriors were scared for no reason." Then, she spoke to Inga:

"I wish to invite you, mighty Prince, and your friend, the great King of Gilgad, to visit my poor palace at Coregos, where all my people shall do you honor. Will you come?"

"I’d like to invite you, noble Prince, and your friend, the great King of Gilgad, to visit my humble palace in Coregos, where all my people will honor you. Will you come?"

"At present," replied Inga, uneasily, "I must refuse your kind invitation."

"Right now," Inga replied, feeling uneasy, "I have to decline your generous invitation."

"There will be feasting, and dancing girls, and games and fireworks," said the Queen, speaking as if eager to entice him and at each word coming a step nearer to where he stood.

"There will be a feast, dancing girls, games, and fireworks," said the Queen, speaking as if she wanted to draw him in, taking a step closer with each word she said.

"I could not enjoy them while my poor parents are slaves," said the boy, sadly.

"I can't enjoy them while my poor parents are slaves," the boy said, sadly.

"Are you sure of that?" asked Queen Cor, and by that time she was close beside Inga. Suddenly she leaned forward and threw both of her long arms around Inga's body, holding him in a grasp that was like a vise.

"Are you sure about that?" asked Queen Cor, now standing right next to Inga. Suddenly, she leaned in and wrapped both of her long arms around Inga's body, holding him in a grip that felt like a vise.

Now Rinkitink sprang forward to rescue his friend, but Cor kicked out viciously with her foot and struck the King squarely on his stomach—a very tender place to be kicked, especially if one is fat. Then, still hugging Inga tightly, the Queen called aloud:

Now Rinkitink jumped forward to save his friend, but Cor kicked out angrily with her foot and hit the King right in the stomach—a very sensitive area to be kicked, especially if you’re overweight. Then, still holding Inga tightly, the Queen shouted:

"I've got him! Bring in the ropes."

"I've got him! Bring the ropes in."

Instantly the four men she had brought with her sprang into the room and bound the boy hand and foot. Next they seized Rinkitink, who was still rubbing his stomach, and bound him likewise.

Instantly, the four men she had brought with her burst into the room and tied up the boy hand and foot. Then they grabbed Rinkitink, who was still rubbing his stomach, and tied him up too.

With a laugh of wicked triumph, Queen Cor now led her captives down to the boat and returned with them to Coregos.

With a laugh of wicked triumph, Queen Cor now led her captives down to the boat and returned with them to Coregos.

Great was the astonishment of King Gos and his warriors when they saw that the mighty Prince of Pingaree, who had put them all to flight, had been captured by a woman. Cowards as they were, they now crowded around the boy and jeered at him, and some of them would have struck him had not the Queen cried out:

Great was the amazement of King Gos and his warriors when they saw that the powerful Prince of Pingaree, who had defeated them all, had been captured by a woman. Cowards as they were, they now surrounded the boy and mocked him, and some of them would have hit him if the Queen hadn't shouted:

"Hands off! He is my prisoner, remember—not yours."

"Hands off! He's my prisoner, remember—not yours."

"Well, Cor, what are you going to do with him?" inquired King Gos.

"Well, Cor, what are you going to do with him?" asked King Gos.

"I shall make him my slave, that he may amuse my idle hours. For he is a pretty boy, and gentle, although he did frighten all of you big warriors so terribly."

"I will make him my slave so he can entertain me during my free time. He’s a cute guy and kind, even though he scared all of you big warriors so badly."

The King scowled at this speech, not liking to be ridiculed, but he said nothing more. He and his men returned that same day to Regos, after restoring the bridge of boats. And they held a wild carnival of rejoicing, both in the King's palace and in the city, although the poor people of Regos who were not warriors were all sorry that the kind young Prince had been captured by his enemies and could rule them no longer.

The King frowned at what he heard, not enjoying being mocked, but he said nothing more. He and his men went back to Regos that same day after fixing the bridge of boats. They threw a huge celebration, both in the King’s palace and around the city, even though the ordinary people of Regos, who weren’t warriors, were all upset that the kind young Prince had been taken by his enemies and could no longer lead them.

When her unwelcome guests had all gone back to Regos and the Queen was alone in her palace, she ordered Inga and Rinkitink brought before her and their bonds removed. They came sadly enough, knowing they were in serious straits and at the mercy of a cruel mistress. Inga had taken counsel of the White Pearl, which had advised him to bear up bravely under his misfortune, promising a change for the better very soon. With this promise to comfort him, Inga faced the Queen with a dignified bearing that indicated both pride and courage.

When her unwanted guests had all returned to Regos and the Queen was alone in her palace, she ordered Inga and Rinkitink to be brought before her and their bonds to be removed. They came in a sad state, knowing they were in serious trouble and at the mercy of a cruel ruler. Inga had sought advice from the White Pearl, which had encouraged him to stay strong in the face of his misfortune, promising that things would improve very soon. With this promise to comfort him, Inga faced the Queen with a dignified presence that showed both pride and bravery.

"Well, youngster," said she, in a cheerful tone because she was pleased with her success, "you played a clever trick on my poor husband and frightened him badly, but for that prank I am inclined to forgive you. Hereafter I intend you to be my page, which means that you must fetch and carry for me at my will. And let me advise you to obey my every whim without question or delay, for when I am angry I become ugly, and when I am ugly someone is sure to feel the lash. Do you understand me?"

"Well, kid," she said cheerfully, pleased with her success, "you pulled a clever trick on my poor husband and really scared him, but because of that prank, I'm willing to forgive you. From now on, I want you to be my page, which means you’ll have to run errands for me whenever I ask. And let me give you some advice: obey my every whim without question or delay, because when I get angry, I can be terrible, and when I’m terrible, someone is definitely going to feel my wrath. Do you understand?"

Inga bowed, but made no answer. Then she turned to Rinkitink and said:

Inga bowed but didn’t reply. Then she turned to Rinkitink and said:

"As for you, I cannot decide how to make you useful to me, as you are altogether too fat and awkward to work in the fields. It may be, however, that I can use you as a pincushion."

"As for you, I can’t figure out how to make you helpful to me since you’re way too fat and clumsy to work in the fields. Maybe I can use you as a pincushion."

"What!" cried Rinkitink in horror, "would you stick pins into the King of Gilgad?"

"What!" Rinkitink exclaimed in shock, "would you really poke pins into the King of Gilgad?"

"Why not?" returned Queen Cor. "You are as fat as a pincushion, as you must yourself admit, and whenever I needed a pin I could call you to me." Then she laughed at his frightened look and asked: "By the way, are you ticklish?"

"Why not?" said Queen Cor. "You’re as fat as a pincushion, as you have to admit, and whenever I needed a pin, I could just call you." Then she laughed at his scared expression and asked, "By the way, are you ticklish?"

This was the question Rinkitink had been dreading. He gave a moan of despair and shook his head.

This was the question Rinkitink had been worried about. He let out a sound of despair and shook his head.

"I should love to tickle the bottom of your feet with a feather," continued the cruel woman. "Please take off your shoes."

"I would love to tickle the bottom of your feet with a feather," the cruel woman continued. "Please take off your shoes."

"Oh, your Majesty!" pleaded poor Rinkitink, "I beg you to allow me to amuse you in some other way. I can dance, or I can sing you a song."

"Oh, your Majesty!" pleaded poor Rinkitink, "Please let me entertain you in a different way. I can dance, or I can sing a song for you."

"Well," she answered, shaking with laughter, "you may sing a song—if it be a merry one. But you do not seem in a merry mood."

"Well," she replied, laughing uncontrollably, "you can sing a song—if it's a cheerful one. But you don't seem to be in a cheerful mood."

"I feel merry—indeed, Your Majesty, I do!" protested Rinkitink, anxious to escape the tickling. But even as he professed to "feel merry" his round, red face wore an expression of horror and anxiety that was really comical.

"I feel happy—really, Your Majesty, I do!" protested Rinkitink, eager to get away from the tickling. But even as he claimed to "feel happy," his round, red face showed a look of fear and stress that was actually pretty funny.

"Sing, then!" commanded Queen Cor, who was greatly amused.

"Sing, then!" ordered Queen Cor, who found it highly entertaining.

Rinkitink gave a sigh of relief and after clearing his throat and trying to repress his sobs he began to sing this song—gently, at first, but finally roaring it out at the top of his voice:

Rinkitink sighed with relief and, after clearing his throat and trying to hold back his tears, he started to sing this song—softly at first, but eventually bellowing it at the top of his lungs:

"Oh!
There was a Baby Tiger lived in a men-ag-er-ie—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—they wouldn't set him free;
And ev'rybody thought that he was gentle as could be—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—Ba-by Ti-ger!

"Oh!
They patted him upon his head and shook him by the paw—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—he had a bone to gnaw;
But soon he grew the biggest Tiger that you ever saw—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—what a Ti-ger!

"Oh!
One day they came to pet the brute and he began to fight—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—how he did scratch and bite!
He broke the cage and in a rage he darted out of sight—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy was a Ti-ger!"

"Oh!
There was a baby tiger living in a zoo—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—they wouldn't release him;
And everyone thought he was as gentle as can be—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—Baby Tiger!

"Oh!
They patted him on the head and shook his paw—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—he had something to talk about;
But soon he grew into the biggest tiger you ever saw—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—what a tiger!

"Oh!
One day they came to pet him and he started to fight—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy—how he scratched and bit!
He broke out of his cage and in a rage he disappeared—
Fizzy-fezzy-fuzzy was a Tiger!

"And is there a moral to the song?" asked Queen Cor, when King Rinkitink had finished his song with great spirit.

"And is there a lesson in the song?" asked Queen Cor, when King Rinkitink had finished his song with great enthusiasm.

"If there is," replied Rinkitink, "it is a warning not to fool with tigers."

"If there is," replied Rinkitink, "it's a warning not to mess with tigers."

The little Prince could not help smiling at this shrewd answer, but Queen Cor frowned and gave the King a sharp look.

The Little Prince couldn't help but smile at this clever reply, but Queen Cor frowned and shot the King a hard glance.

"Oh," said she; "I think I know the difference between a tiger and a lapdog. But I'll bear the warning in mind, just the same."

“Oh,” she said, “I think I know the difference between a tiger and a lapdog. But I’ll keep the warning in mind, just the same.”

For, after all her success in capturing them, she was a little afraid of these people who had once displayed such extraordinary powers.

For, after all her success in capturing them, she felt a bit afraid of these people who had once shown such incredible powers.


Zella Goes to Coregos

CHAPTER 11

The forest in which Nikobob lived with his wife and daughter stood between the mountains and the City of Regos, and a well-beaten path wound among the trees, leading from the city to the mines. This path was used by the King's messengers, and captured prisoners were also sent by this way from Regos to work in the underground caverns.

The forest where Nikobob lived with his wife and daughter was situated between the mountains and the City of Regos, with a well-traveled path winding through the trees, connecting the city to the mines. This path was used by the King's messengers, and captured prisoners were also taken this way from Regos to work in the underground caverns.

Nikobob had built his cabin more than a mile away from this path, that he might not be molested by the wild and lawless soldiers of King Gos, but the family of the charcoal-burner was surrounded by many creatures scarcely less dangerous to encounter, and often in the night they could hear savage animals growling and prowling about the cabin. Because Nikobob minded his own business and never hunted the wild creatures to injure them, the beasts had come to regard him as one of the natural dwellers in the forest and did not molest him or his family. Still, Zella and her mother seldom wandered far from home, except on such errands as carrying honey to Coregos, and at these times Nikobob cautioned them to be very careful.

Nikobob had built his cabin more than a mile away from the main path to avoid being bothered by the wild and unruly soldiers of King Gos. However, his family, who made charcoal, was surrounded by many other creatures that were just as dangerous, and often at night they could hear fierce animals growling and stalking around the cabin. Because Nikobob kept to himself and never hunted the wild creatures to harm them, the animals came to see him as a natural part of the forest and didn't bother him or his family. Still, Zella and her mother rarely ventured far from home, except to run errands like delivering honey to Coregos, and during those times, Nikobob warned them to be extra careful.

So when Zella set out on her journey to Queen Cor, with the two pails of honey in her hands, she was undertaking a dangerous adventure and there was no certainty that she would return safely to her loving parents. But they were poor, and Queen Cor's money, which they expected to receive for the honey, would enable them to purchase many things that were needed; so it was deemed best that Zella should go. She was a brave little girl and poor people are often obliged to take chances that rich ones are spared.

So when Zella set out on her journey to Queen Cor, with two pails of honey in her hands, she was embarking on a risky adventure, and there was no guarantee she would return safely to her loving parents. But they were poor, and the money from Queen Cor that they expected to receive for the honey would allow them to buy many necessary things; so it was decided that Zella should go. She was a brave little girl, and people who are poor often have to take risks that those who are wealthy can avoid.

A passing woodchopper had brought news to Nikobob's cabin that Queen Cor had made a prisoner of the conquering Prince of Pingaree and that Gos and his warriors were again back in their city of Regos; but these struggles and conquests were matters which, however interesting, did not concern the poor charcoal-burner or his family. They were more anxious over the report that the warriors had become more reckless than ever before, and delighted in annoying all the common people; so Zella was told to keep away from the beaten path as much as possible, that she might not encounter any of the King's soldiers.

A passing woodcutter brought news to Nikobob's cabin that Queen Cor had captured the victorious Prince of Pingaree and that Gos and his warriors were back in their city of Regos. But these battles and victories were issues that, no matter how interesting, didn't concern the poor charcoal-burner or his family. They were more worried about the report that the warriors had become more reckless than ever and enjoyed bothering all the common people. So, Zella was advised to stay away from the beaten path as much as possible to avoid running into any of the King's soldiers.

"When it is necessary to choose between the warriors and the wild beasts," said Nikobob, "the beasts will be found the more merciful."

"When you have to choose between the warriors and the wild beasts," said Nikobob, "the beasts will turn out to be the more merciful."

The little girl had put on her best attire for the journey and her mother threw a blue silk shawl over her head and shoulders. Upon her feet were the pretty red shoes her father had brought her from Regos. Thus prepared, she kissed her parents good-bye and started out with a light heart, carrying the pails of honey in either hand.

The little girl had dressed in her best outfit for the trip, and her mother draped a blue silk shawl over her head and shoulders. On her feet were the cute red shoes her father had brought her from Regos. All set, she kissed her parents goodbye and set off with a cheerful spirit, carrying pails of honey in each hand.

It was necessary for Zella to cross the path that led from the mines to the city, but once on the other side she was not likely to meet with anyone, for she had resolved to cut through the forest and so reach the bridge of boats without entering the City of Regos, where she might be interrupted. For an hour or two she found the walking easy enough, but then the forest, which in this part was unknown to her, became badly tangled. The trees were thicker and creeping vines intertwined between them. She had to turn this way and that to get through at all, and finally she came to a place where a network of vines and branches effectually barred her farther progress.

Zella needed to cross the path from the mines to the city, but once she got to the other side, she was unlikely to run into anyone. She had decided to cut through the forest to reach the boat bridge without going into the City of Regos, where she could be interrupted. For an hour or two, the walking was pretty easy, but then the forest, which was unfamiliar to her in this area, became a confusing mess. The trees were thicker, and creeping vines tangled between them. She had to twist and turn to get through, and eventually, she arrived at a spot where a tangle of vines and branches completely blocked her way.

Zella was dismayed, at first, when she encountered this obstacle, but setting down her pails she made an endeavor to push the branches aside. At her touch they parted as if by magic, breaking asunder like dried twigs, and she found she could pass freely. At another place a great log had fallen across her way, but the little girl lifted it easily and cast it aside, although six ordinary men could scarcely have moved it.

Zella was upset at first when she came across this barrier, but after putting down her buckets, she tried to push the branches aside. To her surprise, they parted easily, breaking apart like dry twigs, and she discovered she could get through without any trouble. In another spot, a huge log had fallen in her path, but the little girl lifted it effortlessly and tossed it aside, even though six regular men would have struggled to move it.

The child was somewhat worried at this evidence of a strength she had heretofore been ignorant that she possessed. In order to satisfy herself that it was no delusion, she tested her new-found power in many ways, finding that nothing was too big nor too heavy for her to lift. And, naturally enough, the girl gained courage from these experiments and became confident that she could protect herself in any emergency. When, presently, a wild boar ran toward her, grunting horribly and threatening her with its great tusks, she did not climb a tree to escape, as she had always done before on meeting such creatures, but stood still and faced the boar. When it had come quite close and Zella saw that it could not injure her—a fact that astonished both the beast and the girl—she suddenly reached down and seizing it by one ear threw the great beast far off amongst the trees, where it fell headlong to the earth, grunting louder than ever with surprise and fear.

The child was a bit worried about this newfound strength she didn’t realize she had. To confirm it wasn’t just a trick of her mind, she tested her new power in various ways, discovering that nothing was too big or heavy for her to lift. Naturally, she gained confidence from these experiments and believed she could protect herself in any situation. When a wild boar charged at her, grunting fiercely and threatening her with its sharp tusks, she didn’t climb a tree to escape as she had always done before; instead, she stood her ground and faced the boar. When it got close enough for Zella to see it couldn’t harm her—a realization that surprised both her and the beast—she suddenly reached down, grabbed it by one ear, and flung the massive creature deep into the trees, where it fell to the ground, grunting louder than ever in shock and fear.

The girl laughed merrily at this incident and, picking up her pails, resumed her journey through the forest. It is not recorded whether the wild boar told his adventure to the other beasts or they had happened to witness his defeat, but certain it is that Zella was not again molested. A brown bear watched her pass without making any movement in her direction and a great puma—a beast much dreaded by all men—crept out of her path as she approached, and disappeared among the trees.

The girl laughed joyfully at this incident and, picking up her buckets, continued her journey through the forest. It’s not known if the wild boar told his story to the other animals or if they happened to see him get beaten, but one thing is certain: Zella was not bothered again. A brown bear watched her go by without making any move toward her, and a large puma—a creature feared by everyone—slipped out of her way as she got closer and vanished among the trees.

Thus everything favored the girl's journey and she made such good speed that by noon she emerged from the forest's edge and found she was quite near to the bridge of boats that led to Coregos. This she crossed safely and without meeting any of the rude warriors she so greatly feared, and five minutes later the daughter of the charcoal-burner was seeking admittance at the back door of Queen Cor's palace.

Thus everything was on the girl's side during her journey, and she made such good time that by noon she came out from the edge of the forest and realized she was quite close to the boat bridge that led to Coregos. She crossed it safely and didn’t encounter any of the rough warriors she feared so much, and five minutes later, the daughter of the charcoal-burner was knocking at the back door of Queen Cor's palace.


The Excitement of Bilbil the Goat

CHAPTER 12

Our story must now return to one of our characters whom we have been forced to neglect. The temper of Bilbil the goat was not sweet under any circumstances, and whenever he had a grievance he was inclined to be quite grumpy. So, when his master settled down in the palace of King Gos for a quiet life with the boy Prince, and passed his time in playing checkers and eating and otherwise enjoying himself, he had no use whatever for Bilbil, and shut the goat in an upstairs room to prevent his wandering through the city and quarreling with the citizens. But this Bilbil did not like at all. He became very cross and disagreeable at being left alone and he did not speak nicely to the servants who came to bring him food; therefore those people decided not to wait upon him any more, resenting his conversation and not liking to be scolded by a lean, scraggly goat, even though it belonged to a conqueror. The servants kept away from the room and Bilbil grew more hungry and more angry every hour. He tried to eat the rugs and ornaments, but found them not at all nourishing. There was no grass to be had unless he escaped from the palace.

Our story now shifts back to one of the characters we've overlooked. Bilbil the goat had a pretty sour attitude at the best of times, and whenever he felt wronged, he would get really grumpy. So, when his master moved into King Gos’s palace for a laid-back life with the young Prince, spending his days playing checkers, eating, and enjoying himself, he had no time for Bilbil. He locked the goat in an upstairs room to keep him from roaming the city and causing trouble with the locals. Bilbil didn’t like this one bit. He grew increasingly upset at being left alone and wasn’t very nice to the servants who came to feed him; as a result, they decided to stop serving him. They didn’t appreciate his attitude and didn’t want to be scolded by a thin, scraggly goat, no matter that he belonged to a conqueror. The servants started avoiding the room, and Bilbil became hungrier and angrier with each passing hour. He tried to gnaw on the rugs and decorations but found them completely unappetizing. There was no grass available unless he could escape the palace.

When Queen Cor came to capture Inga and Rinkitink, both the prisoners were so filled with despair at their own misfortune that they gave no thought whatever to the goat, who was left in his room. Nor did Bilbil know anything of the changed fortunes of his comrades until he heard shouts and boisterous laughter in the courtyard below. Looking out of a window, with the intention of rebuking those who dared thus to disturb him, Bilbil saw the courtyard quite filled with warriors and knew from this that the palace had in some way again fallen into the hands of the enemy.

When Queen Cor showed up to capture Inga and Rinkitink, both of them were so overwhelmed by their own bad luck that they didn’t even think about the goat, who was left in his room. Bilbil was also unaware of the changed situation of his friends until he heard shouting and loud laughter in the courtyard below. Looking out of a window, intending to scold those who dared to disturb him, Bilbil saw that the courtyard was completely filled with warriors and realized from this that the palace had somehow fallen back into enemy hands.

Now, although Bilbil was often exceedingly disagreeable to King Rinkitink, as well as to the Prince, and sometimes used harsh words in addressing them, he was intelligent enough to know them to be his friends, and to know that King Gos and his people were his foes. In sudden anger, provoked by the sight of the warriors and the knowledge that he was in the power of the dangerous men of Regos, Bilbil butted his head against the door of his room and burst it open. Then he ran to the head of the staircase and saw King Gos coming up the stairs followed by a long line of his chief captains and warriors.

Now, even though Bilbil was often really unpleasant to King Rinkitink and the Prince, and sometimes spoke harshly to them, he was smart enough to recognize them as his friends and understand that King Gos and his people were his enemies. In a fit of rage, triggered by the sight of the warriors and the realization that he was at the mercy of the dangerous men from Regos, Bilbil slammed his head against the door of his room and broke it open. Then he dashed to the top of the staircase and saw King Gos coming up the stairs, followed by a long line of his top captains and warriors.

The goat lowered his head, trembling with rage and excitement, and just as the King reached the top stair the animal dashed forward and butted His Majesty so fiercely that the big and powerful King, who did not expect an attack, doubled up and tumbled backward. His great weight knocked over the man just behind him and he in turn struck the next warrior and upset him, so that in an instant the whole line of Bilbil's foes was tumbling heels over head to the bottom of the stairs, where they piled up in a heap, struggling and shouting and in the mix-up hitting one another with their fists, until every man of them was bruised and sore.

The goat lowered its head, shaking with anger and excitement, and just as the King reached the top step, the animal charged forward and butted His Majesty so hard that the large and powerful King, who didn’t see the attack coming, doubled over and fell backward. His massive weight knocked over the man right behind him, who then collided with the next warrior, causing him to topple as well. In an instant, the entire line of Bilbil's enemies was tumbling head over heels down the stairs, where they piled up in a heap, struggling and shouting, and in the chaos, hitting each other with their fists until every single one of them was bruised and sore.

Finally King Gos scrambled out of the heap and rushed up the stairs again, very angry indeed. Bilbil was ready for him and a second time butted the King down the stairs; but now the goat also lost his balance and followed the King, landing full upon the confused heap of soldiers. Then he kicked out so viciously with his heels that he soon freed himself and dashed out of the doorway of the palace.

Finally, King Gos scrambled out of the pile and rushed back up the stairs, very angry. Bilbil was ready for him and butted the King down the stairs again; but this time, the goat lost his balance too and followed the King, landing right on the confused group of soldiers. Then he kicked out so fiercely with his heels that he quickly freed himself and dashed out of the palace doorway.

"Stop him!" cried King Gos, running after.

"Stop him!" yelled King Gos, chasing after.

But the goat was now so wild and excited that it was not safe for anyone to stand in his way. None of the men were armed and when one or two tried to head off the goat, Bilbil sent them sprawling upon the ground. Most of the warriors, however, were wise enough not to attempt to interfere with his flight.

But the goat was now so wild and agitated that it wasn’t safe for anyone to get in its way. None of the men were armed, and when one or two tried to block the goat, Bilbil sent them tumbling to the ground. However, most of the warriors were smart enough not to try to stop its escape.

Coursing down the street, Bilbil found himself approaching the bridge of boats and without pausing to think where it might lead him he crossed over and proceeded on his way. A few moments later a great stone building blocked his path. It was the palace of Queen Cor, and seeing the gates of the courtyard standing wide open, Bilbil rushed through them without slackening his speed.

Coursing down the street, Bilbil found himself getting closer to the bridge of boats and without stopping to consider where it might lead him, he crossed over and kept going. A moment later, a huge stone building blocked his path. It was the palace of Queen Cor, and seeing the courtyard gates wide open, Bilbil hurried through them without slowing down.


Zella Saves the Prince

CHAPTER 13

The wicked Queen of Coregos was in a very bad humor this morning, for one of her slave drivers had come from the fields to say that a number of slaves had rebelled and would not work.

The evil Queen of Coregos was in a terrible mood this morning because one of her overseers had come from the fields to report that several slaves had revolted and refused to work.

"Bring them here to me!" she cried savagely. "A good whipping may make them change their minds."

"Bring them here to me!" she shouted fiercely. "A good spanking might make them rethink their decision."

So the slave driver went to fetch the rebellious ones and Queen Cor sat down to eat her breakfast, an ugly look on her face.

So the taskmaster went to get the rebellious ones, and Queen Cor sat down to eat her breakfast, a scowl on her face.

Prince Inga had been ordered to stand behind his new mistress with a big fan of peacock's feathers, but he was so unused to such service that he awkwardly brushed her ear with the fan. At once she flew into a terrible rage and slapped the Prince twice with her hand—blows that tingled, too, for her hand was big and hard and she was not inclined to be gentle. Inga took the blows without shrinking or uttering a cry, although they stung his pride far more than his body. But King Rinkitink, who was acting as the queen's butler and had just brought in her coffee, was so startled at seeing the young Prince punished that he tipped over the urn and the hot coffee streamed across the lap of the Queen's best morning gown.

Prince Inga had been instructed to stand behind his new mistress with a large peacock feather fan, but he was so unfamiliar with this role that he awkwardly brushed her ear with the fan. Immediately, she flew into a furious rage and slapped the Prince twice with her hand—hits that stung, too, because her hand was large and strong and she wasn’t one to be gentle. Inga endured the strikes without flinching or crying out, even though they hurt his pride much more than his body. But King Rinkitink, who was serving as the queen's butler and had just brought in her coffee, was so shocked to see the young Prince being punished that he knocked over the urn and the hot coffee spilled all over the Queen's best morning gown.

Cor sprang from her seat with a scream of anger and poor Rinkitink would doubtless have been given a terrible beating had not the slave driver returned at this moment and attracted the woman's attention. The overseer had brought with him all of the women slaves from Pingaree, who had been loaded down with chains and were so weak and ill they could scarcely walk, much less work in the fields.

Cor jumped up yelling in anger, and poor Rinkitink would have probably received a severe beating if the slave driver hadn't come back just then and grabbed the woman's attention. The overseer had brought all the female slaves from Pingaree, who were weighed down by chains and so weak and sick that they could barely walk, let alone work in the fields.

Prince Inga's eyes were dimmed with sorrowful tears when he discovered how his poor people had been abused, but his own plight was so helpless that he was unable to aid them. Fortunately the boy's mother, Queen Garee, was not among these slaves, for Queen Cor had placed her in the royal dairy to make butter.

Prince Inga's eyes were filled with sorrowful tears when he found out how his poor people had been mistreated, but his own situation was so hopeless that he couldn’t help them. Luckily, the boy's mother, Queen Garee, wasn’t among those slaves, because Queen Cor had put her in the royal dairy to make butter.

"Why do you refuse to work?" demanded Cor in a harsh voice, as the slaves from Pingaree stood before her, trembling and with downcast eyes.

"Why are you refusing to work?" Cor demanded in a harsh tone, as the slaves from Pingaree stood before her, trembling and with their eyes cast down.

"Because we lack strength to perform the tasks your overseers demand," answered one of the women.

"Because we don’t have the strength to do what your overseers expect," replied one of the women.

"Then you shall be whipped until your strength returns!" exclaimed the Queen, and turning to Inga, she commanded: "Get me the whip with the seven lashes."

"Then you will be whipped until you regain your strength!" exclaimed the Queen, and turning to Inga, she ordered, "Bring me the whip with seven lashes."

As the boy left the room, wondering how he might manage to save the unhappy women from their undeserved punishment, he met a girl entering by the back way, who asked:

As the boy left the room, thinking about how he could help the unhappy women avoid their unfair punishment, he ran into a girl coming in through the back entrance, who asked:

"Can you tell me where to find Her Majesty, Queen Cor?"

"Can you tell me where I can find Her Majesty, Queen Cor?"

"She is in the chamber with the red dome, where green dragons are painted upon the walls," replied Inga; "but she is in an angry and ungracious mood to-day. Why do you wish to see her?"

"She's in the room with the red dome, where green dragons are painted on the walls," Inga replied. "But she's in a bad and unfriendly mood today. Why do you want to see her?"

"I have honey to sell," answered the girl, who was Zella, just come from the forest. "The Queen is very fond of my honey."

"I have honey for sale," replied the girl, who was Zella, just back from the forest. "The Queen really loves my honey."

"You may go to her, if you so desire," said the boy, "but take care not to anger the cruel Queen, or she may do you a mischief."

"You can go to her if you want," said the boy, "but be careful not to upset the cruel Queen, or she might harm you."

"Why should she harm me, who brings her the honey she so dearly loves?" inquired the child innocently. "But I thank you for your warning; and I will try not to anger the Queen."

"Why would she hurt me, someone who brings her the honey she loves so much?" the child asked innocently. "But I appreciate your warning; I’ll do my best not to upset the Queen."

As Zella started to go, Inga's eyes suddenly fell upon her shoes and instantly he recognized them as his own. For only in Pingaree were shoes shaped in this manner: high at the heel and pointed at the toes.

As Zella began to leave, Inga's gaze suddenly landed on her shoes, and he immediately realized they were his. Only in Pingaree were shoes designed like this: high at the heel and pointed at the toes.

"Stop!" he cried in an excited voice, and the girl obeyed, wonderingly. "Tell me," he continued, more gently, "where did you get those shoes?"

"Stop!" he shouted excitedly, and the girl stopped, curious. "Tell me," he asked gently, "where did you get those shoes?"

"My father brought them to me from Regos," she answered.

"My dad brought them to me from Regos," she replied.

"From Regos!"

"From Regos!"

"Yes. Are they not pretty?" asked Zella, looking down at her feet to admire them. "One of them my father found by the palace wall, and the other on an ash-heap. So he brought them to me and they fit me perfectly."

"Yeah. Aren't they cute?" Zella said, glancing down at her feet to admire them. "One of them my dad found by the palace wall, and the other on a trash pile. So he brought them to me, and they fit me perfectly."

By this time Inga was trembling with eager joy, which of course the girl could not understand.

By this point, Inga was shaking with excited joy, which the girl couldn’t grasp.

"What is your name, little maid?" he asked.

"What’s your name, little girl?" he asked.

"I am called Zella, and my father is Nikobob, the charcoal-burner."

"I’m Zella, and my dad is Nikobob, the charcoal burner."

"Zella is a pretty name. I am Inga, Prince of Pingaree," said he, "and the shoes you are now wearing, Zella, belong to me. They were not cast away, as your father supposed, but were lost. Will you let me have them again?"

"Zella is a beautiful name. I'm Inga, Prince of Pingaree," he said, "and the shoes you're wearing, Zella, are mine. They weren't thrown away, as your father thought, but were lost. Will you let me have them back?"

Zella's eyes filled with tears.

Zella teared up.

"Must I give up my pretty shoes, then?" she asked. "They are the only ones I have ever owned."

"Do I really have to give up my pretty shoes?" she asked. "They're the only pair I've ever had."

Inga was sorry for the poor child, but he knew how important it was that he regain possession of the Magic Pearls. So he said, pleadingly:

Inga felt sorry for the poor child, but he understood how crucial it was for him to get back the Magic Pearls. So he said, earnestly:

"Please let me have them, Zella. See! I will exchange for them the shoes I now have on, which are newer and prettier than the others."

"Please let me have them, Zella. Look! I’ll trade you the shoes I’m wearing now, which are newer and nicer than the others."

The girl hesitated. She wanted to please the boy Prince, yet she hated to exchange the shoes which her father had brought her as a present.

The girl hesitated. She wanted to impress the boy Prince, but she hated the thought of giving up the shoes her father had given her as a gift.

"If you will give me the shoes," continued the boy, anxiously, "I will promise to make you and your father and mother rich and prosperous. Indeed, I will promise to grant any favors you may ask of me," and he sat down upon the floor and drew off the shoes he was wearing and held them toward the girl.

"If you give me the shoes," the boy said urgently, "I promise to make you and your parents rich and successful. In fact, I promise to grant any wishes you might have," and he sat down on the floor, took off the shoes he was wearing, and held them out to the girl.

"I'll see if they will fit me," said Zella, taking off her left shoe—the one that contained the Pink Pearl—and beginning to put on one of Inga's.

"I'll see if they fit me," said Zella, taking off her left shoe—the one with the Pink Pearl—and starting to put on one of Inga's.

Just then Queen Cor, angry at being made to wait for her whip with the seven lashes, rushed into the room to find Inga. Seeing the boy sitting upon the floor beside Zella, the woman sprang toward him to beat him with her clenched fists; but Inga had now slipped on the shoe and the Queen's blows could not reach his body.

Just then, Queen Cor, furious about having to wait for her whip with the seven lashes, stormed into the room to find Inga. When she saw the boy sitting on the floor next to Zella, she rushed toward him to hit him with her fists; but Inga had already put on the shoe, and the Queen's punches couldn't connect with him.

Then Cor espied the whip lying beside Inga and snatching it up she tried to lash him with it—all to no avail.

Then Cor saw the whip lying next to Inga and grabbed it, trying to hit him with it— but it didn’t work at all.

While Zella sat horrified by this scene, the Prince, who realized he had no time to waste, reached out and pulled the right shoe from the girl's foot, quickly placing it upon his own. Then he stood up and, facing the furious but astonished Queen, said to her in a quiet voice:

While Zella sat in shock at this scene, the Prince, understanding he had no time to lose, reached out and took the right shoe off the girl's foot, swiftly putting it on his own. Then he stood up and, facing the angry but surprised Queen, said to her in a calm voice:

"Madam, please give me that whip."

"Ma'am, can you please hand me that whip?"

"I won't!" answered Cor. "I'm going to lash those Pingaree women with it."

"I won't!" Cor replied. "I'm going to use it to whip those Pingaree women."

The boy seized hold of the whip and with irresistible strength drew it from the Queen's hand. But she drew from her bosom a sharp dagger and with the swiftness of lightning aimed a blow at Inga's heart. He merely stood still and smiled, for the blade rebounded and fell clattering to the floor.

The boy grabbed the whip and with incredible strength pulled it out of the Queen's hand. But she pulled a sharp dagger from her bosom and, as quick as lightning, aimed it at Inga's heart. He just stood there and smiled, as the blade bounced off and clattered to the floor.

Then, at last, Queen Cor understood the magic power that had terrified her husband but which she had ridiculed in her ignorance, not believing in it. She did not know that Inga's power had been lost, and found again, but she realized the boy was no common foe and that unless she could still manage to outwit him her reign in the Island of Coregos was ended. To gain time, she went back to the red-domed chamber and seated herself in her throne, before which were grouped the weeping slaves from Pingaree.

Then, finally, Queen Cor understood the magical power that had scared her husband, a power she had mocked in her ignorance, not believing it was real. She was unaware that Inga's power had been lost and then regained, but she realized the boy was not an ordinary enemy and that unless she could still find a way to outsmart him, her rule over the Island of Coregos would be over. To buy herself some time, she returned to the red-domed chamber and sat on her throne, in front of which were the crying slaves from Pingaree.

Inga had taken Zella's hand and assisted her to put on the shoes he had given her in exchange for his own. She found them quite comfortable and did not know she had lost anything by the transfer.

Inga had taken Zella's hand and helped her put on the shoes he had given her in return for his own. She found them pretty comfortable and didn’t feel like she had given up anything by the swap.

"Come with me," then said the boy Prince, and led her into the presence of Queen Cor, who was giving Rinkitink a scolding. To the overseer Inga said:

"Come with me," the boy Prince said, and led her to where Queen Cor was scolding Rinkitink. Inga said to the overseer:

"Give me the keys which unlock these chains, that I may set these poor women at liberty."

"Give me the keys that unlock these chains so I can free these poor women."

"Don't you do it!" screamed Queen Cor.

"Don't you dare do it!" shouted Queen Cor.

"If you interfere, madam," said the boy, "I will put you into a dungeon."

"If you get in the way, ma'am," the boy said, "I will throw you in a dungeon."

By this Rinkitink knew that Inga had recovered his Magic Pearls and the little fat King was so overjoyed that he danced and capered all around the room. But the Queen was alarmed at the threat and the slave driver, fearing the conqueror of Regos, tremblingly gave up the keys.

By this, Rinkitink realized that Inga had gotten back his Magic Pearls, and the little fat King was so thrilled that he danced and pranced all around the room. But the Queen was worried about the threat, and the slave driver, afraid of the conqueror of Regos, nervously handed over the keys.

Inga quickly removed all the shackles from the women of his country and comforted them, telling them they should work no more but would soon be restored to their homes in Pingaree. Then he commanded the slave driver to go and get all the children who had been made slaves, and to bring them to their mothers. The man obeyed and left at once to perform his errand, while Queen Cor, growing more and more uneasy, suddenly sprang from her throne and before Inga could stop her had rushed through the room and out into the courtyard of the palace, meaning to make her escape. Rinkitink followed her, running as fast as he could go.

Inga quickly removed all the shackles from the women of his country and comforted them, telling them they didn’t have to work anymore and would soon be back home in Pingaree. Then he ordered the slave driver to go and gather all the children who had been made slaves and bring them to their mothers. The man complied and left at once to do his task, while Queen Cor, growing increasingly anxious, suddenly jumped up from her throne and before Inga could stop her, dashed through the room and out into the palace courtyard, intending to escape. Rinkitink followed her, running as fast as he could.

It was at this moment that Bilbil, in his mad dash from Regos, turned in at the gates of the courtyard, and as he was coming one way and Queen Cor was going the other they bumped into each other with great force. The woman sailed through the air, over Bilbil's head, and landed on the ground outside the gates, where her crown rolled into a ditch and she picked herself up, half dazed, and continued her flight. Bilbil was also somewhat dazed by the unexpected encounter, but he continued his rush rather blindly and so struck poor Rinkitink, who was chasing after Queen Cor. They rolled over one another a few times and then Rinkitink sat up and Bilbil sat up and they looked at each other in amazement.

It was at this moment that Bilbil, in his frantic escape from Regos, rushed through the gates of the courtyard. As he came one way and Queen Cor was going the other, they collided with great force. The woman flew through the air, over Bilbil's head, and landed on the ground outside the gates, where her crown rolled into a ditch. She picked herself up, half dazed, and kept running. Bilbil was also a bit stunned by the sudden encounter, but he continued his rush, somewhat blindly, and ended up bumping into poor Rinkitink, who was chasing after Queen Cor. They tumbled over each other a few times, then Rinkitink sat up and Bilbil sat up, and they stared at each other in astonishment.

"Bilbil," said the King, "I'm astonished at you!"

"Bilbil," said the King, "I'm amazed by you!"

"Your Majesty," said Bilbil, "I expected kinder treatment at your hands."

"Your Majesty," Bilbil said, "I expected nicer treatment from you."

"You interrupted me," said Rinkitink.

"You interrupted me," Rinkitink said.

"There was plenty of room without your taking my path," declared the goat.

"There was more than enough space without you choosing my path," said the goat.

And then Inga came running out and said: "Where is the Queen?"

And then Inga ran out and said, "Where's the Queen?"

"Gone," replied Rinkitink, "but she cannot go far, as this is an island. However, I have found Bilbil, and our party is again reunited. You have recovered your magic powers, and again we are masters of the situation. So let us be thankful."

"Gone," replied Rinkitink, "but she can't have gone far, since this is an island. Anyway, I’ve found Bilbil, and our group is back together. You've regained your magic powers, and we're in control again. So let's be grateful."

Saying this, the good little King got upon his feet and limped back into the throne room to help comfort the women.

Saying this, the kind little King got up and limped back into the throne room to help comfort the women.

Presently the children of Pingaree, who had been gathered together by the overseer, were brought in and restored to their mothers, and there was great rejoicing among them, you may be sure.

Right now, the kids from Pingaree, who had been collected by the overseer, were brought in and reunited with their mothers, and there was a lot of joy among them, you can be sure.

"But where is Queen Garee, my dear mother?" questioned Inga; but the women did not know and it was some time before the overseer remembered that one of the slaves from Pingaree had been placed in the royal dairy. Perhaps this was the woman the boy was seeking.

"But where is Queen Garee, Mom?" Inga asked; the women didn't know, and it took a while for the overseer to recall that one of the slaves from Pingaree had been put in the royal dairy. Maybe this was the woman the boy was looking for.

Inga at once commanded him to lead the way to the butter house, but when they arrived there Queen Garee was nowhere in the place, although the boy found a silk scarf which he recognized as one that his mother used to wear. Then they began a search throughout the island of Coregos, but could not find Inga's mother anywhere.

Inga immediately told him to take her to the butter house, but when they got there, Queen Garee was nowhere to be found. However, the boy discovered a silk scarf that he recognized as one his mother used to wear. They then started searching all over the island of Coregos, but they couldn’t find Inga's mother anywhere.

When they returned to the palace of Queen Cor, Rinkitink discovered that the bridge of boats had again been removed, separating them from Regos, and from this they suspected that Queen Cor had fled to her husband's island and had taken Queen Garee with her. Inga was much perplexed what to do and returned with his friends to the palace to talk the matter over.

When they got back to Queen Cor's palace, Rinkitink found that the bridge of boats had been taken away again, cutting them off from Regos. This made them think that Queen Cor had escaped to her husband's island and had taken Queen Garee with her. Inga was confused about what to do, so he went back to the palace with his friends to discuss the situation.

Zella was now crying because she had not sold her honey and was unable to return to her parents on the island of Regos, but the boy Prince comforted her and promised she should be protected until she could be restored to her home. Rinkitink found Queen Cor's purse, which she had had no time to take with her, and gave Zella several gold pieces for the honey. Then Inga ordered the palace servants to prepare a feast for all the women and children of Pingaree and to prepare for them beds in the great palace, which was large enough to accommodate them all.

Zella was crying because she hadn’t sold her honey and couldn’t go back to her parents on the island of Regos, but the Prince comforted her and promised to keep her safe until she could return home. Rinkitink found Queen Cor's purse, which she hadn’t had time to take with her, and gave Zella several gold coins for the honey. Then Inga instructed the palace servants to prepare a feast for all the women and children of Pingaree and set up beds for them in the great palace, which was big enough to fit everyone.

Then the boy and the goat and Rinkitink and Zella went into a private room to consider what should be done next.

Then the boy, the goat, Rinkitink, and Zella went into a private room to discuss what to do next.


The Escape

CHAPTER 14

"Our fault," said Rinkitink, "is that we conquer only one of these twin islands at a time. When we conquered Regos, our foes all came to Coregos, and now that we have conquered Coregos, the Queen has fled to Regos. And each time they removed the bridge of boats, so that we could not follow them."

"Our mistake," said Rinkitink, "is that we only take one of these twin islands at a time. When we took Regos, our enemies all went to Coregos, and now that we have taken Coregos, the Queen has escaped to Regos. Each time, they took away the bridge of boats, so we couldn't follow them."

"What has become of our own boat, in which we came from Pingaree?" asked Bilbil.

"What happened to our boat that brought us from Pingaree?" asked Bilbil.

"We left it on the shore of Regos," replied the Prince, "but I wonder if we could not get it again."

"We left it on the shore of Regos," the Prince replied, "but I’m curious if we could retrieve it."

"Why don't you ask the White Pearl?" suggested Rinkitink.

"Why don't you ask the White Pearl?" Rinkitink suggested.

"That is a good idea," returned the boy, and at once he drew the White Pearl from its silken bag and held it to his ear. Then he asked: "How may I regain our boat?"

"That's a good idea," the boy replied, and he immediately took the White Pearl out of its silk bag and held it to his ear. Then he asked, "How can I get our boat back?"

The Voice of the Pearl replied: "Go to the south end of the Island of Coregos, and clap your hands three times and the boat will come to you."

The Voice of the Pearl said, "Head to the south end of the Island of Coregos, and clap your hands three times, and the boat will come to you."

"Very good!" cried Inga, and then he turned to his companions and said: "We shall be able to get our boat whenever we please; but what then shall we do?"

"That's awesome!" Inga exclaimed, then he turned to his friends and said: "We can take our boat anytime we want; but what should we do after that?"

"Take me home in it!" pleaded Zella.

"Please take me home in it!" Zella begged.

"Come with me to my City of Gilgad," said the King, "where you will be very welcome to remain forever."

"Come with me to my city of Gilgad," said the King, "where you'll be very welcome to stay forever."

"No," answered Inga, "I must rescue my father and mother, as well as my people. Already I have the women and children of Pingaree, but the men are with my father in the mines of Regos, and my dear mother has been taken away by Queen Cor. Not until all are rescued will I consent to leave these islands."

"No," Inga replied, "I have to save my mom and dad, as well as my people. I already have the women and children of Pingaree, but the men are with my dad in the mines of Regos, and my dear mom has been taken by Queen Cor. I won’t agree to leave these islands until everyone is rescued."

"Quite right!" exclaimed Bilbil.

"Absolutely!" exclaimed Bilbil.

"On second thought," said Rinkitink, "I agree with you. If you are careful to sleep in your shoes, and never take them off again, I believe you will be able to perform the task you have undertaken."

"Actually," said Rinkitink, "I think you're right. If you make sure to sleep in your shoes and never take them off again, I believe you'll be able to complete the task you've taken on."

They counseled together for a long time as to their mode of action and it was finally considered best to make the attempt to liberate King Kitticut first of all, and with him the men from Pingaree. This would give them an army to assist them and afterward they could march to Regos and compel Queen Cor to give up the Queen of Pingaree. Zella told them that they could go in their boat along the shore of Regos to a point opposite the mines, thus avoiding any conflict with the warriors of King Gos.

They discussed for a while how to proceed and ultimately agreed that freeing King Kitticut first, along with the men from Pingaree, was the best plan. This would give them an army to help them, and then they could head to Regos and force Queen Cor to release the Queen of Pingaree. Zella mentioned that they could take their boat along the shore of Regos to a spot across from the mines, avoiding any confrontation with King Gos's warriors.

This being considered the best course to pursue, they resolved to start on the following morning, as night was even now approaching. The servants being all busy in caring for the women and children, Zella undertook to get a dinner for Inga and Rinkitink and herself and soon prepared a fine meal in the palace kitchen, for she was a good little cook and had often helped her mother. The dinner was served in a small room overlooking the gardens and Rinkitink thought the best part of it was the sweet honey, which he spread upon the biscuits that Zella had made. As for Bilbil, he wandered through the palace grounds and found some grass that made him a good dinner.

Considering this to be the best course of action, they decided to set out the next morning, as night was already falling. While the servants were busy taking care of the women and children, Zella took it upon herself to prepare dinner for Inga, Rinkitink, and herself. She quickly made a nice meal in the palace kitchen, as she was a skilled little cook and had often helped her mother. They served dinner in a small room with a view of the gardens, and Rinkitink thought the highlight was the sweet honey, which he spread on the biscuits that Zella had baked. Meanwhile, Bilbil roamed the palace grounds and found some grass that made a nice meal for himself.

During the evening Inga talked with the women and cheered them, promising soon to reunite them with their husbands who were working in the mines and to send them back to their own island of Pingaree.

During the evening, Inga talked with the women and lifted their spirits, promising that she would soon reunite them with their husbands who were working in the mines and send them back to their home island of Pingaree.

Next morning the boy rose bright and early and found that Zella had already prepared a nice breakfast. And after the meal they went to the most southern point of the island, which was not very far away, Rinkitink riding upon Bilbil's back and Inga and Zella following behind them, hand in hand.

Next morning, the boy woke up early and saw that Zella had already made a nice breakfast. After eating, they headed to the southernmost point of the island, which wasn't far, with Rinkitink riding on Bilbil's back and Inga and Zella walking hand in hand behind them.

When they reached the water's edge the boy advanced and clapped his hands together three times, as the White Pearl had told him to do. And in a few moments they saw in the distance the black boat with the silver lining, coming swiftly toward them from the sea. Presently it grounded on the beach and they all got into it.

When they got to the water's edge, the boy stepped forward and clapped his hands together three times, just like the White Pearl had instructed him to do. In a few moments, they spotted in the distance the black boat with the silver lining, swiftly approaching them from the sea. Soon, it beached, and they all climbed in.

Zella was delighted with the boat, which was the most beautiful she had ever seen, and the marvel of its coming to them through the water without anyone to row it, made her a little afraid of the fairy craft. But Inga picked up the oars and began to row and at once the boat shot swiftly in the direction of Regos. They rounded the point of that island where the city was built and noticed that the shore was lined with warriors who had discovered their boat but seemed undecided whether to pursue it or not. This was probably because they had received no commands what to do, or perhaps they had learned to fear the magic powers of these adventurers from Pingaree and were unwilling to attack them unless their King ordered them to.

Zella was thrilled with the boat, which was the most beautiful one she had ever seen, and the fact that it glided through the water without anyone rowing it made her a bit uneasy about the magical vessel. But Inga picked up the oars and started rowing, and suddenly the boat quickly headed toward Regos. They rounded the tip of the island where the city was located and noticed that the shore was lined with warriors who had spotted their boat but seemed unsure whether to chase after it. This was likely because they hadn't received any orders on what to do, or perhaps they had learned to fear the magical abilities of these adventurers from Pingaree and were hesitant to attack unless their King told them to.

The coast on the western side of the Island of Regos was very uneven and Zella, who knew fairly well the location of the mines from the inland forest path, was puzzled to decide which mountain they now viewed from the sea was the one where the entrance to the underground caverns was located. First she thought it was this peak, and then she guessed it was that; so considerable time was lost through her uncertainty.

The coast on the western side of Regos Island was quite rugged, and Zella, who was familiar with the location of the mines from the inland forest path, struggled to figure out which mountain they were looking at from the sea was home to the entrance of the underground caverns. At first, she thought it was this peak, then she thought it was that one, which caused her to waste a lot of time being unsure.

They finally decided to land and explore the country, to see where they were, so Inga ran the boat into a little rocky cove where they all disembarked. For an hour they searched for the path without finding any trace of it and now Zella believed they had gone too far to the north and must return to another mountain that was nearer to the city.

They finally decided to land and explore the area to see where they were, so Inga steered the boat into a small rocky cove where they all got off. For an hour, they looked for the path without finding any sign of it, and now Zella thought they had gone too far north and needed to head back to a different mountain that was closer to the city.

Once again they entered the boat and followed the winding coast south until they thought they had reached the right place. By this time, however, it was growing dark, for the entire day had been spent in the search for the entrance to the mines, and Zella warned them that it would be safer to spend the night in the boat than on the land, where wild beasts were sure to disturb them. None of them realized at this time how fatal this day of search had been to their plans and perhaps if Inga had realized what was going on he would have landed and fought all the wild beasts in the forest rather than quietly remain in the boat until morning.

Once again, they got back into the boat and followed the winding coast south until they thought they had found the right spot. By then, though, it was getting dark, as they had spent the whole day trying to find the entrance to the mines. Zella warned them that it would be safer to stay in the boat for the night rather than on land, where wild animals would probably disturb them. At that moment, none of them understood how disastrous this day of searching had been for their plans, and maybe if Inga had known what was happening, he would have landed and fought all the wild animals in the forest instead of quietly staying in the boat until morning.

However, knowing nothing of the cunning plans of Queen Cor and King Gos, they anchored their boat in a little bay and cheerfully ate their dinner, finding plenty of food and drink in the boat's lockers. In the evening the stars came out in the sky and tipped the waves around their boat with silver. All around them was delightfully still save for the occasional snarl of a beast on the neighboring shore.

However, unaware of the clever schemes of Queen Cor and King Gos, they anchored their boat in a small bay and happily had their dinner, discovering plenty of food and drinks in the boat's storage. In the evening, the stars appeared in the sky and shimmered on the waves around their boat like silver. Everything around them was beautifully quiet, except for the occasional growl of a creature from the nearby shore.

They talked together quietly of their adventures and their future plans and Zella told them her simple history and how hard her poor father was obliged to work, burning charcoal to sell for enough money to support his wife and child. Nikobob might be the humblest man in all Regos, but Zella declared he was a good man, and honest, and it was not his fault that his country was ruled by so wicked a King.

They quietly talked about their adventures and future plans, and Zella shared her simple story about how hard her father had to work, burning charcoal to sell just to earn enough to support his wife and child. Nikobob might be the most unassuming man in all of Regos, but Zella insisted he was a good and honest man, and it wasn’t his fault that his country was ruled by such a wicked King.

Then Rinkitink, to amuse them, offered to sing a song, and although Bilbil protested in his gruff way, claiming that his master's voice was cracked and disagreeable, the little King was encouraged by the others to sing his song, which he did.

Then Rinkitink, wanting to entertain them, offered to sing a song. Even though Bilbil grumbled in his gruff manner, saying that his master’s voice was off-key and unpleasant, the little King was encouraged by the others to go ahead and sing, which he did.

"A red-headed man named Ned was dead;
Sing fiddle-cum-faddle-cum-fi-do!
In battle he had lost his head;
Sing fiddle-cum-faddle-cum-fi-do!
'Alas, poor Ned,' to him I said,
'How did you lose your head so red?'
Sing fiddle-cum-faddle-cum-fi-do!

"Said Ned: 'I for my country bled,'
Sing fiddle-cum-faddle-cum-fi-do!
'Instead of dying safe in bed;'
Sing fiddle-cum-faddle-cum-fi-do!
'If I had only fled, instead,
I then had been a head ahead.'
Sing fiddle-cum-faddle-cum-fi-do!

"I said to Ned——"

"A red-headed guy named Ned was dead;
Sing fiddle-faddle!
In battle, he lost his head;
Sing fiddle-faddle-fi-do!
'Alas, poor Ned,' I said to him,
'How did you lose your head so red?'
Sing fiddle-faddle-fi-do!

"Said Ned: 'I bled for my country,'
Sing fiddle-faddle-fi-do!
'Instead of dying comfortably in bed;'
Sing fiddle-faddle!
'If I had just run away instead,
I would have been a step ahead.'
Sing fiddle-faddle!

"I said to Ned——"

"Do stop, Your Majesty!" pleaded Bilbil. "You're making my head ache."

"Please stop, Your Majesty!" Bilbil begged. "You're giving me a headache."

"But the song isn't finished," replied Rinkitink, "and as for your head aching, think of poor Ned, who hadn't any head at all!"

"But the song isn't finished," Rinkitink replied, "and about your headache, think of poor Ned, who didn't have a head at all!"

"I can think of nothing but your dismal singing," retorted Bilbil. "Why didn't you choose a cheerful subject, instead of telling how a man who was dead lost his red head? Really, Rinkitink, I'm surprised at you."

"I can’t think of anything except your awful singing," Bilbil shot back. "Why didn’t you pick a happy topic instead of talking about how a dead man lost his red head? Honestly, Rinkitink, I’m really surprised at you."

"I know a splendid song about a live man," said the King.

"I know a great song about a living man," said the King.

"Then don't sing it," begged Bilbil.

"Then don't sing it," pleaded Bilbil.

Zella was both astonished and grieved by the disrespectful words of the goat, for she had quite enjoyed Rinkitink's singing and had been taught a proper respect for Kings and those high in authority. But as it was now getting late they decided to go to sleep, that they might rise early the following morning, so they all reclined upon the bottom of the big boat and covered themselves with blankets which they found stored underneath the seats for just such occasions. They were not long in falling asleep and did not waken until daybreak.

Zella was both shocked and saddened by the goat's disrespectful words, as she had really enjoyed Rinkitink's singing and had been taught to respect kings and those in power. However, since it was getting late, they decided to go to sleep so they could get up early the next morning. They all lay down on the bottom of the big boat and wrapped themselves in blankets they found tucked under the seats for just such occasions. They quickly fell asleep and didn’t wake up until dawn.

After a hurried breakfast, for Inga was eager to liberate his father, the boy rowed the boat ashore and they all landed and began searching for the path. Zella found it within the next half hour and declared they must be very close to the entrance to the mines; so they followed the path toward the north, Inga going first, and then Zella following him, while Rinkitink brought up the rear riding upon Bilbil's back.

After a quick breakfast, since Inga was keen to rescue his father, the boy rowed the boat to shore, and they all got out and started looking for the path. Zella found it within the next half hour and announced that they must be very close to the entrance of the mines. So, they followed the path north, with Inga leading the way, Zella right behind him, and Rinkitink bringing up the rear on Bilbil's back.

Before long they saw a great wall of rock towering before them, in which was a low arched entrance, and on either side of this entrance stood a guard, armed with a sword and a spear. The guards of the mines were not so fierce as the warriors of King Gos, their duty being to make the slaves work at their tasks and guard them from escaping; but they were as cruel as their cruel master wished them to be, and as cowardly as they were cruel.

Before long, they saw a massive rock wall rising in front of them, with a low arched entrance. On each side of the entrance stood a guard, armed with a sword and a spear. The guards of the mines weren’t as fierce as the warriors of King Gos; their job was to ensure the slaves worked on their tasks and prevented them from escaping. However, they were as cruel as their harsh master wanted them to be and as cowardly as they were cruel.

Inga walked up to the two men at the entrance and said:

Inga approached the two men at the entrance and said:

"Does this opening lead to the mines of King Gos?"

"Does this entrance lead to King Gos's mines?"

"It does," replied one of the guards, "but no one is allowed to pass out who once goes in."

"It does," one of the guards replied, "but no one is allowed to leave once they go in."

"Nevertheless," said the boy, "we intend to go in and we shall come out whenever it pleases us to do so. I am the Prince of Pingaree, and I have come to liberate my people, whom King Gos has enslaved."

"Still," the boy said, "we plan to go in, and we'll come out whenever we want. I'm the Prince of Pingaree, and I've come to free my people, whom King Gos has enslaved."

Now when the two guards heard this speech they looked at one another and laughed, and one of them said: "The King was right, for he said the boy was likely to come here and that he would try to set his people free. Also the King commanded that we must keep the little Prince in the mines, and set him to work, together with his companions."

Now when the two guards heard this, they looked at each other and laughed. One of them said, "The King was right; he said the boy would probably come here and that he would try to free his people. The King also ordered that we keep the little Prince in the mines and make him work along with his friends."

"Then let us obey the King," replied the other man.

"Then let's follow the King," replied the other man.

Inga was surprised at hearing this, and asked:

Inga was surprised to hear this and asked:

"When did King Gos give you this order?"

"When did King Gos give you this command?"

"His Majesty was here in person last night," replied the man, "and went away again but an hour ago. He suspected you were coming here and told us to capture you if we could."

"His Majesty was here in person last night," the man replied, "and he just left an hour ago. He suspected you were coming here and told us to capture you if we could."

This report made the boy very anxious, not for himself but for his father, for he feared the King was up to some mischief. So he hastened to enter the mines and the guards did nothing to oppose him or his companions, their orders being to allow him to go in but not to come out.

This report made the boy really anxious, not for himself but for his dad, because he feared the King was up to something shady. So he rushed into the mines, and the guards didn't stop him or his friends, since their orders were to let him go in but not come out.

The little group of adventurers passed through a long rocky corridor and reached a low, wide cavern where they found a dozen guards and a hundred slaves, the latter being hard at work with picks and shovels digging for gold, while the guards stood over them with long whips.

The small group of adventurers walked through a long rocky passage and arrived at a low, wide cave where they saw a dozen guards and a hundred slaves, the latter hard at work with picks and shovels digging for gold, while the guards watched over them with long whips.

Inga found many of the men from Pingaree among these slaves, but King Kitticut was not in this cavern; so they passed through it and entered another corridor that led to a second cavern. Here also hundreds of men were working, but the boy did not find his father amongst them, and so went on to a third cavern.

Inga found many of the men from Pingaree among these slaves, but King Kitticut was not in this cavern; so they passed through it and entered another hallway that led to a second cavern. Here, too, hundreds of men were working, but the boy did not find his father among them, so he moved on to a third cavern.

The corridors all slanted downward, so that the farther they went the lower into the earth they descended, and now they found the air hot and close and difficult to breathe. Flaming torches were stuck into the walls to give light to the workers, and these added to the oppressive heat.

The corridors all slanted downward, so the farther they went, the deeper into the earth they went, and now they found the air hot and stuffy and hard to breathe. Flaming torches were stuck into the walls to light the way for the workers, and these made the oppressive heat even worse.

The third and lowest cavern was the last in the mines, and here were many scores of slaves and many guards to keep them at work. So far, none of the guards had paid any attention to Inga's party, but allowed them to proceed as they would, and while the slaves cast curious glances at the boy and girl and man and goat, they dared say nothing. But now the boy walked up to some of the men of Pingaree and asked news of his father, telling them not to fear the guards as he would protect them from the whips.

The third and lowest cave was the final one in the mines, and it was filled with many groups of slaves and numerous guards to keep them working. So far, none of the guards had noticed Inga's group and let them move on as they wished. The slaves gave curious looks at the boy, girl, man, and goat, but didn’t dare say anything. But now, the boy approached some of the men from Pingaree and asked about his father, reassuring them not to worry about the guards because he would protect them from the whips.

Then he learned that King Kitticut had indeed been working in this very cavern until the evening before, when King Gos had come and taken him away—still loaded with chains.

Then he found out that King Kitticut had actually been working in this very cave until the evening before, when King Gos had come and taken him away—still weighed down with chains.

"Seems to me," said King Rinkitink, when he heard this report, "that Gos has carried your father away to Regos, to prevent us from rescuing him. He may hide poor Kitticut in a dungeon, where we cannot find him."

"Seems to me," said King Rinkitink when he heard this report, "that Gos has taken your father to Regos to stop us from rescuing him. He might hide poor Kitticut in a dungeon where we can’t find him."

"Perhaps you are right," answered the boy, "but I am determined to find him, wherever he may be."

"Maybe you’re right," the boy replied, "but I’m set on finding him, no matter where he is."

Ingo spoke firmly and with courage, but he was greatly disappointed to find that King Gos had been before him at the mines and had taken his father away. However, he tried not to feel disheartened, believing he would succeed in the end, in spite of all opposition. Turning to the guards, he said:

Ingo spoke confidently and bravely, but he was really let down to discover that King Gos had gotten to the mines before him and had taken his father. Still, he tried not to get discouraged, believing he would ultimately succeed despite all the challenges. Turning to the guards, he said:

"Remove the chains from these slaves and set them free."

"Take off the chains from these slaves and let them go."

The guards laughed at this order, and one of them brought forward a handful of chains, saying: "His Majesty has commanded us to make you, also, a slave, for you are never to leave these caverns again."

The guards laughed at the order, and one of them stepped up with a handful of chains, saying, "The King has ordered us to make you a slave too, because you're never leaving these caves again."

Then he attempted to place the chains on Inga, but the boy indignantly seized them and broke them apart as easily as if they had been cotton cords. When a dozen or more of the guards made a dash to capture him, the Prince swung the end of the chain like a whip and drove them into a corner, where they cowered and begged for mercy.

Then he tried to put the chains on Inga, but the boy angrily grabbed them and snapped them apart as easily as if they were made of cotton. When a dozen or so guards rushed in to seize him, the Prince swung the end of the chain like a whip and pushed them into a corner, where they shrank back and begged for mercy.

Stories of the marvelous strength of the boy Prince had already spread to the mines of Regos, and although King Gos had told them that Inga had been deprived of all his magic power, the guards now saw this was not true, so they deemed it wise not to attempt to oppose him.

Stories of the amazing strength of the boy Prince had already reached the mines of Regos, and even though King Gos had told them that Inga had lost all his magical powers, the guards could now see this wasn’t true, so they decided it would be smart not to try to stand in his way.

The chains of the slaves had all been riveted fast to their ankles and wrists, but Inga broke the bonds of steel with his hands and set the poor men free—not only those from Pingaree but all who had been captured in the many wars and raids of King Gos. They were very grateful, as you may suppose, and agreed to support Prince Inga in whatever action he commanded.

The chains of the slaves were locked tightly around their ankles and wrists, but Inga freed them from the steel cuffs with his hands and set the poor men free—not just those from Pingaree, but all who had been captured in King Gos's many wars and raids. They were very grateful, as you can imagine, and agreed to support Prince Inga in whatever actions he directed.

He led them to the middle cavern, where all the guards and overseers fled in terror at his approach, and soon he had broken apart the chains of the slaves who had been working in that part of the mines. Then they approached the first cavern and liberated all there.

He took them to the main cavern, where all the guards and overseers ran away in fear when he got close, and soon he had smashed the chains of the slaves who had been working in that section of the mines. Then they went to the first cavern and set everyone there free.

The slaves had been treated so cruelly by the servants of King Gos that they were eager to pursue and slay them, in revenge; but Inga held them back and formed them into companies, each company having its own leader. Then he called the leaders together and instructed them to march in good order along the path to the City of Regos, where he would meet them and tell them what to do next.

The slaves had been treated so cruelly by King Gos's servants that they were eager to chase them down and take revenge; but Inga stopped them and organized them into groups, with each group having its own leader. Then he gathered the leaders and instructed them to march orderly along the path to the City of Regos, where he would meet them and explain what to do next.

They readily agreed to obey him, and, arming themselves with iron bars and pick-axes which they brought from the mines, the slaves began their march to the city.

They quickly agreed to follow him, and, grabbing iron bars and pickaxes they took from the mines, the slaves started their march to the city.

Zella at first wished to be left behind, that she might make her way to her own home, but neither Rinkitink nor Inga thought it was safe for her to wander alone through the forest, so they induced her to return with them to the city.

Zella initially wanted to be left behind so she could head home, but neither Rinkitink nor Inga thought it was safe for her to travel alone through the forest, so they convinced her to come back with them to the city.

The boy beached his boat this time at the same place as when he first landed at Regos, and while many of the warriors stood on the shore and before the walls of the city, not one of them attempted to interfere with the boy in any way. Indeed, they seemed uneasy and anxious, and when Inga met Captain Buzzub the boy asked if anything had happened in his absence.

The boy brought his boat to shore at the same spot where he first landed at Regos. While many of the warriors stood on the shore and in front of the city walls, none of them tried to stop the boy. In fact, they looked uneasy and anxious. When Inga met Captain Buzzub, the boy asked if anything had happened while he was gone.

"A great deal has happened," replied Buzzub. "Our King and Queen have run away and left us, and we don't know what to do."

"A lot has happened," replied Buzzub. "Our King and Queen have abandoned us, and we don't know what to do."

"Run away!" exclaimed Inga. "Where did they go to?"

"Run away!" Inga shouted. "Where did they go?"

"Who knows?" said the man, shaking his head despondently. "They departed together a few hours ago, in a boat with forty rowers, and they took with them the King and Queen of Pingaree!"

"Who knows?" said the man, shaking his head sadly. "They left together a few hours ago in a boat with forty rowers, and they took the King and Queen of Pingaree with them!"


The Flight of the Rulers

CHAPTER 15

Now it seems that when Queen Cor fled from her island to Regos, she had wit enough, although greatly frightened, to make a stop at the royal dairy, which was near to the bridge, and to drag poor Queen Garee from the butter-house and across to Regos with her. The warriors of King Gos had never before seen the terrible Queen Cor frightened, and therefore when she came running across the bridge of boats, dragging the Queen of Pingaree after her by one arm, the woman's great fright had the effect of terrifying the waiting warriors.

Now it seems that when Queen Cor escaped from her island to Regos, she had enough sense, even though she was really scared, to stop at the royal dairy near the bridge and pull poor Queen Garee from the butter-house to take her along to Regos. The warriors of King Gos had never seen the fierce Queen Cor frightened, so when she came running across the bridge of boats, dragging the Queen of Pingaree by one arm, Garee's immense fear ended up scaring the warriors who were waiting.

"Quick!" cried Cor. "Destroy the bridge, or we are lost."

"Quick!" shouted Cor. "Take down the bridge, or we're done for."

While the men were tearing away the bridge of boats the Queen ran up to the palace of Gos, where she met her husband.

While the men were taking down the bridge of boats, the Queen hurried to the palace of Gos, where she met her husband.

"That boy is a wizard!" she gasped. "There is no standing against him."

"That boy is a wizard!" she exclaimed. "There’s no beating him."

"Oh, have you discovered his magic at last?" replied Gos, laughing in her face. "Who, now, is the coward?"

"Oh, have you finally figured out his magic?" replied Gos, laughing in her face. "So, who's the coward now?"

"Don't laugh!" cried Queen Cor. "It is no laughing matter. Both our islands are as good as conquered, this very minute. What shall we do, Gos?"

"Don't laugh!" shouted Queen Cor. "This is serious. Both our islands are practically conquered right now. What should we do, Gos?"

"Come in," he said, growing serious, "and let us talk it over."

"Come in," he said, becoming serious, "and let’s discuss it."

So they went into a room of the palace and talked long and earnestly.

So they entered a room in the palace and talked for a long time, seriously.

"The boy intends to liberate his father and mother, and all the people of Pingaree, and to take them back to their island," said Cor. "He may also destroy our palaces and make us his slaves. I can see but one way, Gos, to prevent him from doing all this, and whatever else he pleases to do."

"The boy wants to free his dad and mom, and everyone in Pingaree, and take them back to their island," said Cor. "He might also destroy our palaces and make us his slaves. I can see only one way, Gos, to stop him from doing all this, and whatever else he wants."

"What way is that?" asked King Gos.

"What way is that?" asked King Gos.

"We must take the boy's parents away from here as quickly as possible. I have with me the Queen of Pingaree, and you can run up to the mines and get the King. Then we will carry them away in a boat and hide them where the boy cannot find them, with all his magic. We will use the King and Queen of Pingaree as hostages, and send word to the boy wizard that if he does not go away from our islands and allow us to rule them undisturbed, in our own way, we will put his father and mother to death. Also we will say that as long as we are let alone his parents will be safe, although still safely hidden. I believe, Gos, that in this way we can compel Prince Inga to obey us, for he seems very fond of his parents."

"We need to get the boy's parents out of here as fast as we can. I have the Queen of Pingaree with me, and you can rush up to the mines to get the King. Then we’ll take them away in a boat and hide them where the boy can’t find them, despite all his magic. We’ll use the King and Queen of Pingaree as hostages and send a message to the boy wizard that if he doesn’t leave our islands and let us rule them the way we want, we will execute his father and mother. We'll also say that as long as we’re left alone, his parents will be safe, although still hidden away. I believe, Gos, that this way we can force Prince Inga to listen to us, since he seems very attached to his parents."

"It isn't a bad idea," said Gos, reflectively; "but where can we hide the King and Queen, so that the boy cannot find them?"

"It’s not a bad idea," said Gos thoughtfully; "but where can we hide the King and Queen so the boy can't find them?"

"In the country of the Nome King, on the mainland away at the south," she replied. "The nomes are our friends, and they possess magic powers that will enable them to protect the prisoners from discovery. If we can manage to get the King and Queen of Pingaree to the Nome Kingdom before the boy knows what we are doing, I am sure our plot will succeed."

"In the Nome King's land, on the mainland to the south," she answered. "The nomes are our allies, and they have magical abilities that can help keep the prisoners secret. If we can get the King and Queen of Pingaree to the Nome Kingdom before the boy figures out what we're up to, I'm confident our plan will work."

Gos gave the plan considerable thought in the next five minutes, and the more he thought about it the more clever and reasonable it seemed. So he agreed to do as Queen Cor suggested and at once hurried away to the mines, where he arrived before Prince Inga did. The next morning he carried King Kitticut back to Regos.

Gos thought about the plan for the next five minutes, and the more he considered it, the more clever and reasonable it appeared. So he decided to follow Queen Cor's suggestion and hurried off to the mines, arriving before Prince Inga. The next morning, he brought King Kitticut back to Regos.

While Gos was gone, Queen Cor busied herself in preparing a large and swift boat for the journey. She placed in it several bags of gold and jewels with which to bribe the nomes, and selected forty of the strongest oarsmen in Regos to row the boat. The instant King Gos returned with his royal prisoner all was ready for departure. They quickly entered the boat with their two important captives and without a word of explanation to any of their people they commanded the oarsmen to start, and were soon out of sight upon the broad expanse of the Nonestic Ocean.

While Gos was away, Queen Cor kept herself busy preparing a large, fast boat for the journey. She loaded it with several bags of gold and jewels to use as bribes for the nomes and chose forty of the strongest rowers in Regos to man the boat. The moment King Gos returned with his royal prisoner, everything was ready to go. They quickly boarded the boat with their two important captives, gave no explanation to their people, and ordered the rowers to begin. Before long, they were out of sight on the vast Nonestic Ocean.

Inga arrived at the city some hours later and was much distressed when he learned that his father and mother had been spirited away from the islands.

Inga arrived in the city a few hours later and was very upset to learn that his father and mother had been taken away from the islands.

"I shall follow them, of course," said the boy to Rinkitink, "and if I cannot overtake them on the ocean I will search the world over until I find them. But before I leave here I must arrange to send our people back to Pingaree."

"I'll follow them, of course," the boy said to Rinkitink, "and if I can't catch up to them on the ocean, I’ll search the entire world until I find them. But before I leave, I need to make arrangements to send our people back to Pingaree."


Nikobob Refuses a Crown

CHAPTER 16

Almost the first persons that Zella saw when she landed from the silver-lined boat at Regos were her father and mother. Nikobob and his wife had been greatly worried when their little daughter failed to return from Coregos, so they had set out to discover what had become of her. When they reached the City of Regos, that very morning, they were astonished to hear news of all the strange events that had taken place; still, they found comfort when told that Zella had been seen in the boat of Prince Inga, which had gone to the north. Then, while they wondered what this could mean, the silver-lined boat appeared again, with their daughter in it, and they ran down to the shore to give her a welcome and many joyful kisses.

Almost the first people Zella saw when she got off the silver-lined boat in Regos were her mom and dad. Nikobob and his wife had been really worried when their little girl didn’t come back from Coregos, so they set out to find out what happened to her. When they arrived in the City of Regos that morning, they were amazed to hear about all the strange things that had happened; however, they felt relieved to learn that Zella had been seen on Prince Inga's boat, which had gone north. Just as they were trying to figure out what this meant, the silver-lined boat showed up again, with their daughter in it, and they ran down to the shore to welcome her with lots of joyful kisses.

Inga invited the good people to the palace of King Gos, where he conferred with them, as well as with Rinkitink and Bilbil.

Inga invited the kind folks to King Gos's palace, where he talked with them, along with Rinkitink and Bilbil.

"Now that the King and Queen of Regos and Coregos have run away," he said, "there is no one to rule these islands. So it is my duty to appoint a new ruler, and as Nikobob, Zella's father, is an honest and worthy man, I shall make him the King of the Twin Islands."

"Now that the King and Queen of Regos and Coregos have fled," he said, "there's no one to rule these islands. So it’s my responsibility to appoint a new ruler, and since Nikobob, Zella's father, is a decent and trustworthy man, I’ll make him the King of the Twin Islands."

"Me?" cried Nikobob, astounded by this speech. "I beg Your Highness, on my bended knees, not to do so cruel a thing as to make me King!"

"Me?" exclaimed Nikobob, shocked by what he had just heard. "I plead with Your Highness, on my knees, not to do something as cruel as making me King!"

"Why not?" inquired Rinkitink. "I'm a King, and I know how it feels. I assure you, good Nikobob, that I quite enjoy my high rank, although a jeweled crown is rather heavy to wear in hot weather."

"Why not?" asked Rinkitink. "I'm a king, and I know what it feels like. I promise you, good Nikobob, that I really enjoy my high status, even though a jeweled crown can be pretty heavy to wear in hot weather."

"With you, noble sir, it is different," said Nikobob, "for you are far from your kingdom and its trials and worries and may do as you please. But to remain in Regos, as King over these fierce and unruly warriors, would be to live in constant anxiety and peril, and the chances are that they would murder me within a month. As I have done no harm to anyone and have tried to be a good and upright man, I do not think that I should be condemned to such a dreadful fate."

"With you, good sir, it's different," said Nikobob. "You’re far away from your kingdom and its problems and can do whatever you want. But staying in Regos as the king of these fierce and unruly warriors would mean living in constant anxiety and danger, and there's a good chance they'd kill me within a month. Since I haven’t harmed anyone and have tried to be a decent and honorable person, I don’t believe I should be sentenced to such a terrible fate."

"Very well," replied Inga, "we will say no more about your being King. I merely wanted to make you rich and prosperous, as I had promised Zella."

"Alright," Inga said, "we won't talk about your being King anymore. I just wanted to make you wealthy and successful, like I promised Zella."

"Please forget that promise," pleaded the charcoal-burner, earnestly; "I have been safe from molestation for many years, because I was poor and possessed nothing that anyone else could envy. But if you make me rich and prosperous I shall at once become the prey of thieves and marauders and probably will lose my life in the attempt to protect my fortune."

"Please forget that promise," the charcoal-burner begged earnestly. "I’ve been safe from trouble for many years because I was poor and had nothing for anyone to envy. But if you make me rich and successful, I'll immediately become a target for thieves and robbers, and I might end up losing my life trying to protect my wealth."

Inga looked at the man in surprise.

Inga stared at the man, taken aback.

"What, then, can I do to please you?" he inquired.

"What can I do to make you happy?" he asked.

"Nothing more than to allow me to go home to my poor cabin," said Nikobob.

"All I want is to go back to my little cabin," said Nikobob.

"Perhaps," remarked King Rinkitink, "the charcoal-burner has more wisdom concealed in that hard head of his than we gave him credit for. But let us use that wisdom, for the present, to counsel us what to do in this emergency."

"Maybe," said King Rinkitink, "the charcoal burner has more smarts hidden in that hard head of his than we thought. But let's use that wisdom, for now, to help us figure out what to do in this situation."

"What you call my wisdom," said Nikobob, "is merely common sense. I have noticed that some men become rich, and are scorned by some and robbed by others. Other men become famous, and are mocked at and derided by their fellows. But the poor and humble man who lives unnoticed and unknown escapes all these troubles and is the only one who can appreciate the joy of living."

"What you think of as my wisdom," said Nikobob, "is just common sense. I've noticed that some men get rich and are scorned by some and robbed by others. Other men gain fame and are mocked and ridiculed by their peers. But the poor and humble man who lives quietly and unnoticed avoids all these troubles and is the only one who can truly appreciate the joy of living."

"If I had a hand, instead of a cloven hoof, I'd like to shake hands with you, Nikobob," said Bilbil the goat. "But the poor man must not have a cruel master, or he is undone."

"If I had a hand instead of a split hoof, I’d love to shake hands with you, Nikobob," said Bilbil the goat. "But a man in need shouldn't have a harsh master, or he's finished."

During the council they found, indeed, that the advice of the charcoal-burner was both shrewd and sensible, and they profited much by his words.

During the meeting, they realized that the charcoal-burner's advice was both clever and practical, and they benefited greatly from what he said.

Inga gave Captain Buzzub the command of the warriors and made him promise to keep his men quiet and orderly—if he could. Then the boy allowed all of King Gos's former slaves, except those who came from Pingaree, to choose what boats they required and to stock them with provisions and row away to their own countries. When these had departed, with grateful thanks and many blessings showered upon the boy Prince who had set them free, Inga made preparations to send his own people home, where they were told to rebuild their houses and then erect a new royal palace. They were then to await patiently the coming of King Kitticut or Prince Inga.

Inga gave Captain Buzzub command of the warriors and made him promise to keep his men calm and organized—if he could. Then the boy let all of King Gos's former slaves, except those from Pingaree, pick the boats they needed and fill them with supplies so they could row back to their own lands. After they left, with heartfelt thanks and many blessings showered upon the boy Prince who had freed them, Inga started getting ready to send his own people home, where they were instructed to rebuild their houses and then construct a new royal palace. They were then told to patiently wait for King Kitticut or Prince Inga to arrive.

"My greatest worry," said the boy to his friends, "is to know whom to appoint to take charge of this work of restoring Pingaree to its former condition. My men are all pearl fishers, and although willing and honest, have no talent for directing others how to work."

"My biggest worry," said the boy to his friends, "is figuring out who to put in charge of restoring Pingaree to its original state. My crew are all pearl fishers, and while they're willing and honest, they don't have the skills to lead others effectively."

While the preparations for departure were being made, Nikobob offered to direct the men of Pingaree, and did so in a very capable manner. As the island had been despoiled of all its valuable furniture and draperies and rich cloths and paintings and statuary and the like, as well as gold and silver and ornaments, Inga thought it no more than just that they be replaced by the spoilers. So he directed his people to search through the storehouses of King Gos and to regain all their goods and chattels that could be found. Also he instructed them to take as much else as they required to make their new homes comfortable, so that many boats were loaded full of goods that would enable the people to restore Pingaree to its former state of comfort.

While they were getting ready to leave, Nikobob offered to lead the men of Pingaree and did so very well. Since the island had been stripped of all its valuable furniture, draperies, rich fabrics, paintings, statues, as well as gold, silver, and ornaments, Inga thought it was only right that those who took them should replace them. So, he told his people to search through the storehouses of King Gos to retrieve all their belongings that could be found. He also instructed them to take whatever else they needed to make their new homes comfortable, which resulted in many boats being filled with goods to help restore Pingaree to its former state of comfort.

For his father's new palace the boy plundered the palaces of both Queen Cor and King Gos, sending enough wares away with his people to make King Kitticut's new residence as handsomely fitted and furnished as had been the one which the ruthless invaders from Regos had destroyed.

For his father's new palace, the boy raided the palaces of both Queen Cor and King Gos, sending enough goods with his people to make King Kitticut's new home as well-furnished and stylish as the one that the ruthless invaders from Regos had destroyed.

It was a great fleet of boats that set out one bright, sunny morning on the voyage to Pingaree, carrying all the men, women and children and all the goods for refitting their homes. As he saw the fleet depart, Prince Inga felt that he had already successfully accomplished a part of his mission, but he vowed he would never return to Pingaree in person until he could take his father and mother there with him; unless, indeed, King Gos wickedly destroyed his beloved parents, in which case Inga would become the King of Pingaree and it would be his duty to go to his people and rule over them.

It was a large fleet of boats that set out on a bright, sunny morning for the journey to Pingaree, carrying all the men, women, children, and supplies to help them restore their homes. As he watched the fleet leave, Prince Inga felt he had already succeeded in part of his mission, but he promised he would never go back to Pingaree himself until he could bring his father and mother with him; unless, of course, King Gos cruelly harmed his beloved parents, in which case Inga would become the King of Pingaree and it would be his responsibility to go to his people and lead them.

It was while the last of the boats were preparing to sail for Pingaree that Nikobob, who had been of great service in getting them ready, came to Inga in a thoughtful mood and said:

It was while the last of the boats were getting ready to sail for Pingaree that Nikobob, who had been very helpful in prepping them, came to Inga looking thoughtful and said:

"Your Highness, my wife and my daughter Zella have been urging me to leave Regos and settle down in your island, in a new home. From what your people have told me, Pingaree is a better place to live than Regos, and there are no cruel warriors or savage beasts there to keep one in constant fear for the safety of those he loves. Therefore, I have come to ask to go with my family in one of the boats."

"Your Highness, my wife and daughter Zella have been encouraging me to leave Regos and relocate to your island, to a new home. According to what your people have shared with me, Pingaree is a better place to live than Regos, and there are no ruthless warriors or wild beasts there to keep someone in constant worry for the safety of their loved ones. Therefore, I have come to ask if I can travel with my family in one of the boats."

Inga was much pleased with this proposal and not only granted Nikobob permission to go to Pingaree to live, but instructed him to take with him sufficient goods to furnish his new home in a comfortable manner. In addition to this, he appointed Nikobob general manager of the buildings and of the pearl fisheries, until his father or he himself arrived, and the people approved this order because they liked Nikobob and knew him to be just and honest.

Inga was very happy with this proposal and not only gave Nikobob permission to move to Pingaree, but also told him to bring enough supplies to set up his new home comfortably. On top of that, he made Nikobob the general manager of the buildings and the pearl fisheries until his father or he himself arrived. The people supported this decision because they liked Nikobob and recognized him as fair and trustworthy.

As soon as the last boat of the great flotilla had disappeared from the view of those left at Regos, Inga and Rinkitink prepared to leave the island themselves. The boy was anxious to overtake the boat of King Gos, if possible, and Rinkitink had no desire to remain in Regos.

As soon as the last boat of the big flotilla was out of sight for those still at Regos, Inga and Rinkitink got ready to leave the island too. The boy was eager to catch up with King Gos's boat if he could, and Rinkitink didn't want to stick around in Regos.

Buzzub and the warriors stood silently on the shore and watched the black boat with its silver lining depart, and I am sure they were as glad to be rid of their unwelcome visitors as Inga and Rinkitink and Bilbil were to leave.

Buzzub and the warriors stood quietly on the shore and watched the black boat with its silver trim leave, and I’m sure they were just as happy to see their unwelcome visitors go as Inga, Rinkitink, and Bilbil were to depart.

The boy asked the White Pearl what direction the boat of King Gos had taken and then he followed after it, rowing hard and steadily for eight days without becoming at all weary. But, although the black boat moved very swiftly, it failed to overtake the barge which was rowed by Queen Cor's forty picked oarsmen.

The boy asked the White Pearl which way King Gos's boat had gone, and then he chased after it, rowing hard and steady for eight days without getting tired at all. However, even though the black boat moved really fast, it couldn’t catch up to the barge that was rowed by Queen Cor's forty best oarsmen.


The Nome King

CHAPTER 17

The Kingdom of the Nomes does not border on the Nonestic Ocean, from which it is separated by the Kingdom of Rinkitink and the Country of the Wheelers, which is a part of the Land of Ev. Rinkitink's country is separated from the country of the Nomes by a row of high and steep mountains, from which it extends to the sea. The Country of the Wheelers is a sandy waste that is open on one side to the Nonestic Ocean and on the other side has no barrier to separate it from the Nome Country, therefore it was on the coast of the Wheelers that King Gos landed—in a spot quite deserted by any of the curious inhabitants of that country.

The Kingdom of the Nomes doesn't touch the Nonestic Ocean, which is separated from it by the Kingdom of Rinkitink and the Country of the Wheelers, part of the Land of Ev. Rinkitink's territory is divided from the Nomes by a range of tall, steep mountains that stretch down to the sea. The Country of the Wheelers is a sandy wasteland that is open on one side to the Nonestic Ocean and has no barrier on the other side separating it from the Nome Country. That's why King Gos landed on the Wheeler coast—in an area that was completely deserted by the curious locals.

The Nome Country is very large in extent, and is only separated from the Land of Oz, on its eastern borders, by a Deadly Desert that cannot be crossed by mortals, unless they are aided by the fairies or by magic.

The Nome Country is huge and is only separated from the Land of Oz on its eastern side by a Deadly Desert that mortals can't cross unless they have help from fairies or magic.

The nomes are a numerous and mischievous people, living in underground caverns of wide extent, connected one with another by arches and passages. The word "nome" means "one who knows," and these people are so called because they know where all the gold and silver and precious stones are hidden in the earth—a knowledge that no other living creatures share with them. The nomes are busy people, constantly digging up gold in one place and taking it to another place, where they secretly bury it, and perhaps this is the reason they alone know where to find it. The nomes were ruled, at the time of which I write, by a King named Kaliko.

The nomes are a large and playful group of people who live in vast underground caves that are connected by arches and passages. The term "nome" means "one who knows," and they are called this because they know where all the gold, silver, and precious stones are hidden in the earth—a knowledge that no other living beings possess. The nomes are busy, constantly digging up gold from one spot and transporting it to another location where they bury it secretly, which might be why only they know how to find it. At the time I'm writing about, the nomes were ruled by a king named Kaliko.

King Gos had expected to be pursued by Inga in his magic boat, so he made all the haste possible, urging his forty rowers to their best efforts night and day. To his joy he was not overtaken but landed on the sandy beach of the Wheelers on the morning of the eighth day.

King Gos had anticipated being chased by Inga in his magical boat, so he moved as fast as he could, pushing his forty rowers to give it their all day and night. To his delight, he wasn't caught and reached the sandy beach of the Wheelers on the morning of the eighth day.

The forty rowers were left with the boat, while Queen Cor and King Gos, with their royal prisoners, who were still chained, began the journey to the Nome King.

The forty rowers were left with the boat, while Queen Cor and King Gos, along with their royal prisoners, who were still chained, started the journey to the Nome King.

It was not long before they passed the sands and reached the rocky country belonging to the nomes, but they were still a long way from the entrance to the underground caverns in which lived the Nome King. There was a dim path, winding between stones and boulders, over which the walking was quite difficult, especially as the path led up hills that were small mountains, and then down steep and abrupt slopes where any misstep might mean a broken leg. Therefore it was the second day of their journey before they climbed halfway up a rugged mountain and found themselves at the entrance of the Nome King's caverns.

It wasn't long before they crossed the sands and entered the rocky territory of the nomes, but they were still far from the entrance to the underground caves where the Nome King lived. There was a narrow, winding path between the stones and boulders that made walking quite challenging, especially since the path went up small mountains and then down steep, tricky slopes where a single misstep could lead to a broken leg. Because of this, it took them until the second day of their journey to climb halfway up a rugged mountain and finally reach the entrance to the Nome King's caverns.

On their arrival, the entrance seemed free and unguarded, but Gos and Cor had been there before, and they were too wise to attempt to enter without announcing themselves, for the passage to the caves was full of traps and pitfalls. So King Gos stood still and shouted, and in an instant they were surrounded by a group of crooked nomes, who seemed to have sprung from the ground.

Upon arriving, the entrance looked open and unprotected, but Gos and Cor had been there before, and they were smart enough not to try to enter without announcing themselves since the way to the caves was filled with traps and hazards. So King Gos stopped and shouted, and in no time, they were surrounded by a group of twisted nomes that seemed to pop up from the ground.

One of these had very long ears and was called The Long-Eared Hearer. He said: "I heard you coming early this morning."

One of these had really long ears and was called The Long-Eared Hearer. He said, "I heard you coming early this morning."

Another had eyes that looked in different directions at the same time and were curiously bright and penetrating. He could look over a hill or around a corner and was called The Lookout. Said he: "I saw you coming yesterday."

Another person had eyes that looked in different directions at the same time and were interestingly bright and sharp. He could see over a hill or around a corner and was known as The Lookout. He said, "I saw you coming yesterday."

"Then," said King Gos, "perhaps King Kaliko is expecting us."

"Then," said King Gos, "maybe King Kaliko is waiting for us."

"It is true," replied another nome, who wore a gold collar around his neck and carried a bunch of golden keys. "The mighty Nome King expects you, and bids you follow me to his presence."

"It’s true," said another nome, who had a gold collar around his neck and carried a bunch of golden keys. "The powerful Nome King is waiting for you and asks you to follow me to see him."

With this he led the way into the caverns and Gos and Cor followed, dragging their weary prisoners with them, for poor King Kitticut and his gentle Queen had been obliged to carry, all through the tedious journey, the bags of gold and jewels which were to bribe the Nome King to accept them as slaves.

With this, he led the way into the caverns, and Gos and Cor followed, dragging their tired prisoners with them, because poor King Kitticut and his kind Queen had to carry, all through the long journey, the bags of gold and jewels meant to bribe the Nome King to accept them as slaves.

Through several long passages the guide led them and at last they entered a small cavern which was beautifully decorated and set with rare jewels that flashed from every part of the wall, floor and ceiling. This was a waiting-room for visitors, and there their guide left them while he went to inform King Kaliko of their arrival.

Through several lengthy corridors, the guide led them until they finally reached a small cavern that was beautifully adorned and embellished with rare jewels sparkling from every part of the walls, floor, and ceiling. This was a waiting room for visitors, and their guide left them there while he went to notify King Kaliko of their arrival.

Before long they were ushered into a great domed chamber, cut from the solid rock and so magnificent that all of them—the King and Queen of Pingaree and the King and Queen of Regos and Coregos—drew long breaths of astonishment and opened their eyes as wide as they could.

Before long, they were led into a huge domed room, carved from solid rock and so impressive that everyone—the King and Queen of Pingaree and the King and Queen of Regos and Coregos—gasped in amazement and opened their eyes as wide as possible.

In an ivory throne sat a little round man who had a pointed beard and hair that rose to a tall curl on top of his head. He was dressed in silken robes, richly embroidered, which had large buttons of cut rubies. On his head was a diamond crown and in his hand he held a golden sceptre with a big jeweled ball at one end of it. This was Kaliko, the King and ruler of all the nomes. He nodded pleasantly enough to his visitors and said in a cheery voice:

On an ivory throne sat a short, round man with a pointed beard and hair that curled up high on his head. He wore luxurious silk robes with intricate embroidery and had large buttons made of cut rubies. A diamond crown rested on his head, and in his hand, he held a golden scepter topped with a big, jeweled ball. This was Kaliko, the King and ruler of all the nomes. He greeted his visitors with a friendly nod and said in a cheerful voice:

"Well, Your Majesties, what can I do for you?"

"Well, Your Majesties, how can I help you?"

"It is my desire," answered King Gos, respectfully, "to place in your care two prisoners, whom you now see before you. They must be carefully guarded, to prevent them from escaping, for they have the cunning of foxes and are not to be trusted. In return for the favor I am asking you to grant, I have brought Your Majesty valuable presents of gold and precious gems."

"It’s my wish," King Gos replied respectfully, "to entrust you with these two prisoners, whom you see before you. They need to be closely watched to prevent their escape, as they are as clever as foxes and not to be trusted. In exchange for this favor I’m asking of you, I’ve brought Your Majesty valuable gifts of gold and precious gems."

He then commanded Kitticut and Garee to lay before the Nome King the bags of gold and jewels, and they obeyed, being helpless.

He then ordered Kitticut and Garee to present the bags of gold and jewels to the Nome King, and they complied, feeling powerless.

"Very good," said King Kaliko, nodding approval, for like all the nomes he loved treasures of gold and jewels. "But who are the prisoners you have brought here, and why do you place them in my charge instead of guarding them yourself? They seem gentle enough, I'm sure."

"Very good," said King Kaliko, nodding in approval, because like all the nomes, he loved treasures of gold and jewels. "But who are the prisoners you've brought here, and why are you leaving them in my care instead of guarding them yourself? They seem harmless enough, I’m sure."

"The prisoners," returned King Gos, "are the King and Queen of Pingaree, a small island north of here. They are very evil people and came to our islands of Regos and Coregos to conquer them and slay our poor people. Also they intended to plunder us of all our riches, but by good fortune we were able to defeat and capture them. However, they have a son who is a terrible wizard and who by magic art is trying to find this awful King and Queen of Pingaree, and to set them free, that they may continue their wicked deeds. Therefore, as we have no magic to defend ourselves with, we have brought the prisoners to you for safe keeping."

"The prisoners," said King Gos, "are the King and Queen of Pingaree, a small island north of here. They are very evil people who came to our islands of Regos and Coregos to conquer them and kill our innocent people. They also planned to steal all our riches, but luckily we were able to defeat and capture them. However, they have a son who is a powerful wizard, and he is using magic to find these terrible King and Queen of Pingaree and free them so they can continue their wicked actions. So, since we don’t have any magic to protect ourselves, we have brought the prisoners to you for safekeeping."

"Your Majesty," spoke up King Kitticut, addressing the Nome King with great indignation, "do not believe this tale, I implore you. It is all a lie!"

"Your Majesty," King Kitticut said, speaking to the Nome King with great anger, "please don’t believe this story. It’s all a lie!"

"I know it," said Kaliko. "I consider it a clever lie, though, because it is woven without a thread of truth. However, that is none of my business. The fact remains that my good friend King Gos wishes to put you in my underground caverns, so that you will be unable to escape. And why should I not please him in this little matter? Gos is a mighty King and a great warrior, while your island of Pingaree is desolated and your people scattered. In my heart, King Kitticut, I sympathize with you, but as a matter of business policy we powerful Kings must stand together and trample the weaker ones under our feet."

"I know that," said Kaliko. "I think it’s a clever lie, though, because it’s crafted without any truth. But that’s not my concern. The reality is that my good friend King Gos wants to put you in my underground caves, so you won’t be able to escape. And why shouldn’t I help him with this little thing? Gos is a powerful king and a great warrior, while your island of Pingaree is ruined and your people have scattered. In my heart, King Kitticut, I feel for you, but as powerful kings, we have to stick together and crush the weaker ones beneath us."

King Kitticut was surprised to find the King of the nomes so candid and so well informed, and he tried to argue that he and his gentle wife did not deserve their cruel fate and that it would be wiser for Kaliko to side with them than with the evil King of Regos. But Kaliko only shook his head and smiled, saying:

King Kitticut was surprised to find the King of the nomes so open and so well informed, and he tried to argue that he and his kind wife didn’t deserve their harsh fate and that it would be smarter for Kaliko to side with them instead of the wicked King of Regos. But Kaliko just shook his head and smiled, saying:

"The fact that you are a prisoner, my poor Kitticut, is evidence that you are weaker than King Gos, and I prefer to deal with the strong. By the way," he added, turning to the King of Regos, "have these prisoners any connection with the Land of Oz?"

"The fact that you're a prisoner, my poor Kitticut, shows that you're not as strong as King Gos, and I prefer to deal with the strong. By the way," he said, turning to the King of Regos, "do these prisoners have any connection to the Land of Oz?"

"Why do you ask?" said Gos.

"Why do you ask?" Gos said.

"Because I dare not offend the Oz people," was the reply. "I am very powerful, as you know, but Ozma of Oz is far more powerful than I; therefore, if this King and Queen of Pingaree happened to be under Ozma's protection, I would have nothing to do with them."

"Because I don't want to offend the people of Oz," was the response. "I’m very powerful, as you know, but Ozma of Oz is way more powerful than I am; so if this King and Queen of Pingaree are under Ozma's protection, I won't get involved with them."

"I assure Your Majesty that the prisoners have nothing to do with the Oz people," Gos hastened to say. And Kitticut, being questioned, admitted that this was true.

"I assure you, Your Majesty, that the prisoners are not connected to the Oz people," Gos quickly stated. And Kitticut, when asked, confirmed that this was true.

"But how about that wizard you mentioned?" asked the Nome King.

"But what about that wizard you mentioned?" asked the Nome King.

"Oh, he is merely a boy; but he is very ferocious and obstinate and he is assisted by a little fat sorcerer called Rinkitink and a talking goat."

"Oh, he's just a boy; but he's really fierce and stubborn, and he's helped by a little fat sorcerer named Rinkitink and a talking goat."

"Oho! A talking goat, do you say? That certainly sounds like magic; and it also sounds like the Land of Oz, where all the animals talk," said Kaliko, with a doubtful expression.

"Oho! A talking goat, you say? That definitely sounds like magic; and it also sounds like the Land of Oz, where all the animals talk," Kaliko said, looking skeptical.

But King Gos assured him the talking goat had never been to Oz.

But King Gos assured him that the talking goat had never been to Oz.

"As for Rinkitink, whom you call a sorcerer," continued the Nome King, "he is a neighbor of mine, you must know, but as we are cut off from each other by high mountains beneath which a powerful river runs, I have never yet met King Rinkitink. But I have heard of him, and from all reports he is a jolly rogue, and perfectly harmless. However, in spite of your false statements and misrepresentations, I will earn the treasure you have brought me, by keeping your prisoners safe in my caverns."

"As for Rinkitink, the so-called sorcerer," the Nome King continued, "he's my neighbor, you should know, but since we're separated by towering mountains and a powerful river, I've never actually met King Rinkitink. I've heard about him, and by all accounts, he's a cheerful guy and totally harmless. Still, despite your lies and exaggerations, I will earn the treasure you've brought me by keeping your prisoners safe in my caves."

"Make them work," advised Queen Cor. "They are rather delicate, and to make them work will make them suffer delightfully."

"Make them work," advised Queen Cor. "They're pretty delicate, and making them work will make them suffer in a pleasing way."

"I'll do as I please about that," said the Nome King sternly. "Be content that I agree to keep them safe."

"I'll do what I want about that," said the Nome King firmly. "Just be happy that I agree to keep them safe."

The bargain being thus made and concluded, Kaliko first examined the gold and jewels and then sent it away to his royal storehouse, which was well filled with like treasure. Next the captives were sent away in charge of the nome with the golden collar and keys, whose name was Klik, and he escorted them to a small cavern and gave them a good supper.

The deal was done, and Kaliko first checked the gold and jewels before sending them off to his royal storehouse, which was already stocked with similar treasures. Then, the captives were handed over to Klik, the nome who had the golden collar and keys. He took them to a small cave and treated them to a nice dinner.

"I shall lock your door," said Klik, "so there is no need of your wearing those heavy chains any longer." He therefore removed the chains and left King Kitticut and his Queen alone. This was the first time since the Northmen had carried them away from Pingaree that the good King and Queen had been alone together and free of all bonds, and as they embraced lovingly and mingled their tears over their sad fate they were also grateful that they had passed from the control of the heartless King Gos into the more considerate care of King Kaliko. They were still captives but they believed they would be happier in the underground caverns of the nomes than in Regos and Coregos.

"I'll lock your door," said Klik, "so you don’t have to wear those heavy chains anymore." He then removed the chains and left King Kitticut and his Queen alone. This was the first time since the Northmen had taken them away from Pingaree that the good King and Queen had been alone together and free from all restraints. As they embraced lovingly and shared their tears over their unfortunate situation, they were also thankful that they had moved from the control of the heartless King Gos to the more caring King Kaliko. They were still prisoners, but they believed they would be happier in the underground caves of the nomes than in Regos and Coregos.

Meantime, in the King's royal cavern a great feast had been spread. King Gos and Queen Cor, having triumphed in their plot, were so well pleased that they held high revelry with the jolly Nome King until a late hour that night. And the next morning, having cautioned Kaliko not to release the prisoners under any consideration without their orders, the King and Queen of Regos and Coregos left the caverns of the nomes to return to the shore of the ocean where they had left their boat.

Meanwhile, in the King's grand cave, a lavish feast had been laid out. King Gos and Queen Cor, having succeeded in their scheme, were so delighted that they partied with the cheerful Nome King until late that night. The next morning, after warning Kaliko not to let the prisoners go under any circumstances without their permission, the King and Queen of Regos and Coregos left the Nome's caverns to head back to the ocean shore where they had left their boat.


Inga Parts With His Pink Pearl

CHAPTER 18

The White Pearl guided Inga truly in his pursuit of the boat of King Gos, but the boy had been so delayed in sending his people home to Pingaree that it was a full day after Gos and Cor landed on the shore of the Wheeler Country that Inga's boat arrived at the same place.

The White Pearl truly guided Inga in his quest for King Gos's boat, but the boy had taken so long to send his people back to Pingaree that it was a whole day after Gos and Cor landed on the Wheeler Country shore that Inga's boat reached the same spot.

There he found the forty rowers guarding the barge of Queen Cor, and although they would not or could not tell the boy where the King and Queen had taken his father and mother, the White Pearl advised him to follow the path to the country and the caverns of the nomes.

There he found the forty rowers guarding Queen Cor's barge, and even though they wouldn’t or couldn’t tell the boy where the King and Queen had taken his parents, the White Pearl suggested he follow the path to the land and the caves of the nomes.

Rinkitink didn't like to undertake the rocky and mountainous journey, even with Bilbil to carry him, but he would not desert Inga, even though his own kingdom lay just beyond a range of mountains which could be seen towering southwest of them. So the King bravely mounted the goat, who always grumbled but always obeyed his master, and the three set off at once for the caverns of the nomes.

Rinkitink wasn't keen on tackling the rocky and mountainous journey, even with Bilbil to carry him, but he wouldn’t abandon Inga, even though his own kingdom was just beyond a range of mountains visible to the southwest. So the King bravely got on the goat, who always complained but always listened to his master, and the three of them set off immediately for the caverns of the nomes.

They traveled just as slowly as Queen Cor and King Gos had done, so when they were about halfway they discovered the King and Queen coming back to their boat. The fact that Gos and Cor were now alone proved that they had left Inga's father and mother behind them; so, at the suggestion of Rinkitink, the three hid behind a high rock until the King of Regos and the Queen of Coregos, who had not observed them, had passed them by. Then they continued their journey, glad that they had not again been forced to fight or quarrel with their wicked enemies.

They traveled just as slowly as Queen Cor and King Gos had before, so when they were about halfway, they saw the King and Queen coming back to their boat. The fact that Gos and Cor were now alone showed that they had left Inga's parents behind; so, at Rinkitink's suggestion, the three of them hid behind a tall rock until the King of Regos and the Queen of Coregos, who hadn’t noticed them, passed by. Then they continued their journey, relieved that they hadn't had to fight or argue with their evil enemies again.

"We might have asked them, however, what they had done with your poor parents," said Rinkitink.

"We could have asked them, though, what they did with your poor parents," said Rinkitink.

"Never mind," answered Inga. "I am sure the White Pearl will guide us aright."

"Don't worry," replied Inga. "I'm sure the White Pearl will lead us in the right direction."

For a time they proceeded in silence and then Rinkitink began to chuckle with laughter in the pleasant way he was wont to do before his misfortunes came upon him.

For a while, they walked in silence, and then Rinkitink started to chuckle in the cheerful way he used to before his troubles began.

"What amuses Your Majesty?" inquired the boy.

"What makes you laugh, Your Majesty?" asked the boy.

"The thought of how surprised my dear subjects would be if they realized how near to them I am, and yet how far away. I have always wanted to visit the Nome Country, which is full of mystery and magic and all sorts of adventures, but my devoted subjects forbade me to think of such a thing, fearing I would get hurt or enchanted."

"The idea of how shocked my dear subjects would be if they knew how close I am to them, and yet how far away. I've always wanted to visit the Nome Country, which is filled with mystery, magic, and all kinds of adventures, but my loyal subjects have forbidden me to even consider it, worried that I might get hurt or enchanted."

"Are you afraid, now that you are here?" asked Inga.

"Are you scared now that you're here?" asked Inga.

"A little, but not much, for they say the new Nome King is not as wicked as the old King used to be. Still, we are undertaking a dangerous journey and I think you ought to protect me by lending me one of your pearls."

"A little, but not much, because they say the new Nome King isn't as evil as the old one was. Still, we're going on a dangerous journey, and I think you should protect me by lending me one of your pearls."

Inga thought this over and it seemed a reasonable request.

Inga considered this, and it seemed like a fair request.

"Which pearl would you like to have?" asked the boy.

"Which pearl do you want?" the boy asked.

"Well, let us see," returned Rinkitink; "you may need strength to liberate your captive parents, so you must keep the Blue Pearl. And you will need the advice of the White Pearl, so you had best keep that also. But in case we should be separated I would have nothing to protect me from harm, so you ought to lend me the Pink Pearl."

"Well, let's see," said Rinkitink. "You might need strength to rescue your captured parents, so you should keep the Blue Pearl. You'll also need the White Pearl's advice, so it's best to hang onto that too. But just in case we get separated, I wouldn't have anything to keep me safe from danger, so you should lend me the Pink Pearl."

"Very well," agreed Inga, and sitting down upon a rock he removed his right shoe and after withdrawing the cloth from the pointed toe took out the Pink Pearl—the one which protected from any harm the person who carried it.

"Alright," Inga agreed, and sitting down on a rock, he took off his right shoe and after pulling the cloth from the pointed toe, he took out the Pink Pearl—the one that protected the person who carried it from any harm.

"Where can you put it, to keep it safely?" he asked.

"Where can we store it to keep it safe?" he asked.

"In my vest pocket," replied the King. "The pocket has a flap to it and I can pin it down in such a way that the pearl cannot get out and become lost. As for robbery, no one with evil intent can touch my person while I have the pearl."

"In my vest pocket," replied the King. "The pocket has a flap, and I can pin it down so that the pearl won't slip out and get lost. And as for theft, no one with bad intentions can get near me while I have the pearl."

So Inga gave Rinkitink the Pink Pearl and the little King placed it in the pocket of his red-and-green brocaded velvet vest, pinning the flap of the pocket down tightly.

So Inga gave Rinkitink the Pink Pearl, and the little King put it in the pocket of his red-and-green brocaded velvet vest, pinning the flap of the pocket down securely.

They now resumed their journey and finally reached the entrance to the Nome King's caverns. Placing the White Pearl to his ear, Inga asked: "What shall I do now?" and the Voice of the Pearl replied: "Clap your hands together four times and call aloud the word 'Klik.' Then allow yourselves to be conducted to the Nome King, who is now holding your father and mother captive."

They continued their journey and eventually arrived at the entrance to the Nome King's caverns. Holding the White Pearl to his ear, Inga asked, "What should I do now?" The Voice of the Pearl answered, "Clap your hands together four times and shout the word 'Klik.' Then let yourselves be led to the Nome King, who is currently holding your parents captive."

Inga followed these instructions and when Klik appeared in answer to his summons the boy requested an audience of the Nome King. So Klik led them into the presence of King Kaliko, who was suffering from a severe headache, due to his revelry the night before, and therefore was unusually cross and grumpy.

Inga followed these instructions, and when Klik responded to his call, the boy asked to see the Nome King. Klik then took them to meet King Kaliko, who was dealing with a bad headache from his partying the night before and was unusually irritable and grumpy.

"I know what you've come for," said he, before Inga could speak. "You want to get the captives from Regos away from me; but you can't do it, so you'd best go away again."

"I know why you're here," he said before Inga could say anything. "You want to take the captives from Regos away from me, but you can't do that, so you might as well leave."

"The captives are my father and mother, and I intend to liberate them," said the boy firmly.

"The captives are my mom and dad, and I'm determined to rescue them," said the boy confidently.

The King stared hard at Inga, wondering at his audacity. Then he turned to look at King Rinkitink and said:

The King fixed his gaze on Inga, aston

"I suppose you are the King of Gilgad, which is in the Kingdom of Rinkitink."

"I guess you’re the King of Gilgad, which is in the Kingdom of Rinkitink."

"You've guessed it the first time," replied Rinkitink.

"You got it right the first time," replied Rinkitink.

"How round and fat you are!" exclaimed Kaliko.

"Wow, you’re so round and plump!" Kaliko exclaimed.

"I was just thinking how fat and round you are," said Rinkitink. "Really, King Kaliko, we ought to be friends, we're so much alike in everything but disposition and intelligence."

"I was just thinking about how fat and round you are," said Rinkitink. "Honestly, King Kaliko, we should be friends; we're so similar in every way except for our personalities and smarts."

Then he began to chuckle, while Kaliko stared hard at him, not knowing whether to accept his speech as a compliment or not. And now the nome's eyes wandered to Bilbil, and he asked:

Then he started to chuckle, while Kaliko looked at him intently, unsure if he should take his words as a compliment or not. And now the nome's eyes shifted to Bilbil, and he asked:

"Is that your talking goat?"

"Is that your chatty goat?"

Bilbil met the Nome King's glowering look with a gaze equally surly and defiant, while Rinkitink answered: "It is, Your Majesty."

Bilbil met the Nome King's fierce glare with a look that was just as grumpy and challenging, while Rinkitink replied, "It is, Your Majesty."

"Can he really talk?" asked Kaliko, curiously.

"Can he actually talk?" Kaliko asked, intrigued.

"He can. But the best thing he does is to scold. Talk to His Majesty, Bilbil."

"He can. But the best thing he does is scold. Talk to His Majesty, Bilbil."

But Bilbil remained silent and would not speak.

But Bilbil stayed quiet and wouldn’t say anything.

"Do you always ride upon his back?" continued Kaliko, questioning Rinkitink.

"Do you always ride on his back?" Kaliko asked, continuing to question Rinkitink.

"Yes," was the answer, "because it is difficult for a fat man to walk far, as perhaps you know from experience."

"Yeah," was the answer, "because it's hard for a heavy guy to walk far, as you might know from experience."

"That is true," said Kaliko. "Get off the goat's back and let me ride him a while, to see how I like it. Perhaps I'll take him away from you, to ride through my caverns."

"That's true," Kaliko said. "Get off the goat's back and let me ride him for a bit to see if I like it. Maybe I'll take him from you to ride through my caves."

Rinkitink chuckled softly as he heard this, but at once got off Bilbil's back and let Kaliko get on. The Nome King was a little awkward, but when he was firmly astride the saddle he called in a loud voice: "Giddap!"

Rinkitink chuckled softly when he heard this, but immediately got off Bilbil's back and let Kaliko get on. The Nome King was a bit clumsy, but once he was securely in the saddle, he called out loudly, "Giddap!"

When Bilbil paid no attention to the command and refused to stir, Kaliko kicked his heels viciously against the goat's body, and then Bilbil made a sudden start. He ran swiftly across the great cavern, until he had almost reached the opposite wall, when he stopped so abruptly that King Kaliko sailed over his head and bumped against the jeweled wall. He bumped so hard that the points of his crown were all mashed out of shape and his head was driven far into the diamond-studded band of the crown, so that it covered one eye and a part of his nose. Perhaps this saved Kaliko's head from being cracked against the rock wall, but it was hard on the crown.

When Bilbil ignored the command and wouldn’t move, Kaliko kicked his heels hard against the goat's body, and then Bilbil suddenly sprang to life. He dashed swiftly across the huge cavern, almost reaching the opposite wall, when he stopped so suddenly that King Kaliko flew over his head and slammed against the jeweled wall. He hit so hard that the points of his crown got all bent out of shape and his head got pushed deep into the diamond-studded band of the crown, covering one eye and part of his nose. Maybe this saved Kaliko's head from hitting the rock wall, but it definitely damaged the crown.

Bilbil was highly pleased at the success of his feat and Rinkitink laughed merrily at the Nome King's comical appearance; but Kaliko was muttering and growling as he picked himself up and struggled to pull the battered crown from his head, and it was evident that he was not in the least amused. Indeed, Inga could see that the King was very angry, and the boy knew that the incident was likely to turn Kaliko against the entire party.

Bilbil was really happy about the success of his stunt, and Rinkitink laughed heartily at the Nome King's funny look; but Kaliko was grumbling and scowling as he got back on his feet and tried to yank the dented crown off his head. It was clear that he was not amused at all. In fact, Inga could tell that the King was quite angry, and the boy realized that this incident could easily make Kaliko hostile toward the whole group.

The Nome King sent Klik for another crown and ordered his workmen to repair the one that was damaged. While he waited for the new crown he sat regarding his visitors with a scowling face, and this made Inga more uneasy than ever. Finally, when the new crown was placed upon his head, King Kaliko said: "Follow me, strangers!" and led the way to a small door at one end of the cavern.

The Nome King sent Klik for another crown and told his workers to fix the one that was broken. While he waited for the new crown, he glared at his visitors, which made Inga more anxious than ever. Finally, when the new crown was put on his head, King Kaliko said, "Follow me, strangers!" and walked to a small door at one end of the cavern.

Inga and Rinkitink followed him through the doorway and found themselves standing on a balcony that overlooked an enormous domed cave—so extensive that it seemed miles to the other side of it. All around this circular cave, which was brilliantly lighted from an unknown source, were arches connected with other caverns.

Inga and Rinkitink went through the doorway and found themselves on a balcony that looked out over a huge domed cave—so vast that it felt like it went on for miles on the other side. Surrounding this circular cave, which was brightly lit by an unknown source, were arches leading to other caverns.

Kaliko took a gold whistle from his pocket and blew a shrill note that echoed through every part of the cave. Instantly nomes began to pour in through the side arches in great numbers, until the immense space was packed with them as far as the eye could reach. All were armed with glittering weapons of polished silver and gold, and Inga was amazed that any King could command so great an army.

Kaliko pulled a gold whistle from his pocket and blew a sharp note that echoed throughout the cave. Suddenly, nomes started pouring in through the side arches in large numbers, filling the vast space until it was packed with them as far as the eye could see. They were all armed with shiny weapons made of polished silver and gold, and Inga was astonished that any King could lead such a huge army.

They began marching and countermarching in very orderly array until another blast of the gold whistle sent them scurrying away as quickly as they had appeared. And as soon as the great cave was again empty Kaliko returned with his visitors to his own royal chamber, where he once more seated himself upon his ivory throne.

They started marching back and forth in a very organized way until another blow of the gold whistle had them rushing away just as fast as they had come. Once the great cave was empty again, Kaliko took his visitors back to his royal chamber, where he sat down again on his ivory throne.

"I have shown you," said he to Inga, "a part of my bodyguard. The royal armies, of which this is only a part, are as numerous as the sands of the ocean, and live in many thousands of my underground caverns. You have come here thinking to force me to give up the captives of King Gos and Queen Cor, and I wanted to convince you that my power is too mighty for anyone to oppose. I am told that you are a wizard, and depend upon magic to aid you; but you must know that the nomes are not mortals, and understand magic pretty well themselves, so if we are obliged to fight magic with magic the chances are that we are a hundred times more powerful than you can be. Think this over carefully, my boy, and try to realize that you are in my power. I do not believe you can force me to liberate King Kitticut and Queen Garee, and I know that you cannot coax me to do so, for I have given my promise to King Gos. Therefore, as I do not wish to hurt you, I ask you to go away peaceably and let me alone."

"I have shown you," he said to Inga, "part of my bodyguard. The royal armies, of which this is just a portion, are as numerous as the grains of sand on the beach and live in many thousands of my underground caves. You came here thinking you could force me to release the captives of King Gos and Queen Cor, and I wanted to show you that my power is too great for anyone to challenge. I've heard you're a wizard and rely on magic to help you; but you should know that the nomes are not mortals and understand magic quite well themselves. So if we have to fight magic with magic, we're likely a hundred times more powerful than you. Think this over carefully, my boy, and try to understand that you are in my control. I don’t believe you can force me to free King Kitticut and Queen Garee, and I know you can’t persuade me to do so, because I have promised King Gos. Therefore, since I don’t want to hurt you, I ask you to leave peacefully and let me be."

"Forgive me if I do not agree with you, King Kaliko," answered the boy. "However difficult and dangerous my task may be, I cannot leave your dominions until every effort to release my parents has failed and left me completely discouraged."

"Sorry if I don't see eye to eye with you, King Kaliko," replied the boy. "No matter how tough and risky my mission is, I can't leave your kingdom until I've tried everything to free my parents and have completely lost hope."

"Very well," said the King, evidently displeased. "I have warned you, and now if evil overtakes you it is your own fault. I've a headache to-day, so I cannot entertain you properly, according to your rank; but Klik will attend you to my guest chambers and to-morrow I will talk with you again."

"Alright," the King said, clearly annoyed. "I've given you a warning, and now if something bad happens, it's on you. I have a headache today, so I can't host you the way your status deserves; but Klik will take you to my guest rooms, and tomorrow I’ll speak with you again."

This seemed a fair and courteous way to treat one's declared enemies, so they politely expressed the wish that Kaliko's headache would be better, and followed their guide, Klik, down a well-lighted passage and through several archways until they finally reached three nicely furnished bedchambers which were cut from solid gray rock and well lighted and aired by some mysterious method known to the nomes.

This seemed like a fair and polite way to treat their stated enemies, so they kindly hoped that Kaliko's headache would improve and followed their guide, Klik, down a well-lit hallway and through several archways until they finally arrived at three nicely decorated bedrooms carved from solid gray rock, which were well-lit and ventilated by some mysterious technique known to the nomes.

The first of these rooms was given King Rinkitink, the second was Inga's and the third was assigned to Bilbil the goat. There was a swinging rock door between the third and second rooms and another between the second and first, which also had a door that opened upon the passage. Rinkitink's room was the largest, so it was here that an excellent dinner was spread by some of the nome servants, who, in spite of their crooked shapes, proved to be well trained and competent.

The first of these rooms was assigned to King Rinkitink, the second was for Inga, and the third was allocated to Bilbil the goat. There was a swinging rock door between the third and second rooms and another between the second and first, which also had a door that opened onto the passage. Rinkitink's room was the biggest, so an excellent dinner was served here by some of the nome servants, who, despite their unusual shapes, turned out to be well-trained and capable.

"You are not prisoners, you know," said Klik; "neither are you welcome guests, having declared your purpose to oppose our mighty King and all his hosts. But we bear you no ill will, and you are to be well fed and cared for as long as you remain in our caverns. Eat hearty, sleep tight, and pleasant dreams to you."

"You’re not prisoners, you know," Klik said. "You're also not exactly welcome guests since you've made it clear you plan to oppose our powerful King and his entire army. But we don’t wish you any harm, and you’ll be well-fed and taken care of while you’re in our caverns. Eat well, sleep soundly, and have pleasant dreams."

Saying this, he left them alone and at once Rinkitink and Inga began to counsel together as to the best means to liberate King Kitticut and Queen Garee. The White Pearl's advice was rather unsatisfactory to the boy, just now, for all that the Voice said in answer to his questions was: "Be patient, brave and determined."

Saying this, he left them alone, and immediately Rinkitink and Inga started discussing the best ways to free King Kitticut and Queen Garee. The White Pearl's advice was somewhat disappointing to the boy at the moment, because all the Voice said in response to his questions was: "Be patient, brave, and determined."

Rinkitink suggested that they try to discover in what part of the series of underground caverns Inga's parents had been confined, as that knowledge was necessary before they could take any action; so together they started out, leaving Bilbil asleep in his room, and made their way unopposed through many corridors and caverns.

Rinkitink suggested they try to find out where in the series of underground caverns Inga's parents had been held, since they needed that information before they could take any action. So they set out together, leaving Bilbil asleep in his room, and went unopposed through many corridors and caverns.

In some places were great furnaces, where gold dust was being melted into bricks. In other rooms workmen were fashioning the gold into various articles and ornaments. In one cavern immense wheels revolved which polished precious gems, and they found many caverns used as storerooms, where treasure of every sort was piled high. Also they came to the barracks of the army and the great kitchens.

In some areas, there were huge furnaces melting gold dust into bricks. In other rooms, workers were shaping the gold into different items and jewelry. In one cavern, massive wheels turned, polishing precious gems, and they discovered many caverns used as storage, where treasures of all kinds were stacked high. They also found the barracks for the army and the large kitchens.

There were nomes everywhere—countless thousands of them—but none paid the slightest heed to the visitors from the earth's surface. Yet, although Inga and Rinkitink walked until they were weary, they were unable to locate the place where the boy's father and mother had been confined, and when they tried to return to their own rooms they found that they had hopelessly lost themselves amid the labyrinth of passages. However, Klik presently came to them, laughing at their discomfiture, and led them back to their bedchambers.

There were nomes all around—countless thousands of them—but none paid any attention to the visitors from the surface of the earth. Still, even though Inga and Rinkitink walked until they were tired, they couldn't find the place where the boy's parents had been held. When they tried to return to their own rooms, they discovered they had completely lost their way in the maze of corridors. However, Klik soon found them, chuckling at their confusion, and guided them back to their bedrooms.

Before they went to sleep they carefully barred the door from Rinkitink's room to the corridor, but the doors that connected the three rooms one with another were left wide open.

Before they went to sleep, they carefully locked the door from Rinkitink's room to the hallway, but the doors that connected the three rooms to each other were left wide open.

In the night Inga was awakened by a soft grating sound that filled him with anxiety because he could not account for it. It was dark in his room, the light having disappeared as soon as he got into bed, but he managed to feel his way to the door that led to Rinkitink's room and found it tightly closed and immovable. Then he made his way to the opposite door, leading to Bilbil's room, to discover that also had been closed and fastened.

In the night, Inga woke up to a soft scratching sound that made him anxious because he couldn’t explain it. His room was dark; the light had gone out as soon as he got into bed. He felt his way to the door that led to Rinkitink’s room, only to find it tightly shut and unmovable. Then he made his way to the other door, which led to Bilbil’s room, and discovered that it was also closed and locked.

The boy had a curious sensation that all of his room—the walls, floor and ceiling—was slowly whirling as if on a pivot, and it was such an uncomfortable feeling that he got into bed again, not knowing what else to do. And as the grating noise had ceased and the room now seemed stationary, he soon fell asleep again.

The boy felt a strange sensation that everything in his room—the walls, floor, and ceiling—was slowly spinning like it was on a pivot, and it was such an uncomfortable feeling that he got back into bed, not sure what else to do. When the annoying noise stopped and the room finally seemed still, he quickly fell asleep again.

When the boy wakened, after many hours, he found the room again light. So he dressed himself and discovered that a small table, containing a breakfast that was smoking hot, had suddenly appeared in the center of his room. He tried the two doors, but finding that he could not open them he ate some breakfast, thoughtfully wondering who had locked him in and why he had been made a prisoner. Then he again went to the door which he thought led to Rinkitink's chamber and to his surprise the latch lifted easily and the door swung open.

When the boy woke up after many hours, he found the room bright again. So he got dressed and noticed that a small table with a steaming hot breakfast had suddenly appeared in the middle of his room. He tried the two doors, but when he realized he couldn't open them, he ate some breakfast, pondering who had locked him in and why he had become a prisoner. Then he went to the door he believed led to Rinkitink's room, and to his surprise, the latch lifted easily and the door opened.

Before him was a rude corridor hewn in the rock and dimly lighted. It did not look inviting, so Inga closed the door, puzzled to know what had become of Rinkitink's room and the King, and went to the opposite door. Opening this, he found a solid wall of rock confronting him, which effectually prevented his escape in that direction.

Before him was a rough corridor carved into the rock and poorly lit. It didn’t seem welcoming, so Inga closed the door, confused about what had happened to Rinkitink's room and the King, and went to the other door. When he opened it, he was faced with a solid wall of rock blocking his way, which effectively stopped him from escaping that way.

The boy now realized that King Kaliko had tricked him, and while professing to receive him as a guest had plotted to separate him from his comrades. One way had been left, however, by which he might escape and he decided to see where it led to.

The boy now understood that King Kaliko had deceived him, and while pretending to welcome him as a guest, had schemed to separate him from his friends. However, one path remained that he could take to escape, and he decided to find out where it led.

So, going to the first door, he opened it and ventured slowly into the dimly lighted corridor. When he had advanced a few steps he heard the door of his room slam shut behind him. He ran back at once, but the door of rock fitted so closely into the wall that he found it impossible to open it again. That did not matter so much, however, for the room was a prison and the only way of escape seemed ahead of him.

So, he went to the first door, opened it, and stepped cautiously into the dimly lit hallway. After taking a few steps, he heard the door to his room slam shut behind him. He quickly ran back, but the stone door was so tightly fitted into the wall that he couldn't open it again. However, that wasn't too important, because the room was a prison and the only way out seemed to be in front of him.

Along the corridor he crept until, turning a corner, he found himself in a large domed cavern that was empty and deserted. Here also was a dim light that permitted him to see another corridor at the opposite side; so he crossed the rocky floor of the cavern and entered a second corridor. This one twisted and turned in every direction but was not very long, so soon the boy reached a second cavern, not so large as the first. This he found vacant also, but it had another corridor leading out of it, so Inga entered that. It was straight and short and beyond was a third cavern, which differed little from the others except that it had a strong iron grating at one side of it.

He sneaked down the corridor until, around a corner, he found himself in a big, empty domed cave. There was a dim light that let him see another corridor on the other side, so he crossed the rocky floor of the cave and entered the second corridor. This one twisted and turned in all directions but wasn’t very long, so the boy soon arrived at a second cave, which wasn’t as big as the first. He found it empty too, but it had another corridor leading out, so Inga went inside. This one was straight and short, and beyond it was a third cave, which was mostly like the others except it had a sturdy iron grate on one side.

All three of these caverns had been roughly hewn from the rock and it seemed they had never been put to use, as had all the other caverns of the nomes he had visited. Standing in the third cavern, Inga saw what he thought was still another corridor at its farther side, so he walked toward it. This opening was dark, and that fact, and the solemn silence all around him, made him hesitate for a while to enter it. Upon reflection, however, he realized that unless he explored the place to the very end he could not hope to escape from it, so he boldly entered the dark corridor and felt his way cautiously as he moved forward.

All three of these caves had been roughly carved out of the rock, and it seemed like they had never been used, unlike all the other caves in the nomes he had visited. Standing in the third cave, Inga noticed what he thought was another corridor at the far end, so he walked toward it. The opening was dark, and the heavy silence around him made him hesitate for a moment before entering. However, after thinking it over, he realized that unless he explored the place completely, he wouldn’t be able to find a way out. So, he boldly stepped into the dark corridor and cautiously felt his way as he moved forward.

Scarcely had he taken two paces when a crash resounded back of him and a heavy sheet of steel closed the opening into the cavern from which he had just come. He paused a moment, but it still seemed best to proceed, and as Inga advanced in the dark, holding his hands outstretched before him to feel his way, handcuffs fell upon his wrists and locked themselves with a sharp click, and an instant later he found he was chained to a stout iron post set firmly in the rock floor.

Scarcely had he taken two steps when a loud crash echoed behind him, and a heavy steel sheet shut the entrance to the cave he had just left. He hesitated for a moment, but it still seemed better to move forward. As Inga moved through the darkness, stretching out his hands to find his way, handcuffs clamped onto his wrists and locked with a sharp click. A moment later, he realized he was chained to a sturdy iron post anchored into the rocky floor.

The chains were long enough to permit him to move a yard or so in any direction and by feeling the walls he found he was in a small circular room that had no outlet except the passage by which he had entered, and that was now closed by the door of steel. This was the end of the series of caverns and corridors.

The chains were long enough to allow him to move about a yard in any direction, and by feeling the walls, he discovered he was in a small circular room with no exit other than the passage he had entered, which was now sealed by a steel door. This marked the end of the series of caves and hallways.

It was now that the horror of his situation occurred to the boy with full force. But he resolved not to submit to his fate without a struggle, and realizing that he possessed the Blue Pearl, which gave him marvelous strength, he quickly broke the chains and set himself free of the handcuffs. Next he twisted the steel door from its hinges, and creeping along the short passage, found himself in the third cave.

It was at this moment that the boy fully grasped the horror of his situation. However, he decided not to accept his fate without a fight. Remembering that he had the Blue Pearl, which granted him incredible strength, he swiftly broke the chains and freed himself from the handcuffs. Then, he twisted the steel door off its hinges and, crawling along the short passage, found himself in the third cave.

But now the dim light, which had before guided him, had vanished; yet on peering into the gloom of the cave he saw what appeared to be two round disks of flame, which cast a subdued glow over the floor and walls. By this dull glow he made out the form of an enormous man, seated in the center of the cave, and he saw that the iron grating had been removed, permitting the man to enter.

But now the dim light that had once guided him was gone; however, as he looked into the darkness of the cave, he noticed what seemed to be two round flames, giving off a soft glow on the floor and walls. By this faint light, he discerned the figure of a huge man sitting in the middle of the cave, and he realized that the iron grate had been taken away, allowing the man to enter.

The giant was unclothed and its limbs were thickly covered with coarse red hair. The round disks of flame were its two eyes and when it opened its mouth to yawn Inga saw that its jaws were wide enough to crush a dozen men between the great rows of teeth.

The giant was bare and its limbs were thickly covered in rough red hair. The round flames served as its two eyes, and when it opened its mouth to yawn, Inga saw that its jaws were wide enough to crush a dozen men between the huge rows of teeth.

Presently the giant looked up and perceived the boy crouching at the other side of the cavern, so he called out in a hoarse, rude voice:

Presently, the giant looked up and saw the boy crouching on the other side of the cave, so he shouted in a harsh, rough voice:

"Come hither, my pretty one. We will wrestle together, you and I, and if you succeed in throwing me I will let you pass through my cave."

"Come here, my pretty one. We'll wrestle together, you and I, and if you manage to throw me, I'll let you pass through my cave."

The boy made no reply to the challenge. He realized he was in dire peril and regretted that he had lent the Pink Pearl to King Rinkitink. But it was now too late for vain regrets, although he feared that even his great strength would avail him little against this hairy monster. For his arms were not long enough to span a fourth of the giant's huge body, while the monster's powerful limbs would be likely to crush out Inga's life before he could gain the mastery.

The boy didn’t respond to the challenge. He understood he was in serious danger and regretted lending the Pink Pearl to King Rinkitink. But it was too late for pointless regrets, even though he worried that his great strength wouldn’t do much against this hairy monster. His arms weren’t long enough to wrap around even a quarter of the giant's massive body, and the monster's powerful limbs could easily crush him before he had a chance to take control.

Therefore the Prince resolved to employ other means to combat this foe, who had doubtless been placed there to bar his return. Retreating through the passage he reached the room where he had been chained and wrenched the iron post from its socket. It was a foot thick and four feet long, and being of solid iron was so heavy that three ordinary men would have found it hard to lift.

Therefore, the Prince decided to use different methods to fight this enemy, who had clearly been positioned there to block his way back. Retreating through the passage, he reached the room where he had been chained and pulled the iron post out of its socket. It was a foot thick and four feet long, and since it was made of solid iron, it was so heavy that three average men would have struggled to lift it.

Returning to the cavern, the boy swung the great bar above his head and dashed it with mighty force full at the giant. The end of the bar struck the monster upon its forehead, and with a single groan it fell full length upon the floor and lay still.

Returning to the cave, the boy swung the heavy bar above his head and slammed it with all his strength right at the giant. The end of the bar hit the monster on its forehead, and with one loud groan, it fell flat on the floor and lay motionless.

When the giant fell, the glow from its eyes faded away, and all was dark. Cautiously, for Inga was not sure the giant was dead, the boy felt his way toward the opening that led to the middle cavern. The entrance was narrow and the darkness was intense, but, feeling braver now, the boy stepped boldly forward. Instantly the floor began to sink beneath him and in great alarm he turned and made a leap that enabled him to grasp the rocky sides of the wall and regain a footing in the passage through which he had just come.

When the giant fell, the light from its eyes disappeared, and everything went dark. Carefully, since Inga wasn’t sure the giant was really dead, the boy felt his way toward the opening that led to the middle cavern. The entrance was tight, and the darkness was heavy, but feeling braver now, the boy stepped forward confidently. Suddenly, the floor started to sink beneath him, and in a panic, he turned and jumped, allowing him to grab the rocky sides of the wall and regain his footing in the passage he had just come through.

Scarcely had he obtained this place of refuge when a mighty crash resounded throughout the cavern and the sound of a rushing torrent came from far below. Inga felt in his pocket and found several matches, one of which he lighted and held before him. While it flickered he saw that the entire floor of the cavern had fallen away, and knew that had he not instantly regained his footing in the passage he would have plunged into the abyss that lay beneath him.

Scarcely had he found this place of refuge when a loud crash echoed through the cavern, and the sound of a rushing torrent came from deep below. Inga felt in his pocket and found several matches, one of which he lit and held in front of him. As it flickered, he saw that the entire floor of the cavern had collapsed, and realized that if he hadn't quickly regained his balance in the passage, he would have fallen into the abyss below.

By the light of another match he saw the opening at the other side of the cave and the thought came to him that possibly he might leap across the gulf. Of course, this could never be accomplished without the marvelous strength lent him by the Blue Pearl, but Inga had the feeling that one powerful spring might carry him over the chasm into safety. He could not stay where he was, that was certain, so he resolved to make the attempt.

By the light of another match, he saw the opening on the other side of the cave, and the thought crossed his mind that maybe he could jump across the gap. Of course, he couldn't do this without the incredible strength given to him by the Blue Pearl, but Inga had the feeling that one strong leap might take him over the chasm to safety. He definitely couldn’t stay where he was, so he decided to go for it.

He took a long run through the first cave and the short corridor; then, exerting all his strength, he launched himself over the black gulf of the second cave. Swiftly he flew and, although his heart stood still with fear, only a few seconds elapsed before his feet touched the ledge of the opposite passageway and he knew he had safely accomplished the wonderful feat.

He ran quickly through the first cave and the short hallway; then, using all his strength, he jumped over the dark chasm of the second cave. He flew through the air and, even though his heart raced with fear, only a few seconds passed before his feet landed on the ledge of the opposite passageway, and he realized he had successfully achieved the amazing feat.

Only pausing to draw one long breath of relief, Inga quickly traversed the crooked corridor that led to the last cavern of the three. But when he came in sight of it he paused abruptly, his eyes nearly blinded by a glare of strong light which burst upon them. Covering his face with his hands, Inga retreated behind a projecting corner of rock and by gradually getting his eyes used to the light he was finally able to gaze without blinking upon the strange glare that had so quickly changed the condition of the cavern. When he had passed through this vault it had been entirely empty. Now the flat floor of rock was covered everywhere with a bed of glowing coals, which shot up little tongues of red and white flames. Indeed, the entire cave was one monster furnace and the heat that came from it was fearful.

Only stopping to take a deep breath of relief, Inga quickly made his way down the twisted corridor that led to the last cavern of the three. But when he finally saw it, he stopped suddenly, his eyes nearly blinded by a burst of intense light. Shielding his face with his hands, Inga stepped back behind a protruding rock and gradually adjusted his eyes to the brightness until he could look at the strange glare without blinking. When he had come through this vault, it had been completely empty. Now, the flat rock floor was covered everywhere with a bed of glowing coals, flickering with little flames of red and white. In fact, the entire cave felt like one giant furnace, and the heat radiating from it was overwhelming.

Inga's heart sank within him as he realized the terrible obstacle placed by the cunning Nome King between him and the safety of the other caverns. There was no turning back, for it would be impossible for him again to leap over the gulf of the second cave, the corridor at this side being so crooked that he could get no run before he jumped. Neither could he leap over the glowing coals of the cavern that faced him, for it was much larger than the middle cavern. In this dilemma he feared his great strength would avail him nothing and he bitterly reproached himself for parting with the Pink Pearl, which would have preserved him from injury.

Inga felt a heavy weight in his chest as he realized the terrible obstacle the crafty Nome King had put between him and the safety of the other caves. There was no way to go back, as it would be impossible for him to leap over the gap of the second cave; the corridor on this side was so twisted that he couldn’t get a good run before jumping. He also couldn’t jump over the glowing coals in the cave facing him, since it was much larger than the middle cave. In this tough situation, he worried that his great strength would be useless, and he bitterly blamed himself for giving up the Pink Pearl, which would have protected him from harm.

However, it was not in the nature of Prince Inga to despair for long, his past adventures having taught him confidence and courage, sharpened his wits and given him the genius of invention. He sat down and thought earnestly on the means of escape from his danger and at last a clever idea came to his mind. This is the way to get ideas: never to let adverse circumstances discourage you, but to believe there is a way out of every difficulty, which may be found by earnest thought.

However, it wasn’t in Prince Inga’s nature to despair for long. His past adventures had taught him confidence and courage, sharpened his wits, and given him the knack for invention. He sat down and seriously considered how to escape his danger, and eventually, a smart idea came to him. This is how you come up with ideas: never let tough situations get you down, but believe there’s a way out of every challenge, which can be discovered through careful thought.

There were many points and projections of rock in the walls of the crooked corridor in which Inga stood and some of these rocks had become cracked and loosened, although still clinging to their places. The boy picked out one large piece, and, exerting all his strength, tore it away from the wall. He then carried it to the cavern and tossed it upon the burning coals, about ten feet away from the end of the passage. Then he returned for another fragment of rock, and wrenching it free from its place, he threw it ten feet beyond the first one, toward the opposite side of the cave. The boy continued this work until he had made a series of stepping-stones reaching straight across the cavern to the dark passageway beyond, which he hoped would lead him back to safety if not to liberty.

There were several points and projections of rock in the walls of the twisted corridor where Inga stood, and some of these rocks had cracked and loosened, although they still clung to their spots. The boy picked out one large piece and, using all his strength, tore it away from the wall. He then carried it to the cavern and tossed it onto the burning coals, about ten feet from the end of the passage. Then he went back for another piece of rock, and after wrenching it free, he threw it ten feet beyond the first one, toward the opposite side of the cave. The boy continued this task until he had created a series of stepping-stones leading straight across the cavern to the dark passageway beyond, which he hoped would take him back to safety, if not freedom.

When his work had been completed, Inga did not long hesitate to take advantage of his stepping-stones, for he knew his best chance of escape lay in his crossing the bed of coals before the rocks became so heated that they would burn his feet. So he leaped to the first rock and from there began jumping from one to the other in quick succession. A withering wave of heat at once enveloped him, and for a time he feared he would suffocate before he could cross the cavern; but he held his breath, to keep the hot air from his lungs, and maintained his leaps with desperate resolve.

When he finished his work, Inga quickly took advantage of his stepping stones, knowing his best chance to escape was to cross the bed of coals before the rocks got too hot and burned his feet. So he jumped onto the first rock and then started leaping from one to another in rapid succession. A suffocating wave of heat hit him immediately, and for a moment, he worried he would suffocate before he could get across the cavern; but he held his breath to keep the hot air out of his lungs and kept jumping with determined resolve.

Then, before he realized it, his feet were pressing the cooler rocks of the passage beyond and he rolled helpless upon the floor, gasping for breath. His skin was so red that it resembled the shell of a boiled lobster, but his swift motion had prevented his being burned, and his shoes had thick soles, which saved his feet.

Then, before he knew it, his feet were on the cooler rocks of the passage ahead, and he collapsed helplessly onto the floor, gasping for air. His skin was so red that it looked like the shell of a boiled lobster, but his quick movements had kept him from getting burned, and the thick soles of his shoes protected his feet.

After resting a few minutes, the boy felt strong enough to go on. He went to the end of the passage and found that the rock door by which he had left his room was still closed, so he returned to about the middle of the corridor and was thinking what he should do next, when suddenly the solid rock before him began to move and an opening appeared through which shone a brilliant light. Shielding his eyes, which were somewhat dazzled, Inga sprang through the opening and found himself in one of the Nome King's inhabited caverns, where before him stood King Kaliko, with a broad grin upon his features, and Klik, the King's chamberlain, who looked surprised, and King Rinkitink seated astride Bilbil the goat, both of whom seemed pleased that Inga had rejoined them.

After resting for a few minutes, the boy felt strong enough to continue. He walked to the end of the hallway and discovered that the rock door he used to leave his room was still closed. So, he returned to about the middle of the corridor, trying to think about what to do next, when suddenly the solid rock in front of him began to shift, revealing an opening that let in a bright light. Shielding his eyes, which were a bit dazzled, Inga rushed through the opening and found himself in one of the Nome King's caverns. There stood King Kaliko with a big grin on his face, and Klik, the King's chamberlain, looking surprised, along with King Rinkitink sitting on Bilbil the goat, both seeming happy that Inga had come back to them.


Rinkitink Chuckles

CHAPTER 19

We will now relate what happened to Rinkitink and Bilbil that morning, while Inga was undergoing his trying experiences in escaping the fearful dangers of the three caverns.

We will now share what happened to Rinkitink and Bilbil that morning, while Inga was dealing with his challenging experiences while escaping the terrifying dangers of the three caverns.

The King of Gilgad wakened to find the door of Inga's room fast shut and locked, but he had no trouble in opening his own door into the corridor, for it seems that the boy's room, which was the middle one, whirled around on a pivot, while the adjoining rooms occupied by Bilbil and Rinkitink remained stationary. The little King also found a breakfast magically served in his room, and while he was eating it, Klik came to him and stated that His Majesty, King Kaliko, desired his presence in the royal cavern.

The King of Gilgad woke up to find Inga's door tightly shut and locked, but he had no trouble opening his own door into the hallway, since the boy's room, which was the middle one, spun on a pivot while the rooms occupied by Bilbil and Rinkitink stayed still. The little King also discovered a magically prepared breakfast in his room, and while he was eating, Klik came to him and said that His Majesty, King Kaliko, wanted to see him in the royal cavern.

So Rinkitink, having first made sure that the Pink Pearl was still in his vest pocket, willingly followed Klik, who ran on some distance ahead. But no sooner had Rinkitink set foot in the passage than a great rock, weighing at least a ton, became dislodged and dropped from the roof directly over his head. Of course, it could not harm him, protected as he was by the Pink Pearl, and it bounded aside and crashed upon the floor, where it was shattered by its own weight.

So Rinkitink, first making sure the Pink Pearl was still in his pocket, happily followed Klik, who ran ahead. But as soon as Rinkitink stepped into the passage, a huge rock, weighing at least a ton, got loose and fell from the ceiling right above him. Thankfully, it couldn’t hurt him, thanks to the protection of the Pink Pearl, and it bounced aside and smashed onto the floor, breaking apart under its own weight.

"How careless!" exclaimed the little King, and waddled after Klik, who seemed amazed at his escape.

"How careless!" exclaimed the little King, waddling after Klik, who looked surprised at getting away.

Presently another rock above Rinkitink plunged downward, and then another, but none touched his body. Klik seemed much perplexed at these continued escapes and certainly Kaliko was surprised when Rinkitink, safe and sound, entered the royal cavern.

Currently, another rock above Rinkitink fell down, and then another, but none hit him. Klik looked very confused by these ongoing narrow escapes, and Kaliko was definitely surprised when Rinkitink, safe and sound, walked into the royal cavern.

"Good morning," said the King of Gilgad. "Your rocks are getting loose, Kaliko, and you'd better have them glued in place before they hurt someone." Then he began to chuckle: "Hoo, hoo, hoo-hee, hee-heek, keek, eek!" and Kaliko sat and frowned because he realized that the little fat King was poking fun at him.

"Good morning," said the King of Gilgad. "Your rocks are getting loose, Kaliko, and you'd better get them secured before they hurt someone." Then he started to laugh: "Hoo, hoo, hoo-hee, hee-heek, keek, eek!" and Kaliko sat there frowning because he realized that the little chubby King was making fun of him.

"I asked Your Majesty to come here," said the Nome King, "to show you a curious skein of golden thread which my workmen have made. If it pleases you, I will make you a present of it."

"I asked you to come here, Your Majesty," said the Nome King, "to show you a curious bundle of golden thread that my workers have created. If you like it, I'll give it to you as a gift."

With this he held out a small skein of glittering gold twine, which was really pretty and curious. Rinkitink took it in his hand and at once the golden thread began to unwind—so swiftly that the eye could not follow its motion. And, as it unwound, it coiled itself around Rinkitink's body, at the same time weaving itself into a net, until it had enveloped the little King from head to foot and placed him in a prison of gold.

With that, he held out a small bundle of shiny gold string, which was really beautiful and intriguing. Rinkitink took it in his hand, and immediately the golden thread started to unravel—so quickly that the eye couldn’t keep up with its movement. As it unraveled, it wrapped around Rinkitink's body, while also weaving itself into a net, until it had covered the little King from head to toe and trapped him in a prison of gold.

"Aha!" cried Kaliko; "this magic worked all right, it seems."

"Aha!" shouted Kaliko; "this magic actually worked, it looks like."

"Oh, did it?" replied Rinkitink, and stepping forward he walked right through the golden net, which fell to the floor in a tangled mass.

"Oh, really?" replied Rinkitink, and stepping forward he walked right through the golden net, which fell to the floor in a tangled mess.

Kaliko rubbed his chin thoughtfully and stared hard at Rinkitink.

Kaliko rubbed his chin in thought and stared intently at Rinkitink.

"I understand a good bit of magic," said he, "but Your Majesty has a sort of magic that greatly puzzles me, because it is unlike anything of the sort that I ever met with before."

"I know a fair amount about magic," he said, "but Your Majesty possesses a kind of magic that really confuses me, because it's unlike anything I've encountered before."

"Now, see here, Kaliko," said Rinkitink; "if you are trying to harm me or my companions, give it up, for you will never succeed. We're harm-proof, so to speak, and you are merely wasting your time trying to injure us."

"Listen up, Kaliko," Rinkitink said. "If you're trying to hurt me or my friends, just stop, because you'll never succeed. We're basically invulnerable, so you're just wasting your time trying to harm us."

"You may be right, and I hope I am not so impolite as to argue with a guest," returned the Nome King. "But you will pardon me if I am not yet satisfied that you are stronger than my famous magic. However, I beg you to believe that I bear you no ill will, King Rinkitink; but it is my duty to destroy you, if possible, because you and that insignificant boy Prince have openly threatened to take away my captives and have positively refused to go back to the earth's surface and let me alone. I'm very tender-hearted, as a matter of fact, and I like you immensely and would enjoy having you as a friend, but—" Here he pressed a button on the arm of his throne chair and the section of the floor where Rinkitink stood suddenly opened and disclosed a black pit beneath, which was a part of the terrible Bottomless Gulf.

"You might be right, and I hope I'm not being rude by arguing with a guest," replied the Nome King. "But please understand that I'm not convinced you're stronger than my renowned magic. Still, I ask you to believe I mean you no harm, King Rinkitink; it's just that I have to try to eliminate you, because you and that insignificant boy Prince have openly threatened to take my captives and have firmly refused to return to the earth's surface and leave me alone. I’ve got a pretty soft heart, actually, and I really like you and would enjoy having you as a friend, but—" At this point, he pressed a button on the arm of his throne chair, and a section of the floor where Rinkitink was standing suddenly opened up, revealing a black pit beneath, which was part of the terrible Bottomless Gulf.

But Rinkitink did not fall into the pit; his body remained suspended in the air until he put out his foot and stepped to the solid floor, when the opening suddenly closed again.

But Rinkitink didn’t fall into the pit; his body stayed suspended in the air until he put out his foot and stepped onto the solid floor, at which point the opening suddenly closed again.

"I appreciate Your Majesty's friendship," remarked Rinkitink, as calmly as if nothing had happened, "but I am getting tired with standing. Will you kindly send for my goat, Bilbil, that I may sit upon his back to rest?"

"I appreciate your friendship, Your Majesty," said Rinkitink, as calmly as if nothing had happened, "but I'm getting tired of standing. Could you please send for my goat, Bilbil, so I can sit on his back to rest?"

"Indeed I will!" promised Kaliko. "I have not yet completed my test of your magic, and as I owe that goat a slight grudge for bumping my head and smashing my second-best crown, I will be glad to discover if the beast can also escape my delightful little sorceries."

"Absolutely, I will!" Kaliko promised. "I haven't finished testing your magic yet, and since I hold a bit of a grudge against that goat for bumping my head and breaking my second-best crown, I’m eager to see if the creature can also escape my charming little spells."

So Klik was sent to fetch Bilbil and presently returned with the goat, which was very cross this morning because it had not slept well in the underground caverns.

So Klik was sent to get Bilbil and soon came back with the goat, which was really irritable this morning because it hadn't slept well in the underground caves.

Rinkitink lost no time in getting upon the red velvet saddle which the goat constantly wore, for he feared the Nome King would try to destroy Bilbil and knew that as long as his body touched that of the goat the Pink Pearl would protect them both; whereas, if Bilbil stood alone, there was no magic to save him.

Rinkitink quickly got onto the red velvet saddle that the goat always wore because he was worried the Nome King would try to harm Bilbil. He knew that as long as he was in contact with the goat, the Pink Pearl would keep them both safe; however, if Bilbil stood by himself, there was no magic to protect him.

Bilbil glared wickedly at King Kaliko, who moved uneasily in his ivory throne. Then the Nome King whispered a moment in the ear of Klik, who nodded and left the room.

Bilbil glared maliciously at King Kaliko, who shifted uncomfortably in his ivory throne. Then the Nome King leaned in to whisper something to Klik, who nodded and left the room.

"Please make yourselves at home here for a few minutes, while I attend to an errand," said the Nome King, getting up from the throne. "I shall return pretty soon, when I hope to find you pieceful—ha, ha, ha!—that's a joke you can't appreciate now but will later. Be pieceful—that's the idea. Ho, ho, ho! How funny." Then he waddled from the cavern, closing the door behind him.

"Please make yourselves comfortable here for a few minutes while I take care of something," said the Nome King, getting up from the throne. "I’ll be back shortly, and I hope to find you peaceful—ha, ha, ha!—that’s a joke you might not get now but will later. Be peaceful—that’s the idea. Ho, ho, ho! How amusing." Then he waddled out of the cavern, closing the door behind him.

"Well, why didn't you laugh when Kaliko laughed?" demanded the goat, when they were left alone in the cavern.

"Well, why didn’t you laugh when Kaliko laughed?" asked the goat, when they were left alone in the cave.

"Because he means mischief of some sort," replied Rinkitink, "and we'll laugh after the danger is over, Bilbil. There's an old adage that says: 'He laughs best who laughs last,' and the only way to laugh last is to give the other fellow a chance. Where did that knife come from, I wonder."

"Because he’s up to something," Rinkitink replied, "and we'll laugh once the danger has passed, Bilbil. There's an old saying: 'He laughs best who laughs last,' and the only way to have the last laugh is to give the other person a shot. Where do you think that knife came from, I wonder?"

For a long, sharp knife suddenly appeared in the air near them, twisting and turning from side to side and darting here and there in a dangerous manner, without any support whatever. Then another knife became visible—and another and another—until all the space in the royal cavern seemed filled with them. Their sharp points and edges darted toward Rinkitink and Bilbil perpetually and nothing could have saved them from being cut to pieces except the protecting power of the Pink Pearl. As it was, not a knife touched them and even Bilbil gave a gruff laugh at the failure of Kaliko's clever magic.

For a long time, a sharp knife suddenly appeared in the air near them, twisting and turning from side to side and darting around in a threatening way, without any support at all. Then another knife showed up—and another and another—until it seemed like the entire royal cavern was filled with them. Their sharp points and edges constantly aimed at Rinkitink and Bilbil, and nothing could have saved them from being sliced to pieces except the protective power of the Pink Pearl. As it turned out, not a single knife touched them, and even Bilbil let out a gruff laugh at the failure of Kaliko's clever magic.

The goat wandered here and there in the cavern, carrying Rinkitink upon his back, and neither of them paid the slightest heed to the whirring knives, although the glitter of the hundreds of polished blades was rather trying to their eyes. Perhaps for ten minutes the knives darted about them in bewildering fury; then they disappeared as suddenly as they had appeared.

The goat wandered around the cave with Rinkitink on its back, and neither of them paid any attention to the whirring knives, even though the shine of the hundreds of polished blades was pretty hard on their eyes. For about ten minutes, the knives flew around them in a confusing frenzy; then, just as quickly as they showed up, they vanished.

Kaliko cautiously stuck his head through the doorway and found the goat chewing the embroidery of his royal cloak, which he had left lying over the throne, while Rinkitink was reading his manuscript on "How to be Good" and chuckling over its advice. The Nome King seemed greatly disappointed as he came in and resumed his seat on the throne. Said Rinkitink with a chuckle:

Kaliko carefully peeked through the doorway and saw the goat munching on the embroidery of his royal cloak, which he had left draped over the throne. Meanwhile, Rinkitink was reading his manuscript titled "How to be Good" and laughing at its suggestions. The Nome King looked quite let down as he walked in and took his place back on the throne. Rinkitink chuckled and said:

"We've really had a peaceful time, Kaliko, although not the pieceful time you expected. Forgive me if I indulge in a laugh—hoo, hoo, hoo-hee, heek-keek-eek! And now, tell me; aren't you getting tired of trying to injure us?"

"We've really had a calm time, Kaliko, even if it wasn't the peaceful time you expected. Forgive me if I laugh a little—hoo, hoo, hoo-hee, heek-keek-eek! Now, tell me; aren't you getting tired of trying to hurt us?"

"Eh-heh," said the Nome King. "I see now that your magic can protect you from all my arts. But is the boy Inga as well protected as Your Majesty and the goat?"

"Eh-heh," said the Nome King. "I see now that your magic can protect you from all my tricks. But is the boy Inga as well protected as you and the goat?"

"Why do you ask?" inquired Rinkitink, uneasy at the question because he remembered he had not seen the little Prince of Pingaree that morning.

"Why do you ask?" Rinkitink said, feeling uneasy because he realized he hadn’t seen the little Prince of Pingaree that morning.

"Because," said Kaliko, "the boy has been undergoing trials far greater and more dangerous than any you have encountered, and it has been hundreds of years since anyone has been able to escape alive from the perils of my Three Trick Caverns."

"Because," said Kaliko, "the boy has faced challenges far tougher and more dangerous than anything you've come across, and it's been hundreds of years since anyone has made it out alive from the dangers of my Three Trick Caverns."

King Rinkitink was much alarmed at hearing this, for although he knew that Inga possessed the Blue Pearl, that would only give to him marvelous strength, and perhaps strength alone would not enable him to escape from danger. But he would not let Kaliko see the fear he felt for Inga's safety, so he said in a careless way:

King Rinkitink was really worried to hear this because, even though he knew Inga had the Blue Pearl, that would only give him amazing strength, and just being strong might not be enough to get out of danger. But he didn’t want Kaliko to notice how scared he was for Inga's safety, so he said it casually:

"You're a mighty poor magician, Kaliko, and I'll give you my crown if Inga hasn't escaped any danger you have threatened him with."

"You're not much of a magician, Kaliko, and I'll hand over my crown if Inga hasn't gotten out of any trouble you've put him in."

"Your whole crown is not worth one of the valuable diamonds in my crown," answered the Nome King, "but I'll take it. Let us go at once, therefore, and see what has become of the boy Prince, for if he is not destroyed by this time I will admit he cannot be injured by any of the magic arts which I have at my command."

"Your entire crown isn't worth even one of the precious diamonds in mine," replied the Nome King, "but I'll accept it. Let's go right away and see what happened to the boy Prince, because if he isn't destroyed by now, I will concede that he can't be harmed by any of the magical powers I have."

He left the room, accompanied by Klik, who had now rejoined his master, and by Rinkitink riding upon Bilbil. After traversing several of the huge caverns they entered one that was somewhat more bright and cheerful than the others, where the Nome King paused before a wall of rock. Then Klik pressed a secret spring and a section of the wall opened and disclosed the corridor where Prince Inga stood facing them.

He left the room with Klik, who had rejoined his master, and Rinkitink riding on Bilbil. After going through several huge caverns, they entered one that was a bit brighter and more cheerful than the others, where the Nome King stopped in front of a wall of rock. Then, Klik pressed a hidden switch, and a section of the wall opened, revealing the corridor where Prince Inga stood facing them.

"Tarts and tadpoles!" cried Kaliko in surprise. "The boy is still alive!"

"Tarts and tadpoles!" Kaliko exclaimed in surprise. "The boy is still alive!"


Dorothy to the Rescue

CHAPTER 20

One day when Princess Dorothy of Oz was visiting Glinda the Good, who is Ozma's Royal Sorceress, she was looking through Glinda's Great Book of Records—wherein is inscribed all important events that happen in every part of the world—when she came upon the record of the destruction of Pingaree, the capture of King Kitticut and Queen Garee and all their people, and the curious escape of Inga, the boy Prince, and of King Rinkitink and the talking goat. Turning over some of the following pages, Dorothy read how Inga had found the Magic Pearls and was rowing the silver-lined boat to Regos to try to rescue his parents.

One day, when Princess Dorothy of Oz was visiting Glinda the Good, who is Ozma's Royal Sorceress, she was browsing through Glinda's Great Book of Records—where all important events from around the world are documented—when she discovered the account of the destruction of Pingaree, the capture of King Kitticut and Queen Garee along with all their people, and the intriguing escape of Inga, the young Prince, King Rinkitink, and the talking goat. Flipping through some of the next pages, Dorothy read about how Inga had found the Magic Pearls and was rowing the silver-lined boat to Regos in an attempt to rescue his parents.

The little girl was much interested to know how well Inga succeeded, but she returned to the palace of Ozma at the Emerald City of Oz the next day and other events made her forget the boy Prince of Pingaree for a time. However, she was one day idly looking at Ozma's Magic Picture, which shows any scene you may wish to see, when the girl thought of Inga and commanded the Magic Picture to show what the boy was doing at that moment.

The little girl was very curious to see how well Inga was doing, but she went back to the palace of Ozma in the Emerald City of Oz the next day, and other things made her forget about the boy Prince of Pingaree for a while. However, one day she was casually looking at Ozma's Magic Picture, which can show any scene you want to see, when she thought of Inga and asked the Magic Picture to show what the boy was doing at that moment.

It was the time when Inga and Rinkitink had followed the King of Regos and Queen of Coregos to the Nome King's country and she saw them hiding behind the rock as Cor and Gos passed them by after having placed the King and Queen of Pingaree in the keeping of the Nome King. From that time Dorothy followed, by means of the Magic Picture, the adventures of Inga and his friends in the Nome King's caverns, and the danger and helplessness of the poor boy aroused the little girl's pity and indignation.

It was the time when Inga and Rinkitink had followed the King of Regos and Queen of Coregos to the Nome King's land, and she saw them hiding behind a rock as Cor and Gos walked past them after handing over the King and Queen of Pingaree to the Nome King. From then on, Dorothy used the Magic Picture to keep track of Inga and his friends' adventures in the Nome King's caverns, and the danger and helplessness of the poor boy stirred the little girl's sympathy and anger.

So she went to Ozma and told the lovely girl Ruler of Oz all about Inga and Rinkitink.

So she went to Ozma and told the beautiful girl, the Ruler of Oz, all about Inga and Rinkitink.

"I think Kaliko is treating them dreadfully mean," declared Dorothy, "and I wish you'd let me go to the Nome Country and help them out of their troubles."

"I think Kaliko is being really mean to them," Dorothy said, "and I wish you'd let me go to the Nome Country and help them with their problems."

"Go, my dear, if you wish to," replied Ozma, "but I think it would be best for you to take the Wizard with you."

"Go ahead, my dear, if that's what you want," replied Ozma, "but I think it would be a good idea for you to take the Wizard with you."

"Oh, I'm not afraid of the nomes," said Dorothy, "but I'll be glad to take the Wizard, for company. And may we use your Magic Carpet, Ozma?"

"Oh, I'm not scared of the nomes," said Dorothy, "but I'd love to take the Wizard along for company. And can we use your Magic Carpet, Ozma?"

"Of course. Put the Magic Carpet in the Red Wagon and have the Sawhorse take you and the Wizard to the edge of the desert. While you are gone, Dorothy, I'll watch you in the Magic Picture, and if any danger threatens you I'll see you are not harmed."

"Sure thing. Put the Magic Carpet in the Red Wagon and have the Sawhorse take you and the Wizard to the edge of the desert. While you're gone, Dorothy, I'll keep an eye on you in the Magic Picture, and if any danger comes your way, I'll make sure you're safe."

Dorothy thanked the Ruler of Oz and kissed her good-bye, for she was determined to start at once. She found the Wizard of Oz, who was planting shoe-trees in the garden, and when she told him Inga's story he willingly agreed to accompany the little girl to the Nome King's caverns. They had both been there before and had conquered the nomes with ease, so they were not at all afraid.

Dorothy thanked the Ruler of Oz and said goodbye, as she was set on starting her journey immediately. She found the Wizard of Oz, who was planting shoe trees in the garden, and when she shared Inga's story, he gladly agreed to go with the little girl to the Nome King's caverns. They had both been there before and had easily defeated the nomes, so they weren't afraid at all.

The Wizard, who was a cheery little man with a bald head and a winning smile, harnessed the Wooden Sawhorse to the Red Wagon and loaded on Ozma's Magic Carpet. Then he and Dorothy climbed to the seat and the Sawhorse started off and carried them swiftly through the beautiful Land of Oz to the edge of the Deadly Desert that separated their fairyland from the Nome Country.

The Wizard, a cheerful little man with a bald head and a charming smile, hitched the Wooden Sawhorse to the Red Wagon and loaded Ozma's Magic Carpet onto it. Then he and Dorothy climbed into the seat, and the Sawhorse took off, quickly carrying them through the beautiful Land of Oz to the border of the Deadly Desert that separated their fairyland from the Nome Country.

Even Dorothy and the clever Wizard would not have dared to cross this desert without the aid of the Magic Carpet, for it would have quickly destroyed them; but when the roll of carpet had been placed upon the edge of the sands, leaving just enough lying flat for them to stand upon, the carpet straightway began to unroll before them and as they walked on it continued to unroll, until they had safely passed over the stretch of Deadly Desert and were on the border of the Nome King's dominions.

Even Dorothy and the smart Wizard wouldn't have dared to cross this desert without the help of the Magic Carpet, because it would have quickly wiped them out. But when the roll of carpet was laid on the edge of the sands, leaving just enough flat for them to stand on, the carpet immediately began to unroll in front of them. As they walked on it, it continued to unroll until they had safely crossed the stretch of Deadly Desert and reached the border of the Nome King's territory.

This journey had been accomplished in a few minutes, although such a distance would have required several days' travel had they not been walking on the Magic Carpet. On arriving they at once walked toward the entrance to the caverns of the nomes.

This journey took only a few minutes, even though it would have taken several days to travel that distance if they hadn’t been on the Magic Carpet. As soon as they arrived, they headed straight for the entrance to the nomes' caverns.

The Wizard carried a little black bag containing his tools of wizardry, while Dorothy carried over her arm a covered basket in which she had placed a dozen eggs, with which to conquer the nomes if she had any trouble with them.

The Wizard carried a small black bag with his wizard tools, while Dorothy slung a covered basket over her arm that held a dozen eggs, ready to use against the nomes if she had any issues with them.

Eggs may seem to you to be a queer weapon with which to fight, but the little girl well knew their value. The nomes are immortal; that is, they do not perish, as mortals do, unless they happen to come in contact with an egg. If an egg touches them—either the outer shell or the inside of the egg—the nomes lose their charm of perpetual life and thereafter are liable to die through accident or old age, just as all humans are.

Eggs might seem like a strange weapon to fight with, but the little girl knew their value. The nomes are immortal; they don’t die like humans do, unless they come into contact with an egg. If an egg touches them—either the outer shell or the inside—the nomes lose their eternal life and can then die from accidents or old age, just like everyone else.

For this reason the sight of an egg fills a nome with terror and he will do anything to prevent an egg from touching him, even for an instant. So, when Dorothy took her basket of eggs with her, she knew that she was more powerfully armed than if she had a regiment of soldiers at her back.

For this reason, just seeing an egg fills a nome with dread, and he will do anything to keep an egg from touching him, even for a moment. So, when Dorothy brought her basket of eggs with her, she knew she was better protected than if she had a whole army behind her.


The Wizard Finds an Enchantment

CHAPTER 21

After Kaliko had failed in his attempts to destroy his guests, as has been related, the Nome King did nothing more to injure them but treated them in a friendly manner. He refused, however, to permit Inga to see or to speak with his father and mother, or even to know in what part of the underground caverns they were confined.

After Kaliko failed to destroy his guests, as mentioned, the Nome King did nothing else to harm them and treated them kindly. However, he refused to let Inga see or speak to his parents, or even to know where in the underground caverns they were held.

"You are able to protect your lives and persons, I freely admit," said Kaliko; "but I firmly believe you have no power, either of magic or otherwise, to take from me the captives I have agreed to keep for King Gos."

"You can protect your lives and well-being, I’ll give you that," said Kaliko; "but I truly believe you have no magic or any other means to take the captives I’ve promised to keep for King Gos."

Inga would not agree to this. He determined not to leave the caverns until he had liberated his father and mother, although he did not then know how that could be accomplished. As for Rinkitink, the jolly King was well fed and had a good bed to sleep upon, so he was not worrying about anything and seemed in no hurry to go away.

Inga refused to go along with this. He decided he wouldn’t leave the caves until he had freed his mom and dad, even though he didn’t yet know how he would do that. As for Rinkitink, the cheerful King was well-fed and had a comfortable bed to sleep in, so he wasn’t worried about anything and didn’t seem to be in any rush to leave.

Kaliko and Rinkitink were engaged in pitching a game with solid gold quoits, on the floor of the royal chamber, and Inga and Bilbil were watching them, when Klik came running in, his hair standing on end with excitement, and cried out that the Wizard of Oz and Dorothy were approaching.

Kaliko and Rinkitink were playing a game with solid gold quoits on the floor of the royal chamber, while Inga and Bilbil watched them. Suddenly, Klik burst in, his hair all messed up with excitement, and shouted that the Wizard of Oz and Dorothy were on their way.

Kaliko turned pale on hearing this unwelcome news and, abandoning his game, went to sit in his ivory throne and try to think what had brought these fearful visitors to his domain.

Kaliko went pale upon hearing this bad news and, leaving his game behind, sat down on his ivory throne to figure out what had caused these scary visitors to come to his realm.

"Who is Dorothy?" asked Inga.

"Who’s Dorothy?" asked Inga.

"She is a little girl who once lived in Kansas," replied Klik, with a shudder, "but she now lives in Ozma's palace at the Emerald City and is a Princess of Oz—which means that she is a terrible foe to deal with."

"She’s a little girl who used to live in Kansas," Klik replied, shuddering, "but now she lives in Ozma's palace in the Emerald City and is a Princess of Oz—which means she’s a formidable enemy."

"Doesn't she like the nomes?" inquired the boy.

"Doesn't she like the nomes?" the boy asked.

"It isn't that," said King Kaliko, with a groan, "but she insists on the nomes being goody-goody, which is contrary to their natures. Dorothy gets angry if I do the least thing that is wicked, and tries to make me stop it, and that naturally makes me downhearted. I can't imagine why she has come here just now, for I've been behaving very well lately. As for that Wizard of Oz, he's chock-full of magic that I can't overcome, for he learned it from Glinda, who is the most powerful sorceress in the world. Woe is me! Why didn't Dorothy and the Wizard stay in Oz, where they belong?"

"It’s not that," King Kaliko said with a groan, "but she keeps acting like the nomes should be all nice and sweet, which goes against their nature. Dorothy gets upset if I do even the smallest thing wrong and tries to get me to stop, and that really brings me down. I don’t understand why she showed up now, since I’ve been on my best behavior lately. As for that Wizard of Oz, he’s loaded with magic I can’t counter, since he learned it from Glinda, who is the most powerful sorceress in the world. Oh, woe is me! Why didn’t Dorothy and the Wizard just stay in Oz, where they belong?"

Inga and Rinkitink listened to this with much joy, for at once the idea came to them both to plead with Dorothy to help them. Even Bilbil pricked up his ears when he heard the Wizard of Oz mentioned, and the goat seemed much less surly, and more thoughtful than usual.

Inga and Rinkitink listened to this with great joy, as the idea suddenly popped into their minds to ask Dorothy for help. Even Bilbil perked up his ears when he heard the Wizard of Oz mentioned, and the goat seemed much less grumpy and a bit more thoughtful than usual.

A few minutes later a nome came to say that Dorothy and the Wizard had arrived and demanded admittance, so Klik was sent to usher them into the royal presence of the Nome King.

A few minutes later, a nome came to say that Dorothy and the Wizard had arrived and asked to be let in, so Klik was sent to show them into the royal presence of the Nome King.

As soon as she came in the little girl ran up to the boy Prince and seized both his hands.

As soon as she entered, the little girl ran up to the boy prince and grabbed both his hands.

"Oh, Inga!" she exclaimed, "I'm so glad to find you alive and well."

"Oh, Inga!" she said, "I'm so happy to see you alive and doing well."

Inga was astonished at so warm a greeting. Making a low bow he said:

Inga was amazed by such a warm greeting. With a slight bow, he said:

"I don't think we have met before, Princess."

"I don't think we've met before, Princess."

"No, indeed," replied Dorothy, "but I know all about you and I've come to help you and King Rinkitink out of your troubles." Then she turned to the Nome King and continued: "You ought to be ashamed of yourself, King Kaliko, to treat an honest Prince and an honest King so badly."

"No way," replied Dorothy, "but I know everything about you, and I've come to help you and King Rinkitink with your problems." Then she turned to the Nome King and added: "You should be ashamed of yourself, King Kaliko, for treating an honest Prince and an honest King so poorly."

"I haven't done anything to them," whined Kaliko, trembling as her eyes flashed upon him.

"I haven't done anything to them," Kaliko whined, shaking as her eyes darted toward him.

"No; but you tried to, an' that's just as bad, if not worse," said Dorothy, who was very indignant. "And now I want you to send for the King and Queen of Pingaree and have them brought here immejitly!"

"No; but you tried to, and that's just as bad, if not worse," said Dorothy, clearly upset. "And now I want you to call for the King and Queen of Pingaree and have them brought here immediately!"

"I won't," said Kaliko.

"I won't," Kaliko said.

"Yes, you will!" cried Dorothy, stamping her foot at him. "I won't have those poor people made unhappy any longer, or separated from their little boy. Why, it's dreadful, Kaliko, an' I'm su'prised at you. You must be more wicked than I thought you were."

"Yes, you will!" Dorothy shouted, stamping her foot at him. "I won't let those poor people be unhappy any longer, or be separated from their little boy. It's dreadful, Kaliko, and I'm really surprised at you. You must be more wicked than I realized."

"I can't do it, Dorothy," said the Nome King, almost weeping with despair. "I promised King Gos I'd keep them captives. You wouldn't ask me to break my promise, would you?"

"I can't do it, Dorothy," said the Nome King, nearly crying from despair. "I promised King Gos I’d keep them captive. You wouldn’t ask me to break my promise, would you?"

"King Gos was a robber and an outlaw," she said, "and p'r'aps you don't know that a storm at sea wrecked his boat, while he was going back to Regos, and that he and Queen Cor were both drowned."

"King Gos was a thief and an outlaw," she said, "and maybe you don't know that a storm at sea sank his boat while he was returning to Regos, and that both he and Queen Cor drowned."

"Dear me!" exclaimed Kaliko. "Is that so?"

"Wow!" exclaimed Kaliko. "Is that true?"

"I saw it in Glinda's Record Book," said Dorothy. "So now you trot out the King and Queen of Pingaree as quick as you can."

"I saw it in Glinda's Record Book," said Dorothy. "So now get the King and Queen of Pingaree out here as fast as you can."

"No," persisted the contrary Nome King, shaking his head, "I won't do it. Ask me anything else and I'll try to please you, but I can't allow these friendly enemies to triumph over me."

"No," the stubborn Nome King insisted, shaking his head, "I won't do it. Ask me anything else and I'll try to make you happy, but I can't let these friendly enemies win against me."

"In that case," said Dorothy, beginning to remove the cover from her basket, "I'll show you some eggs."

"In that case," said Dorothy, starting to take the cover off her basket, "I'll show you some eggs."

"Eggs!" screamed the Nome King in horror. "Have you eggs in that basket?"

"Eggs!" yelled the Nome King in shock. "Do you have eggs in that basket?"

"A dozen of 'em," replied Dorothy.

"A dozen of them," replied Dorothy.

"Then keep them there—I beg—I implore you!—and I'll do anything you say," pleaded Kaliko, his teeth chattering so that he could hardly speak.

"Then keep them there—I beg—I implore you!—and I'll do whatever you say," pleaded Kaliko, his teeth chattering so much that he could barely speak.

"Send for the King and Queen of Pingaree," said Dorothy.

"Call for the King and Queen of Pingaree," said Dorothy.

"Go, Klik," commanded the Nome King, and Klik ran away in great haste, for he was almost as much frightened as his master.

"Go, Klik," ordered the Nome King, and Klik hurried away quickly, as he was nearly as scared as his master.

It was an affecting scene when the unfortunate King and Queen of Pingaree entered the chamber and with sobs and tears of joy embraced their brave and adventurous son. All the others stood silent until greetings and kisses had been exchanged and Inga had told his parents in a few words of his vain struggles to rescue them and how Princess Dorothy had finally come to his assistance.

It was a touching moment when the unfortunate King and Queen of Pingaree entered the room and, with tears of joy, embraced their brave and adventurous son. Everyone else stood quietly until the greetings and hugs were shared, and Inga briefly explained to his parents his unsuccessful efforts to save them and how Princess Dorothy had ultimately come to his aid.

Then King Kitticut shook the hands of his friend King Rinkitink and thanked him for so loyally supporting his son Inga, and Queen Garee kissed little Dorothy's forehead and blessed her for restoring her husband and herself to freedom.

Then King Kitticut shook hands with his friend King Rinkitink and thanked him for loyally supporting his son Inga, and Queen Garee kissed little Dorothy's forehead and blessed her for helping restore her husband and herself to freedom.

The Wizard had been standing near Bilbil the goat and now he was surprised to hear the animal say:

The Wizard had been standing next to Bilbil the goat and was now surprised to hear the animal say:

"Joyful reunion, isn't it? But it makes me tired to see grown people cry like children."

"Isn’t it a joyful reunion? But it exhausts me to see grown-ups cry like kids."

"Oho!" exclaimed the Wizard. "How does it happen, Mr. Goat, that you, who have never been to the Land of Oz, are able to talk?"

"Oho!" exclaimed the Wizard. "How is it possible, Mr. Goat, that you, who have never been to the Land of Oz, can talk?"

"That's my business," returned Bilbil in a surly tone.

"That's my business," Bilbil replied irritably.

The Wizard stooped down and gazed fixedly into the animal's eyes. Then he said, with a pitying sigh: "I see; you are under an enchantment. Indeed, I believe you to be Prince Bobo of Boboland."

The Wizard bent down and stared intently into the animal's eyes. Then he said, with a sympathetic sigh: "I understand; you're under a spell. In fact, I think you might be Prince Bobo of Boboland."

Bilbil made no reply but dropped his head as if ashamed.

Bilbil didn't respond but lowered his head as if he felt ashamed.

"This is a great discovery," said the Wizard, addressing Dorothy and the others of the party. "A good many years ago a cruel magician transformed the gallant Prince of Boboland into a talking goat, and this goat, being ashamed of his condition, ran away and was never after seen in Boboland, which is a country far to the south of here but bordering on the Deadly Desert, opposite the Land of Oz. I heard of this story long ago and know that a diligent search has been made for the enchanted Prince, without result. But I am well assured that, in the animal you call Bilbil, I have discovered the unhappy Prince of Boboland."

"This is an amazing discovery," said the Wizard, speaking to Dorothy and the rest of the group. "Many years ago, a cruel magician turned the brave Prince of Boboland into a talking goat. This goat, ashamed of what happened to him, ran away and was never seen again in Boboland, which is a country far to the south of here, right next to the Deadly Desert, across from the Land of Oz. I heard about this story a long time ago and know that a thorough search has been conducted for the enchanted Prince, but it turned up nothing. However, I am confident that in the animal you refer to as Bilbil, I have found the unfortunate Prince of Boboland."

"Dear me, Bilbil," said Rinkitink, "why have you never told me this?"

"Wow, Bilbil," said Rinkitink, "why have you never mentioned this to me?"

"What would be the use?" asked Bilbil in a low voice and still refusing to look up.

"What’s the point?" Bilbil asked quietly, still not looking up.

"The use?" repeated Rinkitink, puzzled.

"What's the use?" repeated Rinkitink, puzzled.

"Yes, that's the trouble," said the Wizard. "It is one of the most powerful enchantments ever accomplished, and the magician is now dead and the secret of the anti-charm lost. Even I, with all my skill, cannot restore Prince Bobo to his proper form. But I think Glinda might be able to do so and if you will all return with Dorothy and me to the Land of Oz, where Ozma will make you welcome, I will ask Glinda to try to break this enchantment."

"Yeah, that's the problem," said the Wizard. "It's one of the most powerful spells ever done, and the magician is dead now, taking the secret of the anti-charm with him. Even I, with all my expertise, can't turn Prince Bobo back to his original form. But I think Glinda might be able to help, and if you all come back with Dorothy and me to the Land of Oz, where Ozma will welcome you, I’ll ask Glinda to see if she can break this spell."

This was willingly agreed to, for they all welcomed the chance to visit the famous Land of Oz. So they bade good-bye to King Kaliko, whom Dorothy warned not to be wicked any more if he could help it, and the entire party returned over the Magic Carpet to the Land of Oz. They filled the Red Wagon, which was still waiting for them, pretty full; but the Sawhorse didn't mind that and with wonderful speed carried them safely to the Emerald City.

This was gladly accepted since they all looked forward to the opportunity to visit the famous Land of Oz. So they said goodbye to King Kaliko, whom Dorothy warned not to be evil anymore if he could avoid it, and the whole group went back over the Magic Carpet to the Land of Oz. They packed the Red Wagon, which was still waiting for them, pretty full; but the Sawhorse didn't mind and, with amazing speed, got them safely to the Emerald City.


Ozma's Banquet

CHAPTER 22

Ozma had seen in her Magic Picture the liberation of Inga's parents and the departure of the entire party for the Emerald City, so with her usual hospitality she ordered a splendid banquet prepared and invited all her quaint friends who were then in the Emerald City to be present that evening to meet the strangers who were to become her guests.

Ozma had seen in her Magic Picture the rescue of Inga's parents and the entire group's journey to the Emerald City, so with her usual hospitality, she arranged for an impressive banquet and invited all her interesting friends who were in the Emerald City to join her that evening to meet the newcomers who would be her guests.

Glinda, also, in her wonderful Record Book had learned of the events that had taken place in the caverns of the Nome King and she became especially interested in the enchantment of the Prince of Boboland. So she hastily prepared several of her most powerful charms and then summoned her flock of sixteen white storks, which swiftly bore her to Ozma's palace. She arrived there before the Red Wagon did and was warmly greeted by the girl Ruler.

Glinda, in her amazing Record Book, had discovered the events that occurred in the caverns of the Nome King, and she grew particularly interested in the enchantment of the Prince of Boboland. So she quickly got together some of her most powerful charms and then called on her group of sixteen white storks, which quickly flew her to Ozma's palace. She arrived there before the Red Wagon did and was warmly welcomed by the girl Ruler.

Realizing that the costume of Queen Garee of Pingaree must have become sadly worn and frayed, owing to her hardships and adventures, Ozma ordered a royal outfit prepared for the good Queen and had it laid in her chamber ready for her to put on as soon as she arrived, so she would not be shamed at the banquet. New costumes were also provided for King Kitticut and King Rinkitink and Prince Inga, all cut and made and embellished in the elaborate and becoming style then prevalent in the Land of Oz, and as soon as the party arrived at the palace Ozma's guests were escorted by her servants to their rooms, that they might bathe and dress themselves.

Realizing that Queen Garee of Pingaree's outfit must be worn and frayed due to her struggles and adventures, Ozma ordered a new royal outfit for her and had it placed in her chamber, ready for her to wear as soon as she arrived, so she wouldn’t feel embarrassed at the banquet. New outfits were also made for King Kitticut, King Rinkitink, and Prince Inga, all designed in the stylish and flattering fashion popular in the Land of Oz. As soon as the guests arrived at the palace, Ozma’s servants escorted them to their rooms so they could bathe and get dressed.

Glinda the Sorceress and the Wizard of Oz took charge of Bilbil the goat and went to a private room where they were not likely to be interrupted. Glinda first questioned Bilbil long and earnestly about the manner of his enchantment and the ceremony that had been used by the magician who enchanted him. At first Bilbil protested that he did not want to be restored to his natural shape, saying that he had been forever disgraced in the eyes of his people and of the entire world by being obliged to exist as a scrawny, scraggly goat. But Glinda pointed out that any person who incurred the enmity of a wicked magician was liable to suffer a similar fate, and assured him that his misfortune would make him better beloved by his subjects when he returned to them freed from his dire enchantment.

Glinda the Sorceress and the Wizard of Oz took Bilbil the goat to a private room where they wouldn't be interrupted. Glinda first asked Bilbil seriously and in detail about how he had been enchanted and the ceremony the magician had used. At first, Bilbil insisted that he didn't want to return to his original form, saying that he was forever ashamed in the eyes of his people and the whole world for being stuck as a skinny, scraggly goat. But Glinda explained that anyone who got on the bad side of a wicked magician could end up in a similar situation and reassured him that his hardships would make him more loved by his subjects once he returned to them, free from his terrible enchantment.

Bilbil was finally convinced of the truth of this assertion and agreed to submit to the experiments of Glinda and the Wizard, who knew they had a hard task before them and were not at all sure they could succeed. We know that Glinda is the most complete mistress of magic who has ever existed, and she was wise enough to guess that the clever but evil magician who had enchanted Prince Bobo had used a spell that would puzzle any ordinary wizard or sorcerer to break; therefore she had given the matter much shrewd thought and hoped she had conceived a plan that would succeed. But because she was not positive of success she would have no one present at the incantation except her assistant, the Wizard of Oz.

Bilbil finally accepted the truth of this claim and agreed to go along with the experiments conducted by Glinda and the Wizard, who knew they had a tough job ahead and weren’t sure they could pull it off. We know Glinda is the most skilled magic user to ever exist, and she was smart enough to realize that the clever but wicked magician who had put a spell on Prince Bobo used an enchantment that would stump any regular wizard or sorcerer trying to break it. Because of this, she put a lot of thought into the situation and hoped she had come up with a plan that would work. However, since she wasn’t completely confident it would succeed, she decided to have no one else present during the spellcasting except for her assistant, the Wizard of Oz.

First she transformed Bilbil the goat into a lamb, and this was done quite easily. Next she transformed the lamb into an ostrich, giving it two legs and feet instead of four. Then she tried to transform the ostrich into the original Prince Bobo, but this incantation was an utter failure. Glinda was not discouraged, however, but by a powerful spell transformed the ostrich into a tottenhot—which is a lower form of a man. Then the tottenhot was transformed into a mifket, which was a great step in advance and, finally, Glinda transformed the mifket into a handsome young man, tall and shapely, who fell on his knees before the great Sorceress and gratefully kissed her hand, admitting that he had now recovered his proper shape and was indeed Prince Bobo of Boboland.

First, she turned Bilbil the goat into a lamb, and that was pretty easy. Next, she changed the lamb into an ostrich, giving it two legs and feet instead of four. Then she tried to turn the ostrich back into the original Prince Bobo, but that spell completely failed. Glinda didn’t get discouraged, though, and with a powerful spell, she transformed the ostrich into a tottenhot—which is a lower form of a man. Then the tottenhot was changed into a mifket, which was a significant improvement, and finally, Glinda transformed the mifket into a handsome young man, tall and well-built, who fell to his knees before the great Sorceress and gratefully kissed her hand, admitting that he had regained his true form and was indeed Prince Bobo of Boboland.

This process of magic, successful though it was in the end, had required so much time that the banquet was now awaiting their presence. Bobo was already dressed in princely raiment and although he seemed very much humbled by his recent lowly condition, they finally persuaded him to join the festivities.

This process of magic, successful though it was in the end, had taken so much time that the banquet was now waiting for them. Bobo was already dressed in royal attire and, although he seemed quite humbled by his recent low status, they eventually convinced him to join the celebrations.

When Rinkitink saw that his goat had now become a Prince, he did not know whether to be sorry or glad, for he felt that he would miss the companionship of the quarrelsome animal he had so long been accustomed to ride upon, while at the same time he rejoiced that poor Bilbil had come to his own again.

When Rinkitink saw that his goat had become a Prince, he didn't know whether to be sad or happy. He realized he would miss the company of the feisty animal he had grown used to riding, but at the same time, he was glad that poor Bilbil had gotten his true form back.

Prince Bobo humbly begged Rinkitink's forgiveness for having been so disagreeable to him, at times, saying that the nature of a goat had influenced him and the surly disposition he had shown was a part of his enchantment. But the jolly King assured the Prince that he had really enjoyed Bilbil's grumpy speeches and forgave him readily. Indeed, they all discovered the young Prince Bobo to be an exceedingly courteous and pleasant person, although he was somewhat reserved and dignified.

Prince Bobo sincerely apologized to Rinkitink for being disagreeable at times, explaining that his goat nature had influenced him and that his grumpy attitude was part of his enchantment. But the cheerful King reassured the Prince that he actually enjoyed Bilbil's cranky remarks and easily forgave him. In fact, they all found young Prince Bobo to be very polite and likable, even though he was a bit reserved and dignified.

Ah, but it was a great feast that Ozma served in her gorgeous banquet hall that night and everyone was as happy as could be. The Shaggy Man was there, and so was Jack Pumpkinhead and the Tin Woodman and Cap'n Bill. Beside Princess Dorothy sat Tiny Trot and Betsy Bobbin, and the three little girls were almost as sweet to look upon as was Ozma, who sat at the head of her table and outshone all her guests in loveliness.

Ah, but it was an incredible feast that Ozma hosted in her beautiful banquet hall that night, and everyone was as happy as could be. The Shaggy Man was there, along with Jack Pumpkinhead, the Tin Woodman, and Cap'n Bill. Next to Princess Dorothy sat Tiny Trot and Betsy Bobbin, and the three little girls were almost as delightful to look at as Ozma, who sat at the head of the table and outshone all her guests in beauty.

King Rinkitink was delighted with the quaint people of Oz and laughed and joked with the tin man and the pumpkin-headed man and found Cap'n Bill a very agreeable companion. But what amused the jolly King most were the animal guests, which Ozma always invited to her banquets and seated at a table by themselves, where they talked and chatted together as people do but were served the sort of food their natures required. The Hungry Tiger and Cowardly Lion and the Glass Cat were much admired by Rinkitink, but when he met a mule named Hank, which Betsy Robbin had brought to Oz, the King found the creature so comical that he laughed and chuckled until his friends thought he would choke. Then while the banquet was still in progress, Rinkitink composed and sang a song to the mule and they all joined in the chorus, which was something like this:

King Rinkitink was thrilled with the quirky inhabitants of Oz and enjoyed laughing and joking with the tin man and the pumpkin-headed man. He also found Cap'n Bill to be a very pleasant companion. However, what amused the cheerful King the most were the animal guests that Ozma always invited to her banquets. They were seated at a separate table, where they talked and socialized like people do, but were served food that suited their needs. The Hungry Tiger, Cowardly Lion, and Glass Cat were all favorites of Rinkitink, but when he met a mule named Hank, brought to Oz by Betsy Robbin, he found the creature so funny that he laughed and chuckled until his friends worried he might choke. Then, while the banquet was still happening, Rinkitink made up and sang a song for the mule, and they all joined in the chorus, which went something like this:

"It's very queer how big an ear
Is worn by Mr. Donkey;
And yet I fear he could not hear
If it were on a monkey.
'Tis thick and strong and broad and long
And also very hairy;
It's quite becoming to our Hank
But might disgrace a fairy!"

"It's funny how big Mr. Donkey's ear is;
But honestly, I don't think he could hear,
Even if it were on a monkey.
It's thick, strong, broad, and long,
And pretty messy too;
It suits our Hank just fine,
But it might embarrass a fairy!

This song was received with so much enthusiasm that Rinkitink was prevailed upon to sing another. They gave him a little time to compose the rhyme, which he declared would be better if he could devote a month or two to its composition, but the sentiment he expressed was so admirable that no one criticized the song or the manner in which the jolly little King sang it.

This song was received with such excitement that Rinkitink was asked to sing another. They gave him a bit of time to come up with the lyrics, which he said would be better if he could take a month or two to write it, but the feelings he shared were so admirable that no one criticized the song or the way the cheerful little King sang it.

Dorothy wrote down the words on a piece of paper, and here they are:

Dorothy jotted down the words on a piece of paper, and here they are:

"We're merry comrades all, to-night,
Because we've won a gallant fight
And conquered all our foes.
We're not afraid of anything,
So let us gayly laugh and sing
Until we seek repose.

"We've all our grateful hearts can wish;
King Gos has gone to feed the fish,
Queen Cor has gone, as well;
King Kitticut has found his own,
Prince Bobo soon will have a throne
Relieved of magic spell.

"So let's forget the horrid strife
That fell upon our peaceful life
And caused distress and pain;
For very soon across the sea
We'll all be sailing merrily
To Pingaree again."

"We're all feeling great tonight,
Because we’ve won a brave battle
And defeated all our foes.
We're not scared of anything,
So let’s happily laugh and sing
Until we take a break.

"We have everything our grateful hearts could want;
King Gos has gone to feed the fish,
Queen Cor has also left;
King Kitticut has found his way,
Prince Bobo will soon have a throne
Free from the curse.

"Let’s set aside the awful conflict."
That disrupted our peaceful life
And caused us stress and hurt;
For very soon across the sea
We’ll all be sailing happily
"Back to Pingaree again."


The Pearl Kingdom

CHAPTER 23

It was unfortunate that the famous Scarecrow—the most popular person in all Oz, next to Ozma—was absent at the time of the banquet, for he happened just then to be making one of his trips through the country; but the Scarecrow had a chance later to meet Rinkitink and Inga and the King and Queen of Pingaree and Prince Bobo, for the party remained several weeks at the Emerald City, where they were royally entertained, and where both the gentle Queen Garee and the noble King Kitticut recovered much of their good spirits and composure and tried to forget their dreadful experiences.

It was unfortunate that the famous Scarecrow—the most popular person in all of Oz, after Ozma—was missing during the banquet, as he was traveling through the country at the time. However, the Scarecrow eventually had the opportunity to meet Rinkitink, Inga, the King and Queen of Pingaree, and Prince Bobo, since the group stayed in the Emerald City for several weeks, where they were treated like royalty. Both the kind Queen Garee and the noble King Kitticut regained much of their good spirits and composure, trying to forget their terrible experiences.

At last, however, the King and Queen desired to return to their own Pingaree, as they longed to be with their people again and see how well they had rebuilt their homes. Inga also was anxious to return, although he had been very happy in Oz, and King Rinkitink, who was happy anywhere except at Gilgad, decided to go with his former friends to Pingaree. As for Prince Bobo, he had become so greatly attached to King Rinkitink that he was loth to leave him.

At last, though, the King and Queen wanted to go back to their own Pingaree, as they really missed their people and were eager to see how well they had rebuilt their homes. Inga was also excited to return, even though he had been very happy in Oz. King Rinkitink, who was happy anywhere except in Gilgad, decided to go with his old friends to Pingaree. As for Prince Bobo, he had become so attached to King Rinkitink that he was reluctant to leave him.

On a certain day they all bade good-bye to Ozma and Dorothy and Glinda and the Wizard and all their good friends in Oz, and were driven in the Red Wagon to the edge of the Deadly Desert, which they crossed safely on the Magic Carpet. They then made their way across the Nome Kingdom and the Wheeler Country, where no one molested them, to the shores of the Nonestic Ocean. There they found the boat with the silver lining still lying undisturbed on the beach.

On a certain day, they all said goodbye to Ozma, Dorothy, Glinda, the Wizard, and all their good friends in Oz, and were driven in the Red Wagon to the edge of the Deadly Desert, which they crossed safely on the Magic Carpet. They then traveled through the Nome Kingdom and the Wheeler Country, where nobody bothered them, to the shores of the Nonestic Ocean. There, they found the boat with the silver lining still resting undisturbed on the beach.

There were no important adventures during the trip and on their arrival at the pearl kingdom they were amazed at the beautiful appearance of the island they had left in ruins. All the houses of the people had been rebuilt and were prettier than before, with green lawns before them and flower gardens in the back yards. The marble towers of King Kitticut's new palace were very striking and impressive, while the palace itself proved far more magnificent than it had been before the warriors from Regos destroyed it.

There weren’t any major adventures during the trip, and when they arrived at the pearl kingdom, they were amazed by how beautiful the island looked after being in ruins. All the houses had been rebuilt and were nicer than before, with green lawns in the front and flower gardens in the backyards. The marble towers of King Kitticut's new palace were very striking and impressive, while the palace itself was much more magnificent than it had been before the warriors from Regos destroyed it.

Nikobob had been very active and skillful in directing all this work, and he had also built a pretty cottage for himself, not far from the King's palace, and there Inga found Zella, who was living very happy and contented in her new home. Not only had Nikobob accomplished all this in a comparatively brief space of time, but he had started the pearl fisheries again and when King Kitticut returned to Pingaree he found a quantity of fine pearls already in the royal treasury.

Nikobob had been very busy and skilled in managing all this work, and he had also built a nice cottage for himself, not far from the King's palace. There, Inga found Zella, who was living happily and content in her new home. Not only had Nikobob achieved all this in a relatively short amount of time, but he had also restarted the pearl fisheries. When King Kitticut returned to Pingaree, he discovered a collection of beautiful pearls already in the royal treasury.

So pleased was Kitticut with the good judgment, industry and honesty of the former charcoal-burner of Regos, that he made Nikobob his Lord High Chamberlain and put him in charge of the pearl fisheries and all the business matters of the island kingdom.

Kitticut was so impressed with the good judgment, hard work, and honesty of the former charcoal-burner from Regos that he appointed Nikobob as his Lord High Chamberlain and put him in charge of the pearl fisheries and all the business affairs of the island kingdom.

They all settled down very comfortably in the new palace and the Queen gathered her maids about her once more and set them to work embroidering new draperies for the royal throne. Inga placed the three Magic Pearls in their silken bag and again deposited them in the secret cavity under the tiled flooring of the banquet hall, where they could be quickly secured if danger ever threatened the now prosperous island.

They all got really comfortable in the new palace, and the Queen brought her maids around her again and got them to start embroidering new drapes for the royal throne. Inga put the three Magic Pearls in their silk bag and stashed them back in the hidden space under the tiled floor of the banquet hall, where they could be quickly grabbed if danger ever came to the now thriving island.

King Rinkitink occupied a royal guest chamber built especially for his use and seemed in no hurry to leave his friends in Pingaree. The fat little King had to walk wherever he went and so missed Bilbil more and more; but he seldom walked far and he was so fond of Prince Bobo that he never regretted Bilbil's disenchantment.

King Rinkitink stayed in a royal guest room designed just for him and didn’t seem eager to leave his friends in Pingaree. The plump little King had to walk wherever he went, which made him miss Bilbil more and more; but he rarely walked far and loved Prince Bobo so much that he never regretted Bilbil's transformation.

Indeed, the jolly monarch was welcome to remain forever in Pingaree, if he wished to, for his merry disposition set smiles on the faces of all his friends and made everyone near him as jolly as he was himself. When King Kitticut was not too busy with affairs of state he loved to join his guest and listen to his brother monarch's songs and stories. For he found Rinkitink to be, with all his careless disposition, a shrewd philosopher, and in talking over their adventures one day the King of Gilgad said:

Indeed, the cheerful king was welcome to stay in Pingaree forever if he wanted, because his happy nature brought smiles to the faces of all his friends and made everyone around him just as joyful as he was. When King Kitticut wasn’t too caught up with government matters, he loved to hang out with his guest and enjoy his brother monarch's songs and stories. He discovered that Rinkitink, despite his laid-back attitude, was a clever philosopher, and while discussing their adventures one day, the King of Gilgad said:

"The beauty of life is its sudden changes. No one knows what is going to happen next, and so we are constantly being surprised and entertained. The many ups and downs should not discourage us, for if we are down, we know that a change is coming and we will go up again; while those who are up are almost certain to go down. My grandfather had a song which well expresses this and if you will listen I will sing it."

"The beauty of life is in its surprises. No one knows what will happen next, so we're always caught off guard and entertained. The ups and downs shouldn’t get us down, because when we’re low, we know a change is coming and we'll rise again; meanwhile, those who are on top are likely to face a fall. My grandfather had a song that perfectly captures this, and if you want, I’ll sing it for you."

"Of course I will listen to your song," returned Kitticut, "for it would be impolite not to."

"Of course I'll listen to your song," replied Kitticut, "because it would be rude not to."

So Rinkitink sang his grandfather's song:

So Rinkitink sang his grandfather's song:

"A mighty King once ruled the land—
But now he's baking pies.
A pauper, on the other hand,
Is ruling, strong and wise.

A tiger once in jungles raged—
But now he's in a zoo;
A lion, captive-born and caged,
Now roams the forest through

A man once slapped a poor boy's pate
And made him weep and wail.
The boy became a magistrate
And put the man in jail.

A sunny day succeeds the night;
It's summer—then it snows!
Right oft goes wrong and wrong comes right,
As ev'ry wise man knows."

"A powerful king once ruled the land—
But now he's making pies.
A beggar, on the other hand,
Ruling, strong, and wise.

A tiger once roamed the jungle—
But now he's in a zoo;
A lion, born in captivity,
Now exploring the forest too.

A man once slapped a poor boy's head
And made him cry and shout.
The boy became a judge instead
And sent the guy to jail.

A sunny day follows the night;
It's summer—then it snows!
Right often wrong turns out alright,
As every wise person knows.


The Captive King

CHAPTER 24

One morning, just as the royal party was finishing breakfast, a servant came running to say that a great fleet of boats was approaching the island from the south. King Kitticut sprang up at once, in great alarm, for he had much cause to fear strange boats. The others quickly followed him to the shore to see what invasion might be coming upon them.

One morning, as the royal party was wrapping up breakfast, a servant came rushing in to say that a large fleet of boats was heading toward the island from the south. King Kitticut jumped up immediately, very alarmed, as he had plenty of reason to fear unfamiliar boats. The others quickly followed him to the shore to see what invasion might be approaching them.

Inga was there with the first, and Nikobob and Zella soon joined the watchers. And presently, while all were gazing eagerly at the approaching fleet, King Rinkitink suddenly cried out:

Inga was there first, and Nikobob and Zella quickly joined the onlookers. Just then, as everyone was eagerly watching the approaching fleet, King Rinkitink suddenly shouted:

"Get your pearls, Prince Inga—get them quick!"

"Grab your pearls, Prince Inga—hurry up!"

"Are these our enemies, then?" asked the boy, looking with surprise upon the fat little King, who had begun to tremble violently.

"Are these our enemies, then?" the boy asked, surprised as he looked at the chubby little King, who had started shaking uncontrollably.

"They are my people of Gilgad!" answered Rinkitink, wiping a tear from his eye. "I recognize my royal standards flying from the boats. So, please, dear Inga, get out your pearls to protect me!"

"They're my people from Gilgad!" Rinkitink replied, wiping a tear from his eye. "I see my royal banners flying from the boats. So please, dear Inga, get out your pearls to protect me!"

"What can you fear at the hands of your own subjects?" asked Kitticut, astonished.

"What can you be afraid of from your own people?" asked Kitticut, astonished.

But before his frightened guest could answer the question Prince Bobo, who was standing beside his friend, gave an amused laugh and said:

But before his frightened guest could answer the question, Prince Bobo, who was standing next to his friend, let out an amused laugh and said:

"You are caught at last, dear Rinkitink. Your people will take you home again and oblige you to reign as King."

"You’ve finally been caught, dear Rinkitink. Your people will take you back home and make you reign as King."

Rinkitink groaned aloud and clasped his hands together with a gesture of despair, an attitude so comical that the others could scarcely forbear laughing.

Rinkitink groaned loudly and put his hands together in a gesture of despair, looking so ridiculous that the others could hardly stop themselves from laughing.

But now the boats were landing upon the beach. They were fifty in number, beautifully decorated and upholstered and rowed by men clad in the gay uniforms of the King of Gilgad. One splendid boat had a throne of gold in the center, over which was draped the King's royal robe of purple velvet, embroidered with gold buttercups.

But now the boats were coming ashore on the beach. There were fifty of them, beautifully decorated and furnished, rowed by men dressed in the colorful uniforms of the King of Gilgad. One magnificent boat had a golden throne in the middle, covered with the King's royal purple velvet robe, embroidered with golden buttercups.

Rinkitink shuddered when he saw this throne; but now a tall man, handsomely dressed, approached and knelt upon the grass before his King, while all the other occupants of the boats shouted joyfully and waved their plumed hats in the air.

Rinkitink shuddered when he saw this throne; but now a tall man, dressed elegantly, stepped forward and knelt on the grass before his King, while everyone else in the boats cheered happily and waved their feathered hats in the air.

"Thanks to our good fortune," said the man who kneeled, "we have found Your Majesty at last!"

"Thanks to our good luck," said the man who knelt, "we have finally found you, Your Majesty!"

"Pinkerbloo," answered Rinkitink sternly, "I must have you hanged, for thus finding me against my will."

"Pinkerbloo," Rinkitink said firmly, "I have to have you hanged for discovering me against my will."

"You think so now, Your Majesty, but you will never do it," returned Pinkerbloo, rising and kissing the King's hand.

"You think that now, Your Majesty, but you will never actually do it," replied Pinkerbloo, standing up and kissing the King's hand.

"Why won't I?" asked Rinkitink.

"Why wouldn't I?" asked Rinkitink.

"Because you are much too tender-hearted, Your Majesty."

"Because you are way too soft-hearted, Your Majesty."

"It may be—it may be," agreed Rinkitink, sadly. "It is one of my greatest failings. But what chance brought you here, my Lord Pinkerbloo?"

"It might be—it might be," Rinkitink replied, sadly. "It’s one of my biggest weaknesses. But what brought you here, my Lord Pinkerbloo?"

"We have searched for you everywhere, sire, and all the people of Gilgad have been in despair since you so mysteriously disappeared. We could not appoint a new King, because we did not know but that you still lived; so we set out to find you, dead or alive. After visiting many islands of the Nonestic Ocean we at last thought of Pingaree, from where come the precious pearls; and now our faithful quest has been rewarded."

"We’ve looked for you everywhere, sire, and everyone in Gilgad has been in despair since you mysteriously vanished. We couldn’t appoint a new King because we didn’t know if you were still alive; so we set out to find you, dead or alive. After visiting many islands in the Nonestic Ocean, we finally remembered Pingaree, known for its precious pearls; and now our devoted search has paid off."

"And what now?" asked Rinkitink.

"And what's next?" asked Rinkitink.

"Now, Your Majesty, you must come home with us, like a good and dutiful King, and rule over your people," declared the man in a firm voice.

"Now, Your Majesty, you need to come home with us, like a good and responsible King, and lead your people," said the man in a strong voice.

"I will not."

"I'm not going to."

"But you must—begging Your Majesty's pardon for the contradiction."

"But you have to—sorry for contradicting Your Majesty."

"Kitticut," cried poor Rinkitink, "you must save me from being captured by these, my subjects. What! must I return to Gilgad and be forced to reign in splendid state when I much prefer to eat and sleep and sing in my own quiet way? They will make me sit in a throne three hours a day and listen to dry and tedious affairs of state; and I must stand up for hours at the court receptions, till I get corns on my heels; and forever must I listen to tiresome speeches and endless petitions and complaints!"

"Kitticut," shouted poor Rinkitink, "you have to help me avoid being captured by my subjects. What! Do I really have to go back to Gilgad and be forced to rule in grand style when I would much rather just eat, sleep, and sing my own quiet way? They’ll make me sit on a throne for three hours a day and listen to boring and tedious state matters; and I'll have to stand at court receptions for hours until I get corns on my heels; and I’ll always have to endure tiresome speeches and endless requests and complaints!"

"But someone must do this, Your Majesty," said Pinkerbloo respectfully, "and since you were born to be our King you cannot escape your duty."

"But someone has to do this, Your Majesty," Pinkerbloo said respectfully, "and since you were born to be our King, you can't avoid your duty."

"'Tis a horrid fate!" moaned Rinkitink. "I would die willingly, rather than be a King—if it did not hurt so terribly to die."

"'It's a terrible fate!' moaned Rinkitink. 'I would gladly die rather than be a King—if it didn’t hurt so much to die.'"

"You will find it much more comfortable to reign than to die, although I fully appreciate Your Majesty's difficult position and am truly sorry for you," said Pinkerbloo.

"You’ll find it a lot easier to rule than to die, although I really understand Your Majesty’s tough situation and feel for you," said Pinkerbloo.

King Kitticut had listened to this conversation thoughtfully, so now he said to his friend:

King Kitticut had listened to this conversation carefully, so now he said to his friend:

"The man is right, dear Rinkitink. It is your duty to reign, since fate has made you a King, and I see no honorable escape for you. I shall grieve to lose your companionship, but I feel the separation cannot be avoided."

"The man is right, dear Rinkitink. It's your responsibility to rule, since fate has made you a King, and I see no honorable way out for you. I'll be sad to lose your company, but I believe this separation can't be avoided."

Rinkitink sighed.

Rinkitink let out a sigh.

"Then," said he, turning to Lord Pinkerbloo, "in three days I will depart with you for Gilgad; but during those three days I propose to feast and make merry with my good friend King Kitticut."

"Then," he said, turning to Lord Pinkerbloo, "in three days I will leave with you for Gilgad; but during those three days, I plan to celebrate and have a good time with my good friend King Kitticut."

Then all the people of Gilgad shouted with delight and eagerly scrambled ashore to take their part in the festival.

Then all the people of Gilgad cheered with excitement and eagerly ran ashore to join in the festival.

Those three days were long remembered in Pingaree, for never—before nor since—has such feasting and jollity been known upon that island. Rinkitink made the most of his time and everyone laughed and sang with him by day and by night.

Those three days were long remembered in Pingaree, because never—before or since—has there been such feasting and celebration on that island. Rinkitink made the most of his time, and everyone laughed and sang with him day and night.

Then, at last, the hour of parting arrived and the King of Gilgad and Ruler of the Dominion of Rinkitink was escorted by a grand procession to his boat and seated upon his golden throne. The rowers of the fifty boats paused, with their glittering oars pointed into the air like gigantic uplifted sabres, while the people of Pingaree—men, women and children—stood upon the shore shouting a royal farewell to the jolly King.

Then, finally, the moment of departure came, and the King of Gilgad and Ruler of the Dominion of Rinkitink was escorted by a grand parade to his boat, where he took his place on his golden throne. The rowers of the fifty boats stopped, their sparkling oars raised into the air like huge swords, while the people of Pingaree—men, women, and children—stood on the shore cheering a royal goodbye to their cheerful King.

Then came a sudden hush, while Rinkitink stood up and, with a bow to those assembled to witness his departure, sang the following song, which he had just composed for the occasion.

Then a sudden silence fell as Rinkitink stood up and, bowing to those gathered to see him off, sang the following song that he had just written for the moment.

"Farewell, dear Isle of Pingaree—
The fairest land in all the sea!
No living mortals, kings or churls,
Would scorn to wear thy precious pearls.

"King Kitticut, 'tis with regret
I'm forced to say farewell; and yet
Abroad no longer can I roam
When fifty boats would drag me home.

"Good-bye, my Prince of Pingaree;
A noble King some time you'll be
And long and wisely may you reign
And never face a foe again!"

"Goodbye, dear Isle of Pingaree—
The loveliest land in all the sea!
No living beings, whether kings or commoners,
Would refuse to wear your precious pearls.

"King Kitticut, it’s with sadness
That I must bid you farewell; and yet
I can no longer stay away
When fifty boats would bring me home.

"Goodbye, my Prince of Pingaree;
You’ll be a great King someday
And may you reign for a long time,
Facing no enemies again!"

They cheered him from the shore; they cheered him from the boats; and then all the oars of the fifty boats swept downward with a single motion and dipped their blades into the purple-hued waters of the Nonestic Ocean.

They cheered for him from the shore; they cheered for him from the boats; and then all the oars of the fifty boats moved down in unison and dipped their blades into the purple-tinted waters of the Nonestic Ocean.

As the boats shot swiftly over the ripples of the sea Rinkitink turned to Prince Bobo, who had decided not to desert his former master and his present friend, and asked anxiously:

As the boats sped quickly over the waves of the sea, Rinkitink turned to Prince Bobo, who had chosen not to abandon his former master and his current friend, and asked anxiously:

"How did you like that song, Bilbil—I mean Bobo? Is it a masterpiece, do you think?"

"How did you like that song, Bilbil—I mean Bobo? Do you think it’s a masterpiece?"

And Bobo replied with a smile:

And Bobo replied with a smile:

"Like all your songs, dear Rinkitink, the sentiment far excels the poetry."

"Like all your songs, dear Rinkitink, the feelings far surpass the poetry."



Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!